ingegneria per l'ambiente e il territorio - environmental and land planning engineering

Weather and climate are integral components of the Earth system and play a key role in environmental processes and engineering applications. The monitoring of atmospheric variables, together with the understanding and modelling of the underlying physical processes, is therefore essential for the analysis and management of environmental systems. The course aims to provide students with the knowledge and tools required to understand, analyze, and model atmospheric processes, and to use meteorological and climatological information in environmental engineering applications.
To this end, the course provides the theoretical foundations and practical skills necessary to: (i) understand the main physical processes governing the atmosphere and their interactions with the environment, (ii) interpret the main meteorological and climatological variables and their spatial and temporal variability, (iii) collect, manage, analyze, and critically evaluate atmospheric data, (iv) understand the basic principles of atmospheric modelling and prediction, and (v) apply meteorological and climatological information to environmental engineering problems.
Specific learning objectives of the course include:
knowledge of the main physical processes governing the atmosphere and the atmospheric boundary layer,
knowledge and interpretation of the main meteorological and climatological variables and their measurement,
ability to analyze and interpret meteorological and climatological data from observational networks and online sources,
ability to relate atmospheric conditions to environmental processes, including pollutant dispersion and transport, energy and water exchanges, and air quality,
understanding of the principles and limitations of atmospheric modelling and weather prediction,
ability to identify and analyse atmospheric information relevant to environmental engineering applications,
ability to critically assess the quality, representativeness, and uncertainty of atmospheric data,
ability to communicate the results of atmospheric analyses using appropriate scientific and technical terminology.

At the end of the learning process, students will know, understand, and be able to apply the acquired knowledge to:
describe and interpret the main physical and thermodynamic processes governing the atmosphere and their relevance to environmental systems,
analyse atmospheric observations and meteorological and climatological datasets, identifying relevant variables, spatial and temporal scales, sources of uncertainty, and limitations of the available data,
apply quantitative and statistical methods to the processing, analysis, and interpretation of atmospheric data,
formulate and solve simplified quantitative models of atmospheric processes, evaluating the influence of the main physical parameters and boundary conditions,
interpret and critically assess weather forecasts and climate predictions, including their uncertainty and applicability to environmental engineering problems,
identify and analyse atmospheric processes relevant to environmental engineering applications, such as pollutant transport and dispersion, air quality, and exchanges of energy and water between the atmosphere and the surface,
clearly articulate, verbally or in writing, the logical procedure followed in the analysis and solution of an atmospheric or environmental engineering problem, stating the assumptions made, the methods adopted, and the main results and sources of uncertainty.
More specifically, the expected learning outcomes, with reference to the Dublin Descriptors (DdD), following the lectures and exercises conducted by the instructor, the guided exercises carried out by students, and successful completion of the examination, are as follows:
DdD 1: Knowledge and understanding
Students:
know the main physical and thermodynamic processes governing the atmosphere and understand their interactions with the Earth's surface and the environment,
know the main meteorological and climatological variables, their methods of observation and measurement, and the main sources of atmospheric data,
know the fundamental principles underlying atmospheric modelling, weather forecasting, and climate prediction,
know the main quantitative and statistical methods used for the analysis and interpretation of atmospheric data.
DdD 2: Applying knowledge and understanding
Students:
use scientific and technical terminology related to atmospheric physics appropriately,
apply the principles of atmospheric physics and thermodynamics to the analysis of atmospheric and environmental phenomena,
retrieve, organize, process, and interpret meteorological and climatological data using appropriate quantitative and statistical methods,
formulate and solve simplified atmospheric modelling problems, performing the necessary calculations and interpreting the results,
apply the acquired knowledge to the analysis and solution of environmental engineering problems.
DdD 3: Making judgements
Students:
identify the atmospheric variables and physical processes relevant to a specific environmental or engineering problem,
assess the quality, representativeness, and uncertainty of available atmospheric data and select the most appropriate data for a given analysis,
critically evaluate the results obtained from data analysis, modelling, or forecasting, identifying the underlying assumptions, limitations, and main sources of uncertainty,
select and justify appropriate methodologies for the analysis of a specific atmospheric or environmental engineering problem.
DdD 4: Communication skills
Students:
are able to clearly and unambiguously describe, verbally or in writing and using appropriate scientific and technical terminology, the logical procedure followed in the analysis of an atmospheric or environmental engineering problem,
are able to present and discuss atmospheric data, analytical results, and weather or climate predictions, clearly highlighting the main assumptions, uncertainties, and implications for the problem under consideration.

Introduction to the course
1.1 Atmospheric basics
Solar and infrared radiation
2.1 Radiation principles
2.2 Surface radiation budget
Thermodynamics of the atmosphere
3.1 Water vapour
3.2 Atmospheric stability
3.3 Thermo-diagram applications
Clouds and precipitation processes
4.1 Monitoring and measures meteorological and climatological variables
4.2 Precipitation measurement and observation
Weather satellite and radar
Atmospheric dynamics
6.1 Atmospheric forces and wind
6.2 General circulation of the atmosphere
6.3 Fronts and air masses
Meteorological phenomena
7.1 Extratropical and tropical cyclones
7.2 Thunderstorm fundamentals and hazards
6.3 Regional winds
Atmospheric boundary layer
8.1 Pollutant dispersion
Numerical weather prediction (NWP)
Natural climate process
10.1 Global warming and climate change
Problem solving to the engineering field
11.1 Weather and climatological applications

Prova scritta obbligatoria, con prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, individuale, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The exam will include a written test (e.g., multiple choice, open-ended questions, and numerical problems) and a project (i.e., the discussion of an application of meteorology and climatology concepts in environmental and water resources engineering and a written report).

Roland Stull, Practical Meteorology: An Algebra-based Survey of Atmospheric Science, Anno edizione: 2017, ISBN: 9780888652836
Tony Eggleton, A Short Introduction to Climate Change, Anno edizione: 2013, ISBN: 9781107618763
W. James Shuttleworth, Terrestrial Hydrometeorology, Anno edizione: 2012, ISBN: 9780470659380
John Wallace & Peter Hobbs, Atmospheric Science - An Introductory Survey, Anno edizione: 2006, ISBN: 9780127329512
C. Donald Ahrens, Essentials of Meteorology: An Invitation to the Atmosphere, Anno edizione: 2018, ISBN: 9781305628458
Ian T. Jolliffe, David B. Stephenson, Forecast Verification: A Practitioner's Guide in Atmospheric Science, 2nd Edition, Anno edizione: 2011, ISBN: 9780470660713
Wilks, D.S., Statistical Methods in the Atmospheric Sciences 2nd Edition, Anno edizione: 2006, ISBN: 9780127519661

This course covers a significant emerging field in modern chemistry, which focuses upon the reinvention of chemistry to reduce impact on human health and environment of industrial products and processes. Examples of successful green chemistry developments will be highlighted. Themes woven throughout the course include emerging concepts for guiding green chemistry, environmental toxicology, heterogeneous catalysis and biocatalysis, substitution of solvents and toxic chemicals, energy sources and energy reduction, process intensification and intrinsically safe processes, chemistry of the recycle of products and materials. A significant effort will be made to produce a course suitable for an interdisciplinary audience.

La conoscenza di metodologie numeriche di base è un elemento importante della formazione dell'Ingegnere. In questo insegnamento, ci si propone di fornire agli studenti sia competenze sulle metodologie numeriche più comunemente utilizzate, sia esempi della loro implementazione nel linguaggio MATLAB.
L’insegnamento prevede sia una versione da 8 CFU, che una versione da 6 CFU, con programma ridotto. La presente scheda definisce obiettivi, programmi e risultati di apprendimento attesi per entrambe.
Tutti gli argomenti del corso saranno affrontati sia a lezione che applicati in laboratori informatici, in parte guidati e in parte interattivi, attraverso l'utilizzo del software Matlab.

In riferimento ai descrittori di Dublino (DdD), a seguito di: i) lezioni svolte dal docente, ii) esercitazioni guidate svolte dagli studenti in aula, iii) laboratori informatici guidati svolti dagli studenti con l'ausilio del software Matlab, i risultati attesi sono i seguenti.
Le lezioni permetteranno allo studente di:
Conoscere le principali tecniche numeriche rilevanti nell'ambito dell'Ingegneria (DdD 1);
Conoscere le loro proprietà e possibili ambiti di applicazione (DdD 1);
Apprendere le loro caratteristiche in termini di accuratezza e costo computazionale (DdD 1).
Attraverso le attività di esercitazione e laboratori informatici lo studente:
Si impratichisce nell'uso delle metodologie illustrate a lezione utilizzando l'ambiente di programmazione Matlab (DdD 2);
Rafforza i concetti appresi a lezione tramite sperimentazioni numeriche (DdD 2);
Verifica attraverso l'analisi dei risultati ottenuti le proprietà dei metodi illustrati a lezione (DdD 2, DdD 3);
Approfondisce l'uso del linguaggio Matlab, utilizzato in molte aziende di Ingegneria (DdD 5).
Tutti i codici software utilizzati durante le esercitazioni vengono messi a disposizione sul portale dei corsi online del Politecnico di Milano e sono compatibili anche con il software open-source Octave, permettendone quindi il più ampio utilizzo per l'approfondimento autonomo da parte dello studente.

Tutti gli argomenti del corso saranno affrontati sia a lezione che in laboratori informatici, in parte guidati e in parte interattivi, attraverso l'utilizzo del software Matlab. Le parti del programma omesse per la versione da 6 crediti sono indicate da asterischi.
1. Introduzione ai concetti di base del calcolo numerico: Approssimazione; errore relativo; condizionamento di un problema numerico. Richiami di analisi matematica: teorema del punto medio di Lagrange; formula di Taylor in una e più variabili; il concetto di O-grande.
2. Rappresentazione floating-point dei numeri reali: Format generale; numeri normalizzati; epsilon-macchina e unità di round-off; cancellazione di cifre significative; esempi; lo standard IEEE 754.
3. Approssimazione di dati e funzioni: Interpolazione polinomiale: esistenza e unicità del polinomio interpolatore. Stima dell'errore di interpolazione. Fenomeno di Runge; nodi di Chebyshev. Interpolazione polinomiale composita. Spline cubiche. Approssimazione ai minimi quadrati e regressione lineare. Sistema di Vandermonde; equazioni normali. Cenni all'interpolazione trigonometrica, con RBF, NN e alla tecnica di kriging.
4. Metodi per la soluzione di equazioni non lineari: Metodo di bisezione e sue proprietà di convergenza. Metodo di punto fisso: proprietà di convergenza locale e globale. Metodo di Newton e varianti (corde, secanti). Proprietà di convergenza locale per il metodo di Newton.
5. Sistemi non lineari: Metodi di punto fisso, Newton e quasi-Newton; il metodo di Broyden.
6. Approssimazione di derivate con differenze finite: Differenze finite in avanti, all'indietro e centrate per l'approssimazione della derivata prima. Il metodo dei coefficienti indeterminati; derivata del polinomio interpolatore. Approssimazione della derivata seconda con differenza finita centrata. Ordine di convergenza delle approssimazioni introdotte e stima empirica numerica. Impatto degli errori di arrotondamento.
7. Formule di integrazione numerica: Struttura generale delle formule di quadratura numerica. Formule del punto medio, dei trapezi, di Cavalieri-Simpson. Formule di Newton-Cotes. Integrazione Gaussiana. Integrazione composita: ordine di convergenza e stima dell'errore. Cenni ai metodi adattivi.
8. Metodi numerici per sistemi lineari: Richiami di algebra lineare. Il metodo di eliminazione di Gauss (MEG); sistemi triangolari e fattorizzazione LU; tecnica del pivoting. Fattorizzazione di Cholesky. Analisi di sensitivity: numero di condizionamento; legame residuo-errore. Metodi iterativi: lineari stazionari a un passo; metodi basati sullo splitting (Jacobi e Gauss-Seidel); metodi di Richardson stazionari. Sistemi sovradeterminati: fattorizzazione QR completa e ridotta; decomposizione SVD e soluzione a norma minina. Applicazione alla compressione di immagini.
9. Metodi numerici per equazioni differenziali ordinarie: Richiami sulla teoria delle equazioni differenziali ordinarie. Metodi a un passo: Eulero in avanti, Eulero all'indietro, Crank-Nicolson, Heun. Consistenza, convergenza e zero-stabilità. Convergenza dei metodi numerici a un passo. Assoluta stabilità. Metodi di ordine elevato: i metodi multistep lineari delle famiglie Adams-Bashforth, Adams-Moulton e BDF; metodi Runge-Kutta. Estensione dei metodi a sistemi di ODE. Problemi stiff.
10(*). Metodi numerici per equazioni alle derivate parziali: Metodi alle differenze finite per l'equazione di diffusione-trasporto-reazione (DTR); condizioni al bordo di tipo Dirichlet, Neumann, Robin e miste. Problema di diffusione-trasporto a trasporto dominante: numero di Péclet e strato limite; differenze finite upwind. Equazione DTR tempo dipendente: il metodo delle linee MOL; equivalenza con sistema di ODE; theta-metodo in tempo.
11(*). Ottimizzazione numerica: Concetti generali. Metodo del gradiente per Ax=b con A sdp: interpretazione geometrica, algoritmo e risultati di convergenza. Minimizzazione non vincolata e vincolata; insiemi e funzioni convesse; esempio con minimi quadrati non lineare. Metodi di tipo line-search e trust-region. Cenno ai metodi derivative-free (interpolazione parabolica e golden section search). Esempi applicativi: ottimizzazione topologica di strutture; Full Waveform Inversion; Electrical Impedance Tomography.
Tutto il materiale del corso (esercizi, appunti del docente, testi e risultati degli esami) sarà reso disponibile attraverso il portale WeBeep dei corsi on line del Politecnico di Milano.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
L'esame si articola in un'unica prova scritta. La prova scritta consiste in esercizi da risolvere con Matlab e in domande teoriche a risposta libera relative agli argomenti del corso. L'obiettivo è sia valutare il livello di apprendimento delle metodologie oggetto dell'insegnamento attraverso domande di contenuto teorico, sia la capacità dello studente di applicarle in pratica attraverso la scrittura o modifica di semplici codici in linguaggio Matlab.
Per gli esercizi Matlab, sarà valutata:
la correttezza degli script e function sviluppate;
l'utilizzo esclusivo e corretto delle function ufficiali messe a disposizione su WeBeep;
la capacità di modificare le function ufficiali in modo pertinente;
il commento corretto e appropriato dei risultati numerici forniti.
Per le domande di teoria, sarà valutata:
la correttezza della risposta;
la proprietà tecnica di linguaggio scritto, non ambiguo, chiaro, sintetico e con la terminologia matematica/numerica appropriata;
la completezza della risposta.

Quarteroni, Alfio; Saleri, Fausto; Gervasio, Paola, Calcolo Scientifico. Esercizi e problemi risolti con MATLAB e Octave, Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2017, ISBN: 978-88-470-3953-7 https://link.springer.com/content/pdf/10.1007/978-88-470-3953-7.pdf
Note: Disponibile anche come e-book
Note ed esercizi messi a disposizione degli studenti https://webeep.polimi.it/course/view.php?id=5715
A. Quarteroni, R. Sacco, F. Saleri, P.Gervasio, Matematica Numerica, Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2014, ISBN: 978-88-470-5643-5 https://www.springer.com/it/book/9788847056435
Note: Per eventuali approfondimenti

The aim of the course is to discuss from the perspective of sustainable development the great environmental, economic and social challenges that humanity is facing in the contemporary era. The verb "discuss" is utilized deliberately to emphasize the interactive mode used throughout the course. Each and all of the problems are treated up to a global (planetary) scale and over long (from decennial to secular or even millennial) temporal scales. Particular attention is given to climate change and its consequences along many directions claiming for sustainable solutions, from agricultural and ecological dynamics to human and Earth health. Given the high level of complexity of the proposed issues, no univocal solutions are provided. Rather, the active research performed by the students during individual and group work, based on the most up-to-date literature and under the guidance of instructors, will let them deepen both the knowledge and the understanding about some specific, elective topics.

The specific learning skills acquired by the students are
Knowledge and understanding of the most important global changes that require the design of a sustainable path toward development, with particular and special focus on climate change. These include economic issues (indicators other than GDP, inequalities and poverty, the possibility of development without growth), environmental issues (such as biodiversity conservation, resources availability and urban resilience) and social issues (such as education and health). In particular, the scales of reasoning in students' minds are widened by the large geopolitical and the long temporal scales that are considered in the course. [Dublin Descriptor 1]
Ability of contextualizing and applying the concepts and tools learned to specific problems, going beyond the single-issue simplistic view of sustainable development that is typical of basic courses on the subject. [Dublin Descriptors 2 and 3]
Capacity of autonomously navigating through the pertinent, up-to-date international literature so as to argue pros and cons of potential solutions to specific problems. [Dublin Descriptor 3 and 5]
Group work attitude in preparing a dissertation to be presented to (and defended with) the whole class, as well as a short report to be submitted at the beginning of the exam session (communication skills) [Dublin Descriptor 4].

The course consists of two modules. The first module is specifically focused on Climate change, while the other is mainly devoted to implications of global changes to sustainable development. The two modules are not delivered sequentially, but in parallel because their contents are not separated but intertwined. Climate change is in fact seen here as one of the major global challenges to be faced by humanity in the present era.
Topics of the first module (Climate change) are the following:
Introduction to global environmental change: Understanding environmental change, Historical approaches to environmental change, Current approaches to environmental change, Contemporary patterns of global environmental change
The Earth system - The climate system (radiation and radiative balance- the equilibrium temperature of a planet)
Natural climate change and the ice ages: Milankovich theory. Climate dynamics and the general circulation of the atmosphere
Natural and anthropogenic climate drivers
Deep Decarbonization Pathway Planning and Mid-Century Strategies- The Three Pillars of Decarbonization
GCM scenarios - Downscaling methods for Climate change impacts evaluation
The second module of the course (Sustainable Development) is delivered using the flipped class methodology. Video-lectures are taken from the MOOC (Massive Open Online Course) entitled "The Age of Sustainable Development" by Prof. Jeffrey Sachs (Columbia University), freely available on Coursera. Each week, the students are requested to watch one video and/or study one chapter of the course book, so as to be ready for discussion during the class.
Lectures of the second module (Sustainable development) are
Introduction to sustainable development
An unequal world
A brief history of economic development
Why some countries developed while others stayed poor
Ending extreme poverty
Planetary boundaries
Social inclusion
Education for all
Health for all
Food security
Resilient cities
Saving biodiversity and protecting ecosystem services
Sustainable development goals

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale condizionata (a scelta del docente)
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The exam consists of two parts: an oral presentation (talk) with discussion during the course (group work), followed by the submission of a short report at the end of the course, and written tests plus a possible discussion on the paper (individual work). The students will be organized in groups (tentatively of three people). A list of topics of interest, as possibly resulting from discussion during lectures, will emerge during the classes. The group will perform research on the selected topics based on the available literature, will organize a talk (tentatively 15 minutes) and write a short report (Scientific Reports style, around 4000 words). The instructors reserve the right to discuss individually with each student the report they have written in groups, in order to ensure the personal contribution to the original research presented.The quality of the work done and the ability of the group to keep the class discussion vivid and alive, as well as the feedback provided to other groups, are part of the evaluation. The written tests will be performed individually and consist of answering questions and/or solving simple exercises so as to prove the familiarity of the student with the topics of the course. The final grade results from a combination of individual and group work. The individual portion (written tests plus optional oral exam at the teachers’ discretion) and the group portion (oral presentation and short report) each contribute 15 points (out of 32) to the final score, with up to 2 bonus points being given for active participation. The exam will be considered as passed with a final grade >= 18 and individual/group grades >= 8.

MOOC available at Coursera.org https://www.coursera.org/learn/sustainable-development
Jeffrey Sachs, The Age of Sustainable Development, Editore: Columbia University Press, Anno edizione: 2015, ISBN: 978-0-231-53900-5 https://cup.columbia.edu/book/the-age-of-sustainable-development/9780231173155

The integrated course Computational Mechanics for Geomaterials consists in two strictly integrated modules:
the Computational Mechanics module (5 CFU) aims to introduce the theoretical and operational aspects of the finite element method for the solution of elastic and elasto-plastic problems and to present the main classes of constitutive laws in the non-linear field
the Geomaterials module (5 CFU) aims to present some aspects of the behaviour of soils, as two-phase materials characterized by a non-linear mechanical response, in geotechnical problems where close interactions between various physical processes may occur. These problems are typical of environmental engineering and geosciences and require, to obtain an accurate solution, the use of computational methods.

After lectures and teaching workshops attendance and exam passing, the student:
will master the main constitutive laws employed to describe the behavior of different classes of material, with particular emphasis on geotechnical materials, and will understand their field of application [D1];
will master the equations governing the elastic and elasto-plastic problems for single-phase solids and for saturated soils and will be able to describe them clearly and effectively [D1];
will be able to apply the above knowledge to solve simplified problems [D2, D3];
will master the displacement formulation of the finite element method, in the linear and non-linear regime, even in presence of saturated porous materials [D2];
will be able to independently solve typical problems of geotechnical engineering through the conscious use of a multi-purpose finite element code [D2, D3];
will be able to draw up a report on the obtained results, with clarity and language skills [D3].

Integrated course topics:
(the part related to the Computational Mechanics module, points 1,3,5,6, is written in normal font, the part relating to the Geomaterials module, points 2,4,7,8 is written in italics)
1. Elastic problem for a single-phase continuum
Three-dimensional, plane and axial-symmetric elastic problems. Isotropic and anisotropic elastic constitutive model.
2. Hydro-mechanical problem for a saturated porous continuum
Equations of equilibrium, compatibility and mass conservation for the saturated porous medium. Seepage analysis for a porous medium with rigid skeleton. Displacements analysis with uncoupled approach. The hydro-mechanical coupled problem in a deformable medium with elastic behaviour.
3. Fundamentals of the finite element method
Weak formulation of the elastic problem. General aspects of the displacement formulation of the finite element method. Finite element formulation for plane problems. Isoparametric elements.
4. The finite element method for geomaterials
Formulation of the finite element method for the hydro-mechanical coupled problem of a saturated porous medium. Fundamental characteristics and procedures of the finite element analysis in a geotechnical engineering problem. Analysis of soil response under various working conditions. Analysis of serviceability and ultimate state. Examples of finite element solutions for linear elastic problems.
5. Introduction to the mechanics of materials
Mechanical behavior of materials: elastic, visco-elastic, elastic-plastic, visco-plastic
6. Elasto-plastic constitutive models
Yield functions, hardening laws, associated and non-associated sliding laws, examples. Hints on the integration methods of nonlinear constitutive models. The finite element method for elastoplastic problems
7. Elasto-plastic models for geomaterials
Mechanical behaviour of soil, rock and discontinuities. Elasto-plasticity, softening and rheological models. Constitutive parameters and their calibration. Soil behaviour in partially saturated conditions.
8. Applications of the finite element method to geotechnical engineering problems
Examples of finite element analyses for non-linear problems. Soil-structure interaction problems. Unconfined seepage in unsaturated levees. Excavation and construction procedures. Slope stability problems.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, senza presentazione/discussione finale
The evaluation is based on an oral discussion and a written report to be prepared during the semester.
The written report focuses on the case-studies analyzed during computer laboratories through a commercial software. The students (possibly in group) re-elaborate the topic covered during the course in a personal and autonomous way and draw up a technical report, structured as if it were addressed to an external client. The written report must clearly describe the examined problem and comment the obtained results in a complete and critical way. The evaluation criteria include the presentation's completeness and clarity, as well as critical comments and in-depth discussions. The report is graded on a scale of 10.
The oral discussion is divided into two parts, each pertaining to a module of the integrated course and evaluated with a maximum grade of 11. The evaluation criteria are the ability to master the course topics and apply the knowledge acquired.
The final grade is the sum of the three marks, which includes the possibility of receiving the highest grade "con Lode" when exceeding 30.

Aim of the course is to provide students with the quantitative instruments for rationally managing animal and plant populations and ecosystems.

According to the Dublin Descriptors 1 (Knowledge and understanding), 2 (Applying knowledge and understanding), 3 (Making judgements), and 5 (Learning skills), the students attending the course will get

• Knowledge and understanding of advanced ecological approaches that extend the basic ecological notions to (a) the spatial distribution of organisms, (b) the effect of uncertainties, disturbances and in general stochasticities, (c) the impact of humans on ecosystems and its rational management, (d) the interaction between ecosystem management and human health.
• Application of these quantitative approaches to several problems that concern ecosystems conservation and management. In particular: (a) evaluate the likelihood of population decline and extinction (risk analysis); (b) estimate the chance of success for the reintroduction of species that are locally extinct; (c) calculate the speed of invasion of alien species; (d) estimate the impact of habitat erosion and destruction on population and community viability; (e) estimate the impact of human harvesting on populations viability and assess optimal harvesting regulations; (f) assess the likelihood of establishment of diseases caused by parasites, both micro and macro, that live in our common environment.
• Autonomous problem solving abilities, which allow the students to make judgements and answer more complex questions that are often a blend of the above cited simpler problems.
• Autonomous learning abilities, based on the training received during course attendance, which allow the students to acquire the notions necessary to solve applied ecological problems that are not explicitly illustrated in the present course.

1. Species and populations threatened by extinction:

• The causes of extinction: review. Local extinction, global extinction, extinction in the wild.
• Analysis of the main extinction mechanisms and quantitative approaches for evaluating the extinction risk. Allee effect and depensation. Genetic deterioration. Fundamentals of population genetics. Hardy-Weinberg law. Genetic drift and the Sewall Wright model. Extinction thresholds.
• Demographic and environmental stochasticity. Extinction probability in small populations. Stochastic models of populations driven by environmental variability. Quasi-extinction thresholds. Extinction vortices. Population viability analysis (PVA). Review of the main PVA software tools.
  2. Populations in spatially explicit landscapes:
• The importance of space in ecology. Habitat loss and fragmentation as important mechanisms of extinction. The problem of alien species invasion.
• Dispersal in animals and plants. Diffusion as a way to describe dispersal. Diffusion equation in limited and unlimited habitat. Adding demography to diffusion: the reaction-diffusion equation. Speed of colonization and invasion. Critical reserve dimension.
• Habitat fragmentation and the metapopulation concept. Various metapopulation models. The Levins boolean model. Incorporating habitat loss and environmental catastrophes. Persistence boundaries in metapopulations. Spatially explicit metapopulation models. Ecological corridors.
  3. Sustainabilty of biomass harvesting and its management:
• The overexploitation and depletion of biological renewable resources. Examples from forestry and fisheries. The tragedy of the commons. Open access and the consequences of not regulating the exploitation of renewable resources. Different management goals.
• The dynamics of harvested populations. The concept and measure of harvesting effort. Different regulation policies: exclusive, nonexclusive, economic. Production curves. Maximum sustainable yield. Schaefer's model.
• Principles of bioeconomics. Gordon's analysis. Bionomic equilibrium and the effect of the opportunity cost. Socioeconomic impacts of various regulation policies. The bioeconomic optimum.
• The management of age-structured populations. The optimal rotation period in forest management. The effect of the discount rate. Fish populations with constant recruitment. The problem of optimal effort and mesh size. Beverton and Holt's analysis. The eumetric mesh size and eumetric production curves. Bioeconomic considerations.
  4. Parasite and disease ecology:
• Ecology and public health. Emerging and reemerging diseases. Zoonoses. Parasitism and its importance for population regulation. Microparasites and macroparasites. Parasitoids.
• Dynamics of diseases caused by microparasites. Various transmission mechanisms: direct, water and airborne, environmental, vertical. Susceptible, exposed, infected and recovered individuals. Incidence and prevalence. Diseases with permanent and temporary immunity. SI and SIR models. The regulation of Malthusian populations. The basic reproduction number of a microparasitic disease. Vector-borne diseases. Ross-MacDonald model. Water-borne diseases. SIB models. Vaccination and culling policies.
• Dynamics of diseases caused by macroparasites. Anderson and May's model for the dynamics of hosts and parasites. Distribution of parasite burden inside a host and the clumping parameter. The basic reproduction number of a macroparasitic disease.
• Parasitoids and hosts. Nicholson and Bailey's model. Biological control of alien and noxious organisms.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
The exams will take place during the regular sessions and will consist of two written tests. More precisely:
Phase 1 (Conceptual questions)
The questions will concern the whole course (the basic concepts). Questions will be provided to students on a paper form they must fill in. No books or notes can be used in this phase. Students must answer the questions before time expires and give back the filled in sheet to the teacher.
Phase 2 (Exercises)
The text of the exercises will be provided to students on a few paper sheets. Students can use books and notes, but cannot use computers, only calculators. They can use their paper sheets for a scratch copy. There will be 4 exercises, one for each of the 4 parts of the course. Each student, however, has the right to discard one exercise and solve only 3 exercises. The student must declare which exercise s/he does not want to solve. Once the 3 exercises are solved, students must copy the solution to the provided paper sheets. Before time expires they will give back the filled in sheets to the teacher. No scratch paper can be attached to the provided sheets.
The evaluation criteria are based on the verification of the correctness of the answers to the questions and the correct and justified solution of each of the 3 exercises chosen by the student. The grade will be the sum of the scores obtained in Phase 1 and Phase 2. Each exercise has the same maximum score. The grade "30 cum laude" will be given to students whose total score is larger than or equal to 32.

M. Gatto, R. Casagrandi, Ecosystem conservation and management: Models and Application, Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2022, ISBN: 978-3-031-09479-8 https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-031-09480-4
Note: The text is freely downloadable by the Politecnico di Milano students
R. Casagrandi, G. A. De Leo and M. Gatto (2002), 101 problemi di ecologia., Editore: McGraw Hill, Anno edizione: 2002, ISBN: 883866041-7
Note: This is optional

L'insegnamento si pone l'obiettivo di fornire agli studenti nozioni elementari di ingegneria elettrica, mediante l'introduzione di nozioni fondamentali della teoria dei circuiti elettrici (Descrittori di Dublino 1 e 2, ovvero DdD1 e DdD2).
La prima parte dell'insegnamento è dedicata alle tecniche di analisi dei circuiti elettrici (DdD1).La seconda parte affronta lo studio di reti elettriche monofase e trifase in particolari modalità di funzionamento (funzionamento in transitorio e in regime permanente sinusoidale), con l'obiettivo di avvicinare gli studenti alle principali problematiche e tecniche risolutive di reti elettriche reali (DdD1, DdD2). Al termine dell’insegnamento viene approfondita la tematica relativa alle fonti di energia rinnovabili, con particolare attenzione a funzionamento, progettazione ed esercizio di impianti fotovoltaici, mediante strumenti di didattica innovativa mutuati dalla Libreria Zero.

Al termine dell'insegnamento, con riferimento ai Descrittori di Dublino 2 e 3, gli studenti avranno appreso le nozioni fondamentali di teoria dei circuiti necessarie per: (a) risolvere circuiti lineari in regime stazionario e sinusoidale, mediante opportuna scelta del metodo risolutivo in relazione alla topologia del circuito assegnato e/o alla variabile di rete richiesta; (b) determinare la risposta transitoria e a regime di circuiti lineari dinamici del primo ordine.
Inoltre, gli studenti saranno in possesso dei concetti teorici alla base del funzionamento delle macchine elettriche statiche e della realizzazione e esercizio di impianti di generazione, distribuzione e utilizzazione dell'energia elettrica (DdD2).

Il programma dell'insegnamento si articola nei seguenti argomenti
1. Introduzione alla teoria dei circuiti

• Definizione delle grandezze elettriche fondamentali: tensione, corrente e potenza
• Circuiti elettrici a parametri concentrati (nozione di bipolo, multipolo e relazione costitutiva) e ipotesi della teoria dei circuiti
• Leggi di Kirchhoff e Teorema di Tellegen (conservazione della potenza)
  2. Circuiti adinamici elementari
• Bipoli adinamici elementari: resistore lineare, corto circuito e circuito aperto, sorgenti ideali di tensione e corrente
• Circuiti elementari: a una maglia (partitore di tensione), a due nodi (partitore di corrente)
• Equivalenza esterna di bipoli: connessioni in serie e parallelo di resistori e concetto di resistenza equivalente, combinazione di generatori ideali di tensione e di corrente, modelli di Thevenin (serie) e Norton (parallelo) di sorgenti non ideali di tensione e corrente e loro equivalenza alle porte esterne
  3. Analisi nodale
• Circuiti con generatori indipendenti di corrente: scrittura delle equazioni per ispezione
• Circuiti con generatori indipendenti di tensione: supernodo, metodo topologico
• Regola di Millman
  4. Circuiti adinamici generici
• Linearita' e principio di sovrapposizione degli effetti
• Teoremi di Thevenin e Norton
• Teorema del massimo trasferimento di potenza
  5. Elementi a due porte (doppi bipoli)
• Trasformatore ideale e sue principali proprieta'
  6. Circuiti dinamici elementari
• Condensatore e induttore: relazioni costituive, connessioni in serie e parallelo, energia e stato iniziale
• Circuiti del primo ordine (di tipo RC ed RL) in evoluzione libera e con un generatore costante
  7. Circuiti in regime sinusoidale permanente
• Rappresentazione di segnali sinusoidali mediante fasori, nozione di valore efficace
• Leggi di Kirchhoff e relazioni costitutive nel dominio dei fasori. Impedenza, ammettenza, reattanza e suscettanza di bipoli in regime sinusoidale
• Estensione dei metodi di analisi e dei teoremi di rete al regime sinusoidale
• Potenza in regime sinusoidale: potenza istantanea, attiva, reattiva, complessa e apparente. Conservazione della potenza in regime sinusoidale e rifasamento
  8. Sistemi trifase
• Circuiti trifase simmetrici ed equilibrati: circuiti monofase equivalenti
• Circuiti trifase con carico squilibrato e con neutro
• Potenza nei sistemi trifase e rifasamento dei carichi industriali
  9. Circuiti con accoppiamento magnetico (solo 088721 - ELETTROTECNICA da 8 CFU )
• Induttori mutuamente accoppiati: auto e mutue induttanze
• Macchine elettriche statiche: il trasformatore reale
  10. Nozioni fondamentali di sicurezza elettrica
• Principali rischi elettrici e effetti della corrente elettrica sul corpo umano
• Contatti diretti e indiretti e relative protezioni: impianti di messa a terra e principio di funzionamento dell'interruttore differenziale
  11. Elementi di generazione, trasmissione e distribuzione dell'energia elettrica
• Struttura della rete elettrica tradizionale (in Italia)
• Generazione distribuita, fonti rinnovabili, smart grids
• Approfondimento su principi di funzionamento, progettazione ed esercizio di impianti fotovoltaici (solo 088721 - ELETTROTECNICA da 8 CFU )
  Note:
• il programma completo si riferisce all'insegnamento 088721 - ELETTROTECNICA da 8 CFU
• l'insegnamento 088508 - ELETTROTECNICA da 6 CFU viene offerto congiuntamente all'insegnamento 088721 - ELETTROTECNICA da 8 CFU e copre una selezione degli argomenti trattati. In particolare, sono esclusi dal programma da 6 CFU i circuiti con accoppiamento magnetico e l'approfondimento sui sistemi fotovoltaici.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Le prove d'esame sono svolte in forma scritta e consistono in esercizi (DdD2, DdD3) e quesiti teorici sui contenuti del corso (DdD1, DdD3).

R. Perfetti, Circuiti Elettrici, Editore: Zanichelli Editore S.p.A., Bologna, Anno edizione: 2013, ISBN: 978-8808-17888-6
C. K. Alexander, M. N. O. Sadiku, Circuiti Elettrici, Editore: McGraw-Hill, Milano, Anno edizione: 2008, ISBN: 978-88-386-6421-2
C. R. Paul, Fundamentals of Electric Circuit Analysis, Editore: Wiley & Sons, Anno edizione: 2000, ISBN: 978-0-471-37195-3
R. E. Thomas, A. J. Rosa, The Analysis and Design of Linear Circuits, Editore: Wiley & Sons, Anno edizione: 2006, ISBN: 978-0-471-76095-5

The course of Engineering Seismology aims at providing students with the following key elements, introductory to different topics of Earthquake Engineering:
1) the physical background for understanding the earthquake process, from the seismic source, to the seismic wave propagation, up to the ground reponse;
2) numerical, analytical and experimental tools for the engineering characterization of earthquake ground motion;
3) methods and data for probabilistic seismic hazard evaluations;
4) background to the evaluation of seismic actions for design and assessment according to the seismic norms;
5) introduction to concepts of seismic risk at a territorial scale.

At the end of the course, the student is expected to have acquired the following skills:
1) understanding how the physical process governing the earthquake ground motion affects the seismic response of soils and structures (DdD 1);
2) acquisition of in depth knowledge of seismic hazard and seismic risk, and of the seismic norms (especially Italian and European, but also worldwide) as regards definition of seismic actions for design (DdD 1);
3) mastering open source software for the evaluation of seismic wave propagation and local seismic amplification effects due to surface geology, with some applications to real case studies (DdD 2);
4) mastering open source software for the probabilstic seismic hazard assessment, with some applications to real case studies (DdD 2);
5) solving realistic complex engineering problems related to earthquake engineering (DdD 2);
6) ability to make a presentation and defense of the technical results obtained within the homeworks during the oral evaluation (DdD 3,4,5);

Origin of earthquakes and world seismicity
Mechanics of the seismic source, seismic moment earthquake magnitude
Review of recent earthquakes from the main tectonic areas worldwide
Earthquakes in Italy
Introduction to macroseismic scales
Earthquake records: analysis and processing
Analysis of an earthquake record in the time and frequency domain
Parameters associated to ground motion intensity
Introduction to signal processing: baseline correction, filtering, integration
Seismic wave propagation and site effects
P and S waves
Introductory boundary condition problems.
1D wave propagation in heterogeneous media
Applications to site effects evaluation for earthquake engineering: the case of Mexico City
Propagation in linear visco-elastic media
Introduction to non-linear dynamic soil response and linear-equivalent models
2D and 3D complex site effects
Elastic response spectra
Dynamic equilibrium of a single degree-of-freedom system
Response spectrum of an accelerogram
Seismic hazard assessment
Deterministic and probabilstic approaches to seismic hazard assessment
Seismic catalogs
Gutenberg-Richter recurrence relationship
Ground motion prediction equations
The Cornell method for probabilistic seismic hazard analyses
Seismic input in the norms
The Italian seismic hazard map
Elastic spectra for design
Site classification
Criteria of selection of accelerograms for seismic analyses
The seismic input in other worldwide norms: Eurocode8 and US
Seismic vulnerability and risk analysis
Seismic vulnerability elements of masonry structures
Seismic vulnerability elements of reinforced concrete structures
Macroseismic scales
Fragility curves
Introductory elements to seismic risk analysis

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Students will prepare several homeworks to cover by practical case studies the various subjects of the course.
The homeworks will be delivered and discussed during the oral exam, where a comprehensive evaluation of different topics related to the course will be made. Prior to the oral exam, a written session of the exam is foreseen, with introductory questions.

Faccioli E., Paolucci R., Elementi di Sismologia applicata all'Ingegneria, Editore: Pitagora, Anno edizione: 2005
Kramer S., Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Editore: Prentice Hall, Anno edizione: 1996

The course provides essential theory and multidisciplinary knowledge to understand environmental phenomena and assess how new projects may impact their surroundings.
The primary objective is to provide information about methodologies and tools for quantifying the impacts of newly constructed works, as well as the skills required to evaluate their environmental compatibility or determine if mitigation is necessary.
Course learning goals:
Predict how new projects affect known environments.
Locate and extract relevant data on territorial control.
Use simulation tools to evaluate environmental changes from construction in complex systems.
The course includes group Lab work where students conduct an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) on proposed case studies—such as road infrastructure or wastewater plants—using IT tools like pollutant dispersion models and GIS from class exercises, and present their findings to the instructor and peers.

At the end of the learning process, the student will know, understand, and be able to apply the acquired knowledge to:
assess the environmental impacts of new projects or infrastructure by considering their features and both human and natural factors (e.g., whether emissions from a new source, given local weather conditions, could significantly worsen air quality);
extract key environmental data on territorial status for site assessments before and after introducing new infrastructure;
evaluate, by applying independent judgment and suitable environmental simulation tools, the possible changes a project may cause in complex environmental systems.
Specifically, the expected learning outcomes are the following:
D1. Knowledge and understanding: a) the student knows the fundamental principles of Environmental Impact Assessment for new works/infrastructures; b) knows the terminology and type of tools necessary to predict the impacts of a future work/infrastructure; c) understands the importance of scenario analysis and the need to define qualitative-quantitative impact assessment scales (e.g., negligible impacts, perceptible impacts, mitigable and non-mitigable impacts;
D2. Applying knowledge and understanding: the student is able to a) set up an Environmental Impact Assessment on a case study; b) identify key environmental components and predict impact scenarios; c) determine necessary data, tools, and software for assessing infrastructure impacts.
D3. Making judgements:
After passing the Lab project test, the student:
a) Demonstrates the ability to independently evaluate a case study that is not directly covered during the course and provide reasoned decisions;
b) Demonstrates the capacity to critically evaluate the credibility of modeling tools used in simulating assessment scenarios.
D4. Communication skills:
The student communicates the results of the lab project assessment in a clear and understandable manner.
D5. Learning skills: the student possesses the skills required for independent further study.

The course will cover the following topics:
the regulatory aspects of procedures related to Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), e.g., EU directives, Italian legislation, and the differences between national and regional EIA.
the different approaches to EIA linked to the administrative procedures provided by the relevant regulations.
The contents of the Environmental Impact Study (purpose, index, the programmatic, project, and environmental framework, prediction and assessment of impacts, compensations, mitigations, and monitoring);
Indicators, and scenarios commonly used in EIA procedures, analyzed for each environmental component (atmosphere, water environment, soil and subsoil, vegetation, flora, fauna and ecosystems, public health, physical agents, and landscape);
prediction and calculation methodologies used for the assessment of impacts on the main environmental components considered (health, water, air, soil, landscape, habitats, ecosystems, physical agents, and landscape). Several calculation examples and case studies will be presented. Computer-based exercises and laboratory hours are scheduled.
criteria for constructing scenarios and for their comparative evaluation.
Mitigation and compensation measures considered in EIA procedures according to the type of infrastructure.
procedures related to EIA (SEA – IPPC-Integrated Pollution Prevention Control–AIA–VINCA; similarities, differences, and relationships).

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The evaluation includes a written exam assessing students' ability to organize and present discursive discussions on course topics using appropriate terminology. The project laboratory component, valued at 6 out of 30 points, assesses students' critical thinking, autonomy, and communication abilities through collaborative group work, a comprehensive report, and an in-class presentation. For 8 and 10 ECTS courses, the highest attainable grade is 24 out of 30 for those who do not participate in the project laboratory.

Course slides available on Webeep

L'insegnamento ha l'obiettivo di complementare le competenze di informatica acquisite nel corso di informatica di base in riferimento alla progettazione e gestione di strutture dati persistenti quali le basi di dati tradizionali e geografiche. Inoltre l'insegnamento intende fornire alcuni elementi per affrontare lo sviluppo di applicazioni informatiche.

Con riferimento ai Descrittori di Dublino (DdD) pertinenti per l'insegnamento, i risultati di apprendimento attesi sono i seguenti
DdD1. Conoscenza e comprensione
Comprensione dei meccanismi di codifica dell'informazione sul calcolatore, con particolare riferimento all’informazione geografica.
Conoscenza dei modelli di rappresentazione dei dati di un sistema di gestione di basi di dati.
Conoscenza degli elementi di base del ciclo di vita delle applicazioni software e della realizzazione di un contratto di acquisizione di applicazioni informatiche.
Conoscenza dei principi adottati dai linguaggi di accesso a basi di dati strutturate
DdD2. Capacità di applicare conoscenze e comprensione
Progettazione di una base dati tradizionale o geografica, considerandone gli aspetti concettuali, logici e fisici.
Trasformazione delle richieste sui dati nelle espressioni del linguaggio d'accesso considerato.
Usare strumenti informatici per la realizzazione e uso dei dati di una base dati tradizionale/geografica.
DdD3. Autonomia di giudizio
Valutazione della correttezza del progetto di una base dati
Confronto benefici e svantaggi delle proposte sviluppate nella progettazione delle strutture dati

Il programma dell'insegnamento si struttura in due parti, ciascuna articolata in diversi argomenti:
Basi di dati tradizionali e geotopografiche (lezioni ed esercitazioni col calcolatore).

• Il modello concettuale per modellare dati persistenti tradizionali e per modellare dati persistenti geotopografici
• La progettazione concettuale di una base dati tradizionale/spaziale; accenni alle specifiche nazionali per i geodatabase ed europee INSPIRE.
• Il modello relazionale tradizionale ed esteso per trattare i dati grotopografici.
• La progettazione logica delle basi di dati tradizionali/geotopografiche.
• Progettazione fisica di una base dati.
• Il linguaggio SQL esteso per l'interrogazione di una base dati tradizionale/geotopografica; gli operatori metrici e topologici e le operazioni di interrogazioni e aggiornamento.
• Accenni all'ottimizzazione delle interrogazioni e agli algoritmi di calcolo delle interrogazioni.
• Approfondimento sulla rappresentazione dei numeri (interi, reali) sul calcolatore e impatto nelle operazioni con particolare riferimento a quelle che operano sulle coordinate delle geometrie.
• La rappresentazione precisa o con tolleranza.
  Sviluppo e acquisizione di software (lezioni)
• Utilizzo di Python per la gestione di dati tradizonali e geotopografici.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale condizionata (a scelta del docente)
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Valutazione continua facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
L’esame prevede una verifica scritta su tutti gli argomenti dell'insegnamento, articolata secondo diversi aspetti (domande, risoluzione di problemi, comprensioni di strutture) così da verificare anche i risultati di apprendimento attesi e i corrispondenti Descrittori di Dublino (DdD). In particolare, l'esame prevede:
la comprensione della struttura di una base dati e l’accesso alla base dati tramite SQL (DdD2);
la progettazione concettuale, logica e fisica di una base dati tradizionale e/o geografica e la valutazione della soluzione (DdD3)
Gli studenti potranno decidere di svolgere un progetto che sostituisce una parte dello scritto.
Il docente potrà chiedere un esame orale in casi di valutazione incerta dello scritto.

Paolo Atzeni, Stefano Ceri, Piero Fraternali, Stefano Paraboschi, Riccardo Torlone, Basi di dati, Editore: McGraw-Hill Education, Anno edizione: 2023, ISBN: 9788838656545

The main goal of the course is to provide an overview of some of the most important mathematical models used to describe physical phenomena and their applications in engineering, with a particular emphasis on the central role of Partial Differential Equations (PDEs).
The first part of the course provides a short introduction to mechanical systems of particles and introduces fundamental concepts such as the principle of least action and the Euler-Lagrange equations, the role of symmetries and conservation laws in physical systems, and Hamilton's equations. Moreover, applications to essential mathematical models in ecology are also discussed.
The central part of the course concerns the analysis of PDEs. A general introduction to the concept of PDEs, their solutions, and the notion of well-posed problems is given. Various properties of PDEs, including several types of initial data and boundary conditions, are examined through the analysis of four fundamental concrete models with explicit solutions: the wave equation, the heat equation, the Laplace and Poisson equations, and the transport equation. These equations are ubiquitous in modelling practical applications across physics and engineering, ranging from heat transfer and electromagnetism to fluid dynamics and reaction-diffusion processes. Furthermore, the Fourier transform is introduced, highlighting its significance in the analysis of linear PDEs.
The final part is dedicated to a brief overview of the computational aspects of PDEs. The aim is to emphasize the complexity of concrete physical systems through their PDE models, and to introduce some of the computational tools available to applied scientists to make predictions on such complex systems.

By the end of the course, after attending the lectures and passing the exam, the expected learning outcomes for the student, expressed in terms of the Dublin Descriptors (DD), are as follows:
DD1: Knowledge and understanding
The student will be able to:

• Understand the role of symmetries and conservation laws in physical systems;
• Recognize and understand the partial differential equations most commonly used in physics and engineering, along with their key properties, with a particular attention on their role in modelling physical phenomena and engineering applications;
• Understand the computational challenges arising from practical applications and the methods available to address them.
  DD2: Applying knowledge and understanding
• The student will be able to describe the main features and properties of the solutions to the concrete examples of partial differential equations analyzed during the lectures.
  DD3: Making judgements
  The student will be able to identify the appropriate methods to address modelling problems involving partial differential equations.
  DD4: Communication skills
  The student will be able to communicate, using appropriate technical terminology, concepts related to symmetries, conservation laws, and partial differential equations, as well as their role in modelling physical and engineering systems.
  DD5: Learning skills
  The student will develop the ability to analyze physical and engineering models based on partial differential equations, including those not explicitly covered during the course.

1. Mechanics: Lagrangian mechanics; Principle of least action, Euler-Lagrange equations; Noether's Theorem; Hamiltonian mechanics.
2. Partial Differential Equations: Definition; Different forms of a PDE; The concept of solution and well-posed problem; Initial data and boundary conditions; Fundamental solutions and Green's functions.
3. Concrete Models: Lotka–Volterra predator–prey model; Wave equation; Heat equation; Laplace and Poisson equations; Transport equations; Maxwell's equation.
4. Fourier Analysis: The concept of Fourier transform; The concept of distribution; Basic applications to linear PDEs.
5. Computational PDEs: The computational complexity of realistic PDE models; Numerical schemes for PDEs.

Prova orale obbligatoria
The evaluation consists of an oral exam. The student may choose between the two following formats:

• A presentation, either on the blackboard or using slides, focused on a specific course-related topic chosen together with the lecturer and discussed in detail;
• A traditional oral exam on the whole programme of the course.
  In both formats, the exam is intended to assess the student’s knowledge and understanding of the course content (DD1), their ability to apply this knowledge to specific problems and situations (DD2, DD3, and DD5), and their capacity to communicate ideas and concepts clearly and accurately using appropriate technical terminology (DD4). The evaluation will be based on the accuracy and depth of the content, the ability to reason and connect concepts, and the clarity and correctness of the exposition.

Lecture Notes on WeBeep
S.J. Farlow, Partial Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers, Editore: Dover Publications, Anno edizione: 1993, ISBN: 9780486676203
L. C. Evans, Partial Differential Equations, Editore: American Mathematical Society, Anno edizione: 2010, ISBN: 0821849743
Note: Advanced mathematical textbook on PDEs. Only selected parts of the first two chapters are used as a reference for the course.
B. D'Acunto, Computational Partial Differential Equations for Engineering Science, Editore: NOVA Science Publishers New York, Anno edizione: 2012
Note: Reference for the last part of the course on the computational aspects of PDEs.

The goal of the course is to provide future engineers with the required technical and scientific knowledge for assessing the sustainability of production processes and environmental engineering technologies with a life cycle approach, in order to support the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) number 11 “Sustainable Cities and Communities”, number 12 “Responsible Production and Consumption”, and number 9 "Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure" of the United Nations. All three dimensions of sustainability - environmental, economic, and social - will be addressed.
Students will be provided with the necessary skills to study the environmental, economic and social impacts that industrial activities have on the availability of natural resources and on human health. They will learn to break down complex systems and processes into elementary units, and to analyse and solve problems related to the interaction between technosphere and environment, examining the alternative solutions to choose the most sustainable.

The students will:

• know and understand the fundamentals of the environmental Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) methodology (DdD1);
• know and understand the fundamentals of the Life Cycle Costing (LCC) methodology (DdD1);
• know and understand the fundamentals of the Social LCA (SLCA) methodology (DdD1);
• be able to apply this knowledge in application exercises (DdD2);
• be able to apply the LCA methodology to simplified industrial cases studies (DdD2);
• be able to identify the most sustainable solution (DdD2);
• acquire the ability to communicate their findings (DdD4).

• Industrial ecology definition, introductory concepts, and principles
• The Life Cycle Thinking principle and initiatives at the national, European and worldwide level
• Environmental Life Cycle Assessment (LCA): historical background, standards, methodology, impact assessment, application to products, application to services (e.g. treatment of solid waste), communication of the results, technical software
• Environmental labels
• Link between LCA and circularity assessment
• Life Cycle Costing: methodology and application
• Social LCA: methodology and application
• Sustainability assessment: definition, state of the art
  Theoretical lessons will be integrated by the discussion of case studies, the analysis of scientific works, some practical exercises, and the demonstration of a specialized software, in order to bring out the relationships between theoretical aspects and operational reality.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, senza presentazione/discussione finale
The final exam consists of two parts: an oral test and a project that should be delivered at the end of the course. The oral test is more focused on the theoretical concepts whereas the project covers the application of the theory. The project is not mandatory but gives extra points necessary to achieve the maximum score. The evaluation criteria include the ability to explain the theoretical and applicative fundamentals of the methodologies based on the Life Cycle Thinking principle as well as the ability to apply the theoretical knowledge to case studies, complemented by the use of appropriate technical language and clarity of exposition.
The final mark is the sum of the outcome of the oral exam and of the project (if delivered). The oral exam has a maximum score of 29. The score of the project varies between -1 and +3.

Michael Z. Hauschild, Ralph K. Rosenbaum, Stig Irving Olsen, Life Cycle Assessment: Theory and Practice, Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2018, ISBN: 978-3-319-56474-6 https://www.dbooks.org/life-cycle-assessment-3319564757/

L’obiettivo dell’insegnamento è avvicinare lo studente alla statistica metodologica, intesa come arte di imparare dai dati. L'insegnamento ha due anime, metodologica e applicativa, e sviluppa conoscenze e competenze per l’analisi statistica di problemi ingegneristici dell'ambiente e del territorio. L’enfasi è posta sull’analisi statistica dei dati: si intende promuovere una dimensione multidisciplinare, proponendo casi di studio tratti dai percorsi consigliati in Difesa del suolo e prevenzione dei rischi naturali, Monitoraggio e diagnostica ambientale, Pianificazione e gestione delle risorse naturali e Tecnologie di risanamento ambientale. L'insegnamento prevede 3,0 CFU erogati con didattica innovativa; lo schema di innovazione si riscontra a) nella struttura induttiva (bottom-up) dei contenuti, b) nel lavoro di squadra degli studenti secondo un approccio operativo (hands-on), c) nello sviluppo di alcune competenze comunicative, come la scrittura di una relazione e la presentazione dei risultati a un pubblico (soft skills).

A seguito del superamento dell’esame, lo studente
conosce e comprende i modelli probabilistici per vettori aleatori e catene markoviane con spazio finito e tempo discreto, gli strumenti della statistica descrittiva multivariata, i problemi e gli strumenti di analisi statistica multivariata (imputazione di dati mancanti, clusterizzazione, analisi delle componenti principali, modelli statistici con covariate, ANOVA, accenno a serie storiche ARIMA) (Descrittore di Dublino [DdD] 1);
è in grado di usare una terminologia probabilistica e statistica adeguate (DdD 1);
è in grado di modellizzare in termini probabilistici e statistici problemi di Ingegneria dell’Ambiente e del Territorio (DdD 2);
sa calcolare quantità probabilistiche rilevanti come: leggi marginali, condizionali e congiunte di vettori aleatori, leggi finito-dimensionali di processi stocastici e relative quantità fondamentali (per esempio, medie e varianze condizionali), probabilità di transizione, probabilità congiunte e leggi limite di catene markoviane (DdD 2);
è in grado di selezionare gli strumenti statistici grafici e numerici opportuni per la descrizione e la sintesi dei dati e di analizzarli, interpretarli ed inferire da essi, usando il software statistico R http://www.r-project.org (DdD 2);
opera scelte progettuali di analisi dei dati in autonomia (DdD 3);
comunica i risultati della propria attività in modo chiaro e convincente (DdD 4 e 5);
lavora efficacemente come parte di una squadra (teamwork).

Vettori aleatori. Vettori aleatori discreti, assolutamente continui e misti: funzioni di ripartizione e di densità congiunte, marginali e condizionali, funzione di regressione; costruzione di un modello probabilistico congiunto misto a partire dall'assegnazione di una legge condizionale e una marginale. Indipendenza stocastica, indipendenza regressiva, assenza di correlazione. Proprietà di riproducibilità, famiglia di distribuzioni gamma. Somme aleatorie. Applicazione di somme aleatorie e di leggi condizionali a semplici modelli ingegneristici, come il rischio di estinzione di una specie o il modello a impulsi rettangolari di Poisson. Matrice di covarianza, vettori gaussiani, componenti principali.
Catene di Markov a tempo discreto con spazio degli stati finito. Distribuzione iniziale, matrice di transizione, leggi congiunte, regolarità della catena, legge stazionaria e limite.
Basi d'uso di R come linguaggio di programmazione scientifica per l'analisi statistica dei dati.
Esplorazione e preparazione dei dati. Data wrangling, imputazione dei dati mancanti, visualizzazione grafica e analisi descrittiva di dati continui e categorici; misure di centralità, variabilità, covariazione e dipendenza.
Analisi esplorativa multivariata. Riduzione dimensionale mediante Analisi delle Componenti Principali (PCA); clustering non supervisionato: partizionale (K-means), gerarchico (agglomerativo) e basato sulla densità (DBSCAN).
Modelli di regressione lineare. Regressione lineare multipla in forma matriciale; stima dei coefficienti, intervalli di confidenza e verifica di ipotesi; analisi dei residui e valutazione del modello; selezione delle covariate mediante procedure stepwise; predittori qualitativi e interazioni; previsione puntuale e intervallare delle risposte. Applicazione della regressione multipla all'analisi di serie storiche con trend e stagionalità; cenni ai modelli ARIMA e alla loro implementazione in R.
Confronti tra gruppi. Modelli lineari per il confronto tra più popolazioni: ANOVA a una e due vie, con e senza interazione; verifica delle assunzioni (test di Bartlett e di Levene, test di Shapiro-Wilk); confronti multipli mediante test post hoc (Tukey). Alternative non parametriche (test globale di Kruskal–Wallis, test post hoc di Wilcoxon, di Conover e le loro varianti).
Gli studenti saranno introdotti all’uso del software statistico R per l'apprendimento dei metodi indicati nei punti 3-7 e alla loro applicazione su dati reali, all'interno di un progetto di analisi dei dati, scelto da una rosa di proposte inerenti all’ingegneria dell'ambiente e del territorio, formulate da docenti e tutor. Alcuni degli argomenti dei punti 4-7 della lista potranno essere trattati con didattica innovativa, secondo la modalità della blended classroom, per cui ad alcuni gruppi potrà essere richiesto di studiare il materiale fornito dal docente ed eventualmente presentarlo alla classe.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Valutazione continua facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
La partecipazione attiva e regolare alle lezioni è fortemente consigliata anche ai fini della valutazione. La valutazione si articola in due parti principali:
Parte di "Probabilità" (punti 1 e 2 negli "Argomenti Trattati")
Progetto di analisi statistica (punti 3–7 negli "Argomenti Trattati")
Parte di probabilità
La valutazione dell'apprendimento della parte di Probabilità è di tipo continuo e si basa su:
2 quiz individuali (fino a 1,5 punti ciascuno);
1 scritto individuale con esercizi (fino a 10 punti).
Le tre prove si svolgono durante l'orario di lezione, indicativamente: la quarta settimana del primo semestre il primo quiz, la nona settimana il secondo test e la decima settimana lo scritto con esercizi, per un totale massimo di 13 punti. In alternativa, chi non ha partecipato del tutto alle prove di valutazione continuativa, o non ha raggiunto almeno 6,5 punti su 13, o desidera migliorare il proprio punteggio nella parte di Probabilità (quindi rifiuta il punteggio totalizzato maggiore o uguale a 6,5 con la valutazione continuativa), sostiene un'unica prova scritta finale con esercizi, in uno degli appelli d'esame ufficiali previsti dal calendario. Questa prova scritta unica con esercizi, negli appelli ufficiali, vale fino a 13 punti.
Tutte le prove (della valutazione continuativa o finali) verificano le conoscenze teoriche acquisite dallo studente e la capacità di applicarle al calcolo di quantità rilevanti dei modelli probabilistici, tra cui: leggi marginali, condizionali e congiunte di vettori aleatori; medie condizionali e correlazione; analisi di catene di Markov discrete a spazio finito (probabilità di transizione, probabilità congiunte, leggi limite); conti con modelli gaussiani multivariati, matrici di covarianza e componenti principali.
Progetto di analisi statistica
Il progetto applica strumenti statistici studiati nel corso a problemi e dati ingegneristici reali, proposti da docenti e ricercatori di aree affini. Gli studenti lavorano in gruppi da 5 a 7 e sono seguiti da un docente, un esercitatore e un tutor, fin dalla presentazione iniziale, svolta con il supporto di slide. Il lavoro prosegue con:
un incontro informale in novembre del docente e del tutor con ciascun gruppo;
una presentazione intermedia (dicembre), di 15 minuti e 15 slide circa per gruppo;
una relazione finale scritta di circa 20 pagine e una presentazione finale (gennaio/febbraio) di circa 20 minuti e 20 slide per gruppo.
Durante la presentazione intermedia di dicembre, ogni studente compila un modulo peer-to-peer per valutare i progetti degli altri gruppi, esprimendo osservazioni su: correttezza metodologica, interpretazione critica dei risultati, chiarezza espositiva, qualità visiva (grafici, tabelle, slide), punti di forza e criticità, fornendo suggerimenti e spunti ad altri gruppi, o segnalando eventuali spunti raccolti e riutilizzati nel proprio progetto. Il foglio elettronico con le risposte viene condiviso con tutta la classe l'ultimo giorno di lezione. Questo strumento ha valore formativo e favorisce il miglioramento del lavoro nella fase conclusiva. Il progetto vale fino a 19 punti.
Esito complessivo
L’esame si intende superato se sono soddisfatte contemporaneamente le seguenti condizioni: almeno 6,5 punti su 13 nella prova di Probabilità e almeno 11,5 punti su 19 nel progetto.
Il voto finale in trentesimi è dato dalla somma dei punti ottenuti, fino a un massimo di 32.
Il voto di 30 è attribuito se il punteggio totale è compreso tra 30 e 31 (inclusi).
Il voto di 30 e lode è attribuito se il punteggio totale è strettamente superiore a 31.
Competenze sviluppate
Nella parte di probabilità, le competenze sviluppate nell'insegnamento sono: capacità di modellazione e di calcolo su modelli probabilistici multivariati, inclusi i modelli gaussiani multivariati e le catene di Markov.
Invece, la parte del progetto consente allo studente di:
applicare strumenti di statistica descrittiva, regressione multipla lineare e generalizzata, tecniche di confronti multipli parametrici e non, tecniche esplorative di analisi statistica multivariata per risolvere problemi statistici tipici della professione di ingegnere IAT;
dimostrare di essere in grado di lavorare in gruppo;
scrivere una relazione e comunicare le scelte effettuate tra gli strumenti didattici per risolvere problemi statistici tipici delle professioni dell'ingegneria dell'ambiente e del territorio.

Ilenia Epifani, Appunti a cura del docente WeBeep
Ilenia Epifani, Nicholas Tarabelloni, Eserciziario a cura del docente disponibile sulla pagina beep del corso WeBeep
Sheldon M. Ross (Autore), F. Morandin (Traduttore),, Probabilita' e statistica per l'ingegneria e le scienze, Editore: Apogeo Education, Anno edizione: 2023, ISBN: 978-8891663351
Johnson, R.A. e Wichern, D.W., Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis, Sixth Edition, Editore: Pearson New International Edition, Anno edizione: 2014, ISBN: 9780131877153
James G., Witten D., Hastie T. and Tibshirani R., An introduction to statistical learning, with application to R, Editore: Springer, New York, Anno edizione: 2013 https://www.stat.berkeley.edu/users/rabbee/s154/ISLR_First_Printing.pdf

The course develops knowledge and skills for the advanced modelling, management, and control of natural resources systems. The emphasis is on the operational and real time control aspects of natural resources modeling and management, with a focus on water resources systems and extensive reference to real world case studies. Topics include: natural resources systems modeling for management (from stochastic processes, through linear models, to non-linear model and machine learning), predictive modelling, uncertainty and sensitivity analysis, model diagnostics, stochastic and robust optimal control, approximate control methods (e.g. simulation-based approaches, approximate dynamic programming, reinforcement learning), real time control, and complexity reduction methods.
The course is organized into two modules: the 1st module develops topics from data to well validated models, the 2nd covers algorithms and methods to design optimal decisions and negotiation support systems. The course is aimed at graduate students preparing to work in environmental and water resources engineering field.

The expected learning outcomes are defined according to the Dublin Descriptors, outlining the competencies that students will develop in terms of theoretical knowledge, practical skills, independent judgment, communication abilities, and learning capacity:
Knowledge and understanding
Students will acquire the essential knowledge required to design and manage environmental systems planning projects in a participatory and inclusive way, considering institutional, regulatory, and physical contexts. They will also develop skills in the use of basic mathematical models and decision-support tools to address complex problems involving heterogeneous and often conflicting interests.
Applying knowledge and understanding
Through the development of real-world case studies, students will learn how to critically apply the tools and techniques acquired to practical contexts, translating theoretical concepts into practice and addressing typical challenges such as data scarcity and uncertainty, regulatory and institutional complexity, and technological constraints and opportunities (e.g. computational).
Making judgments
Students will develop the ability to critically analyze complex problems, distinguishing the rational and objective components of environmental decision-making from the subjective and behavioral aspects linked to stakeholders’ preferences, in order to provide well-founded assessments that effectively support negotiation processes.
Communication skills
Throughout the course, students will engage in project-based activities that involve the formulation and solution of real-world problems, as well as the clear, rigorous, and effective oral and written communication of results, adapting their communication to different audiences, including decision-makers.
Learning skills
By integrating lectures, laboratories, and project work, students will strengthen their ability to learn autonomously, keep up to date with new methodologies and tools, and proactively address evolving professional and research contexts.

The course, which is organized into two modules, is delivered via lectures and seminar sessions on selected topics (DT = 54%), complemented by a serious game session (DI = 2%). The same topics will also be covered by computer-based laboratories (DL = 36%). Detailed topics covered include:
Module 1:
Introduction to the course - natural resources: what they are, why they are under stress and major challenges to sustainable management.
Modelling for management - why do we need models and how we use them; prediction vs simulation: performance metrics; calibration methods, cross-validation.
From linear to weakly non-linear modelling - recap of stochastic processes, linear models, weakly-non linear (TVP, SDP models);
Machine learning techniques - non linear data-driven models, e.g. Artificial Neural Network, Tree based regressors, deep learning.
Uncertainty and model disgnostics – stochasticity vs deep uncertainty; uncertainty and sensitivity analysis; multimodelling approaches; multiobjective model calibration.
Module 2:
Optimal planning - the optimal planning problem; overview of solving approaches; examples from the real world; multi-objective vs many-objective; beyond linear programming: from global optimization algorithms to metaheuristics; rival problem framework.
Optimal control - the optimal control problem; Direct Policy Search, Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Approximate Dynamic Programming and Reinforcement Learning, data-driven and partially data-driven control: how to select and use exogenous information.
Real time control - deterministic and stochastic Model Predictive Control; deterministic simulation; MonteCarlo simulation.
Dimensionality and complexity - non dynamic emulation modeling (iterative Response Surface); model reduction/dynamic emulation modeling; objective reduction; from multi to many objective; multidimensional visualization tools.
Introduction to behavioural modelling – coupled human natural systems modelling; data-driven behavioural modelling; introduction to agent based systems.
The knowledge acquired from lectures and laboratories will be used to develop group projects (DP = 8%) focused on the development of a data-driven forecast model and the design of optimal policies for the multipurpose management of a water reservoir system using real-world case studies.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Altro
The NRM exam is composed of 3 parts:
A) WRITTEN PART: traditional written exam concerning the topics addressed in the lectures and during the seminars [22/32 points].
B) CONTEST (for module 1, optional): at the end of the semester those groups who have already finalized the project assigned in module 1 can present the result in a final workshop [5/32 points] and participate in a contest assigning 3,2,1 additional points to the first three best performing project solutions respectively, along with an originality price assigning 1.5 point to the most original solutions.
C) PROJECT PRESENTATION: an oral presentation of the project assigned in module 2 [5/32 points] OR of the combined projects of module 1 & module 2 [(5+5)/32 points] if the group opts out from the CONTEST (see previous point). The presentation will be taken on demand, possibly the day after any written exam.
FINAL MARK = A+B+C

Rodolfo Soncini-Sessa, Andrea Castelletti, and Enrico Weber, Integrated and Participatory Water Resources Management - Theory, Editore: Elsevier, Anno edizione: 2007, ISBN: 9780444530134

The course aims at providing knowledge, applying knowledge, understanding, and making judgements regarding energy conversion systems for power generation, including combustion-based systems and renewable energy applications. Starting from the characterization of primary energy sources (fossil fuels and renewable energy sources), the conversion principles with the corresponding limits will be discussed, setting the basis for the selection and design of the most proper conversion system according to application and environmental condition. Finally, the design principles of the different power plants will be discussed, combining technical, environmental, and economic aspects.

A student passing the exam will have knowledge and understanding of
the principles of power conversion systems based on fossil fuels and renewable energy and the corresponding performance;
the costs related to the different power conversion systems depending on the primary source and geographical location;
the criteria to design power conversion systems to maximize the energy yield and/or the economic return;
the environmental impact of the different power conversion sources ahd technologies.
A student passing the exam will be able to apply knowledge and understanding
of theoretical limits of different power conversion systems;
of power conversion system performance and cost through dedicated practical exercises;
of governing equations describing the different conversion processes from resource to useful energy vector (electricity, heat, fuel).
A student passing the exam will be capable of making judgements
on the most suitable power generation technology depending on the application and environmental conditions;
on technology development and future trends.
A student passing the exam will have learned skills
to communicate technology selection and design criteria selected.

The course will introduce fossil fuel- and renewable energy-based conversion processes (about 3 and 5 credits, respectively).
Introduction and perspectives. The categories of power conversion systems and their potential, according to primary energy sources, with a special focus on renewable energy options. An overview on global and national energy quantities and resource potential.
Techno-economic and environmental analysis. Tools for the assessment of technical performance and economic parameters, including externalities and environmental impact.
Combustion-based conversion processes:
Fuels and combustion: Basic properties of fuels, stoichiometry and energy balance of combustion reactions, evaluation of parameters relevant for the assessment of the performance of combustion-based energy systems.
Overview of steam cycles: Basic thermodynamic features and configuration. Optimization of operating parameters. Architecture and basic issues of steam generators. Material issues. Modern Ultra-Super-Critical plants.
Overview of gas turbines and combined cycles: Basic thermodynamic features and configuration of Joule cycles (ideal and real). Choice of cycle parameters vs type of duty and application. Motivation and basic features of combined cycle configuration. Heat Recovery Steam Generators.
Overview of internal combustion engines: Classification (2- or 4-stroke, spark-ignition or compression-ignition). Ideal and effective thermodynamic cycles. Applications.
Cogeneration: Meaning and motivation of cogeneration. Applications to steam cycles, gas turbine and combined cycles, internal combustion engines. District heating applications. Performance indexes.
Renewable energy:
Solar energy. Solar radiation: the solar spectrum, the radiation components, the characteristic angles. Instruments for measuring radiation.
Photovoltaic: The photoelectric effect, processes for silicon production and cell manufacturing, electrical characteristic of solar cell and circuit connection, inverter and power conditioning systems. Design criteria for off-grid and grid-connected plants. Thin-film and multi-junction cells, recent technological developments. Concentrating photovoltaic. Recycling and environmental impact.
Concentrating solar power: Classification of concentrating systems. Parabolic trough collectors, parabolic dish systems, Linear Fresnel reflectors, central receiver systems. Thermal performance of a collector, selective coatings. Heat transfer fluids and thermal storage tanks. Sizing of a solar power plant. Operating strategy of a plant and estimation of the annual generation.
Wind energy. Energy in the wind stream, characterization of the wind resource of a site. Betz's theory and laws of operation. Types of wind turbines and applications. Sizing criteria, plant regulation and characteristic curves. Coupling with the generator, power electronics for rotor speed control. Analysis and profitability of a wind farm. Environmental impact of wind power installations.
Geothermal energy. Classification of geothermal sources: liquid and vapor-dominated hydrothermal sources, hot dry rocks. Exploration techniques and drilling. Power plants configurations: direct steam cycle, flash and separation of steam, binary configuration with ORC. Cogeneration plants. Design aspects, issues related to geothermal fluids and environmental impact.
Bioenergy. Classification of biomass and potential. Categories of conversion processes and relation with biomass characteristics. Conversion systems based on combustion in grate boilers: water steam cycles and ORC. Flue gas treatment. Biofuel production and anaerobic digestion for biogas production.
Energy from water. Hydropower: plant categories (reservoirs, run-of-river, pumped), hydraulic turbines, operating principles, operational criteria. Energy from the sea: currents, wave, tidal, thermal gradient (OTEC) - classification of technologies and pre-commercial devices.
System integration. Configuration of electricity grids, off-grid operation. Energy storage: motivation, categories, temporal scales. Essentials on electricity and gas markets.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Valutazione continua facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
The evaluation consists of two mandatory parts:
a (written) practical test, where practical exercises must be solved by the students; it can be carried out on the available exam session dates;
a (oral) theoretical test, where open questions must be answered by the student; it can be accessed only after a positive mark in the practical test (>16/30) and can be carried out flexibly on selected dates to be agreed with the lecturer.
The final mark is the weighted average of the two parts (2/3 and 1/3, respectively).
The practical test aims at verifying the capacity of the student of recognising the energy conversion processes, of using the equations governing the phenomena, of adopting selection and deign criteria according to technical, environmental, and economic aspects. The theoretical test aims at verifying the level of knowledge and understanding of the technologies and processes, applying knowledge and understanding, and capacity of judgement.
In addition, students may participate to assignments during the semester, whose positive evaluation would lead to an incremental contribution (up to 2-3 points) which will be added to the grade from the written+oral tests. These include reverse classroom and other interactive teaching methods. Participation to assignments is optional; participation to assignments may require in-person attendance.

R. Gicquel, Energy Systems: A New Approach to Engineering Thermodynamics, 2nd ed., Editore: CRC Press, Anno edizione: 2021, ISBN: 9781003175629 https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/mono/10.1201/9781003175629/energy-systems-renaud-gicquel
Ashok Rao, Sustainable Energy Conversion for Electricity and Coproducts: Principles, Technologies, and Equipment, Editore: Wiley, Anno edizione: 2015
R. Kehlhofer, F. Hannemann, F. Stirnimann, B. Rukes, Combined Cycle Gas & Steam Turbine Power Plants, Editore: PennWell, Anno edizione: 2009
A. Da Rosa, Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Processes, Editore: Elsevier, Anno edizione: 2012, ISBN: 978-0-12-397219-4 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/book/9780123972194
G. Boyle, Renewable Energy, Editore: Oxford, Anno edizione: 2014
Daniele Cocco, Pierpaolo Puddu, Tecnologie delle energie rinnovabili, Editore: Libreria Universitaria, Anno edizione: 2022, ISBN: 9788833594514
A. Luque, S. Hegedus, Handbook of Photovoltaic Science and Engineering, 2nd edition, Editore: Wiley, Anno edizione: 2010
John A. Duffie, William A. Beckman, Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes, 4th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-470-87366-3
John F. Walker, Nicholas Jenkins, Wind energy technology, Editore: John Wiley & Sons
Lorenzo Battisti, Gli impianti motori eolici, Anno edizione: 2022
Ronald DiPippo, Geothermal Power Plants: principles, applications and case studies, Editore: Elsevier, Anno edizione: 2005 https://www.sciencedirect.com/book/9781856174749/geothermal-power-plants
Vaughn C. Nelson, Kenneth L. Starcher, Introduction to Bioenergy, Editore: CRC Press, Anno edizione: 2017, ISBN: 9781315371085 https://doi.org/10.1201/b21602
Robert C. Brown, Thermochemical Processing of Biomass: Conversion into Fuels, Chemicals and Power, Editore: John Wiley & Sons Ltd, Anno edizione: 2019, ISBN: 9781119417576

L’obiettivo del corso è dotare il futuro ingegnere ambientale delle conoscenze necessarie per commissionare o eseguire direttamente indagini non invasive con metodi geofisici. Il corso introduce i metodi geofisici più utilizzati per risolvere problemi di natura ambientale (inquinamento, sicurezza del territorio, risorse del sottosuolo, studi glaciologici) o di natura ingegneristica (diagnostica non distruttiva, valutazione rischio sismico, manutenzione infrastrutture) o per eseguire indagini archeologiche. Per ogni metodo affrontato, lo studente sarà introdotto ai principi di funzionamento, alla strumentazione, al progetto delle acquisizioni, alla lettura e interpretazione dei dati, e infine attraverso la discussione di molti esempi alle applicazioni più importanti.

In termini di risultati di apprendimento attesi, dopo la proficua frequentazione di questo insegnamento, lo studente:
DdD 1: conoscenza e comprensione
Conosce i diversi metodi di prospezione geofisica e le rispettive possibili applicazioni.
DdD 2: capacità di applicare conoscenza e comprensione
E’ in grado di progettare correttamente acquisizioni geofisiche.
Ha familiarità con la strumentazione geofisica e con le sue specifiche per cui può comprendere facilmente un manuale d’uso di uno strumento ed eseguire in prima persona indagini sul campo.
E’ in grado di leggere e interpretare dati geofisici.
DdD 3 (autonomia di giudizio)
E’ in grado di scegliere il metodo o la combinazione di metodi più appropriati per risolvere un dato problema.
E’ in grado di valutare criticamente la corretta esecuzione di indagini geofisiche affidate a società di servizi.
DdD 4 (abilità comunicative)
E' in grado di sostenere una discussione con un esperto di metodi geofisici utilizzando un linguaggio tecnico appropriato, motivando le proprie affermazioni e giustificando opportunamente le proprie scelte in termini di metodologie d'indagine, strumentazione, modalità di acquisizione.

Introduzione ai metodi di prospezione ed alle applicazioni per l’ingegneria.
1. Metodi sismici: Proprieta’ elastiche delle rocce. Onde elastiche. Sorgenti di onde sismiche: impulsive e a vibrazione. Sismografi, geofoni e idrofoni. Apparecchiature di registrazione. Stendimenti e procedure di acquisizione. Sismica a rifrazione. Sismica a riflessione. Metodo MASW. Esempi di applicazione: studio del basamento, costruzione di strade e dighe, prospezioni in fase di scavo di gallerie, studi di stabilità del terreno, falde acquifere e campi geotermici, selezione dei siti per le discariche.
2. Metodi elettrici: Proprieta' elettriche delle rocce. Apparecchiature per la geoelettrica. Metodo dei potenziali spontanei. Misure di resistività. Metodo della polarizzazione indotta. Esempi di applicazione: ricerca di minerali metalliferi, localizzazione di rifiuti metallici, studio del basamento, falde acquifere, inquinamento delle falde, ricerche archeologiche.
3. Metodi elettromagnetici: Metodi di misura e apparecchiature: misure di direzione del campo, misure di conducibilita’, metodo VLF-EM, metodo TDEM, metal detectors, metodo magneto-tellurico. Esempi di applicazione: falde acquifere, intrusioni di acqua salata, controllo dei contaminanti (LNAPL e DNAPL), localizzazione di oggetti metallici e residuati bellici, localizzazione di tubature metalliche.
4. Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR): Onde elettromagnetiche. Velocità e assorbimento del segnale radar nei materiali. Strumentazione, antenne, sistemi ad array. Procedure di acquisizione. Esempi di applicazione: studio del basamento, misure di fratturazione della roccia, falde acquifere, controllo dei contaminanti (LNAPL e DNAPL), controlli non distruttivi di edifici storici, localizzazione di travi e armature in muri e solette, manutenzione di strade e ponti, localizzazione di tubature e opere di scavo, localizzazione di oggetti sepolti (rifiuti, mine, residuati bellici), ricerche archeologiche, misure di spessore dei ghiacciai.
5. Tecniche tomografiche: Procedure di acquisizione, tomografia sismica, tomografia sonica e ultrasonica, tomografia radar. Esempi di applicazione: controlli non distruttivi su pilastri, muri, pali di fondazione, indagini geotecniche.
6. Metodo gravimetrico: Principio fisico. Strumentazione. Procedure di acquisizione. Esempi di applicazione: indagini geologiche e idrogeologiche, localizzazione di cavità naturali o artificiali.
7. Metodo magnetico: Principio fisico. Strumentazione. Procedure di acquisizione. Esempi di applicazione: localizzazione di oggetti metallici e residuati bellici, ricerche archeologiche.
8. Esempi di applicazione integrata di metodi geofisici: Problemi di inquinamento, falde acquifere, costruzione di gallerie, ricerche archeologiche.
Esercitazioni: Verranno svolte esercitazioni per il progetto di prospezioni geofisiche e per la discussione di esempi applicativi. Alcune ore saranno svolte in forma di laboratorio sperimentale per l'esecuzione di misure geofisiche con strumentazioni professionali.

Prova orale obbligatoria
L’esame consiste in una prova orale in cui il docente verifica con domande su due o tre metodologie diverse se lo studente ha raggiunto i risultati di apprendimento attesi in termini di conoscenze, capacità applicative e comunicative (come descritti in dettaglio nell'apposita sezione). Per ogni metodologia la discussione può riguardare i principi fisici, la strumentazione usata, le modalità di acquisizione, l'applicazione ad un problema specifico, l'interpretazione dei risultati o la simulazione dei risultati attesi.La prova orale si svolge su appuntamento da richiedere al docente con una settimana di anticipo.

L. Zanzi: Raccolta di slides dalle lezioni di Prospezioni Geofisiche https://webeep.polimi.it
L. Zanzi: Raccolta delle registrazioni delle lezioni https://webeep.polimi.it
L. Zanzi and A. Hojat: Notes on Seismic methods https://webeep.polimi.it
A. Hojat: Notes on Electrical, EM and Potential Field methods https://webeep.polimi.it
L. Zanzi: Notes on Ground Penetrating Radar https://webeep.polimi.it
J.M. Reynolds, An Introduction to Applied and Environmental Geophysics, Editore: John Wiley & Sons

Goal of this course is teaching students design criteria for urban regeneration, on the background of planning trends. An environmental, resilient and participatory approach is taken, integrating urban design with environmental sciences, building physics and place making. Addressing the issue of brownfields, students are trained to develop regeneration strategies which go beyond the mere law compliance, envisaging sustainable communities in a circular economy scenario. International case studies are compared.
The laboratory is a design workshop: it develops strategic green masterplans for dismissed sites to be regenerated, urban projects aimed at an advanced environmental performance. The design studio is held by Prof. Fossa in cooperation with guest critics belonging to institutions such as Milan City Planning Department or ULI Urban Land Institute (a non profit international organization, leader in the field of the sustainable use of land). This lab co-management characterizes Regenerative Urban Design as " innovative teaching in co-supervision ".
Theoretical general principles, method and best practices are provided by lectures, often given in dialogue with guest professors of ETH or MIT and guest experts belonging to world class design firms.
The teaching format of the whole Regenerative Urban Design program is included in the post-covid project of the Politecnico di Milano as "4.a - Beyond flipped classroom": the frontal teaching from the chair is concentrated in favour of a more extensive design workshop activity over time, where students work in design teams.

After passing the exam, students will have following skills (according to the Dublin descriptors, internationally shared)
DdD 1) knowledge and understanding of urban regeneration environmental challenges
DdD 2) ability to apply and integrate this knowledge in interdisciplinary design teams as well as in government/governance processes
DdD 3) autonomous design choices for complex projects (strategic green masterplans) and their communication and discussion with stakeholders

LECTURES AND SEMINARS - TOPICS
Regenerative urban design: historical perspective and contemporary scenarios.
Urban regeneration projects: international case studies: a critical comparison.
Design challenges related to global trends (climate change, ageing population, public health and wellbeing, AI and big data).
Internationally shared guidelines for urban regeneration: C40 guidelines (low carbon cities), Leed and Well certifications for districts and communities.
Project method and tools: vision, concept plan, masterplan. A multiscale integrated approach.
The masterplan shift: from traditional real estate developments to socio-environmental performing masterplans
Open space as strategic volume for project climate resiliency and people wellbeing; the user experience perspective.
Sustainable mobility and the new walking paradigm.
Energy, waste, water and materials: design criteria in the framework of circular economy
Project phasing, temporary uses, economic feasibility, real estate business models.
Transforming the places of production and infrastructure: soil remediation issues, industrial heritage, urban manufacturing and urban agriculture.
Project performance beyond law compliance (environment/ecology restoration, improvement and enhancement; value creation; participation, sustainable communities and place making; landscape identity and place branding)
LABORATORY: DESIGN WORKSHOPS
Students are required to develop vision, concept plan and strategic green masterplan for the regeneration of a dismissed area. Students work in design teams, developing different projects on the same given site. The design workshops simulate a participatory design process in the framework of a design-developer competition.
Design workshops are led by prof. Fossa together with invited experts, members of Urban Land Institute, technical officials of the City Planning Department.
At the end of the lab student teams present and discuss their projects with guest critics of international level (professors, professionals, stakeholders and local government representatives).
A project site is chosen whose redevelopment is foreseen by the city plan or focused by the local political agenda, in order to get students to participate in the real process of urban regeneration. On-site workshops are also organized.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The evaluation of student design skills is based on 2 critical reviews of the project: a mid-term critique of the design work in progress (analysis, vision and concept plan) and a conclusive critique of the masterplan. The final project presentation by the teams allows to evaluate student ability in communicating, discussing and debating project choices and the project performance (with focus on the environmental performance)
The following individual oral exam has the aim to verify the individual contribution to the design team and the theoretical understanding of method and design criteria.
The whole evaluation of the student combines the quality of the project, the individual contribution to the design team and the oral exam results.
Main evaluation criteria are:

• method awareness and coherence
• sustainability of the design approach
• project focus on environmental performance

Danilo Palazzo, Frederick Steiner, Urban Ecological Design. A Process for Regenerative Places, Editore: Island Press, Anno edizione: 2012, ISBN: 978-1597268295
Brent D. Ryan, The Largest Art - A Measured Manifesto for a Plural Urbanism, Editore: The MIT Press, Anno edizione: 2017, ISBN: 978-0262036672
Fossa G., Deponte D., Gorrini A., Shaping space for ever-changing mobility. Covid-19 lesson learned from Milan and its region, Editore: TEMA Journal of Land Use, Mobility and Environment, Napoli, edizioni Università Federico II, Anno edizione: 2020
Note: Special issue "COVID-19 vs CITY-20 Scenarios, Insights, Reasoning and Research"
Baojie He, Yupeng Wang, Ali Cheshmezangi, Urban Climate and Urban Design, Editore: Springer Nature, Anno edizione: 2025, ISBN: 978-981-96-1521-6

Il nostro Paese è cronicamente soggetto a fenomeni di dissesto idrogeologico. Il cambiamento climatico ha accentuato alcuni aspetti rendendo molto attuali i temi della previsione, prevenzione e contrasto di questi eventi. Il Sistema italiano della Protezione civile è considerato tra i migliori al mondo e ha la specifica caratteristica di saper integrare diversi soggetti istituzionali in maniera distribuita e sussidiaria, assieme alle competenze provenienti dal mondo della Università e della ricerca, dell'Impresa, del volontariato organizzato e delle professioni. Sussiste una forte necessità di tecnici in grado di supportare questo sistema, in particolare dal punto di vista dell'integrazione delle tecnologie, dell'analisi sistematica dei fenomeni e della pianificazione. Il Corso di laurea magistrale in Ingegneria per l'Ambiente e il Territorio (IAT) è particolarmente adatto a produrre questi tipi di profili.
L'obiettivo del corso è quello di formare profili con elevate capacità di analisi dei fenomeni, sia con riferimento al tempo differito che al tempo reale, con un buon background tecnologico e operativo e con le conoscenze necessarie ad interfacciarsi efficacemente con il Sistema di protezione civile ai diversi livelli.
Il corso prevede di affrontare e progettare casi reali, visite didattiche, seminari e lavoro in aula. Gli elementi teorici sono costantemente contestualizzati nella loro prospettiva operativa.

A seguito del superamento dell’esame, lo studente
1. Conosce caratteristiche ed aspetti territoriali dei fenomeni di dissesto idrogeologico, nonché le fonti di dati disponibili per le analisi territoriali e per la valutazione delle cause degli eventi.
2. Comprende gli aspetti normativi ed operativi del sistema nazionale di protezione civile.
3. È in grado di decifrare un evento idrogeologico, impostandone un’analisi corretta e valutandone le cause.

1. Inquadramento generale del rischio naturale in Italia con un focus specifico sul rischio idrogeologico ed in particolare su quello idraulico.
2. Elementi normativi, norme sulla pianificazione, la difesa del suolo e la protezione civile.
3. Le alluvioni. Concetti di pericolosità e rischio, tempo di ritorno, tipologia di esposto, valorizzazione economica, "beni non negoziabili", danni diretti e indiretti.
4. Il sistema della previsione e dell'osservazione dei fenomeni, elementi di previsione meteorologica, previsioni alla scala sinottica e ad area limitata, rete dei Centri funzionali, allertamento, fase previsionale e zone di allertamento, fase di valutazione di criticità ed emissione dei bollettini. Osservazione dei fenomeni, tipologie di sensori, le reti strumentali in Italia, data integration.
5. Il sistema della previsione: la componente idrologica, e la modellazione dei processi idrologici coinvolti
6. Il sistema della previsione: la componente idraulica e la modellazione dei processi idraulici fluviali e urbani
7. Il sistema della prevenzione, interventi non strutturali, la pianificazione come elemento cardine della prevenzione, la mappatura delle aree inondabili e la definizione delle aree a pericolosità e rischio idraulico.
8. Gli interventi di tipo strutturale principali, le arginature fluviali, le vasche di laminazione, la risagomatura delle aste fluviali, diversivi e scolmatori.
9. Altri fenomeni di dissesto idrogeologico: "maltempo", temporali, fulminazioni, vento forte, mareggiate, tsunami, e fenomeni "multi hazard", combinazione non lineare di più fenomeni occorrenti contemporaneamente
10 Il sistema della gestione dell'emergenza, tipologie di eventi, il metodo Augustus, livello di criticità e fasi operative, uso pratico della pianificazione. Utilizzo di sistemi informativi territoriali per la protezione civile.

Prova orale obbligatoria
La valutazione finale consiste in un esame orale.
Durante l’esame, lo studente dovrà rispondere a domande aperte anche facendo riferimento al lavoro svolto nei laboratori informatici e nelle esercitazioni dimostrando di conoscere e di aver compreso gli elementi teorici essenziali dell’insegnamento e di saperli applicare a dei casi reali.

Fornire competenze specifiche per la progettazione e verifica di infrastrutture e servizi idraulici in ambito urbano, in particolare sistemi di adduzione delle acque potabili (acquedotti) e di smaltimento delle acque reflue e di pioggia (fognature).

Con riferimento alla Conoscenza e comprensione, lo studente e' in grado di conoscere e comprendere le regole di base per la progettazione e la verifica di sistemi di tipo idraulico, in pressione ed a pelo libero
In termini di Capacità di applicare conoscenza e comprensione, lo studente è invece chiamato a sviluppare e dimensionare servizi idrici a rete in ambito urbano, tramite esercizi ed un laboratorio progettuale

Acquedotti
Proprietà chimiche e fisiche delle acque per uso idropotabile.
Valutazione dei consumi idrici in forma analitica e tabellare.
Curve di crescita della popolazione e valutazione del fabbisogno su orizzonti progettuali su un orizzonte temporale predefinito ed opportuno.
Perdite idriche nei sistemi in pressione ed effetti sulla valutazione dei fabbisogni.
Captazione da acque superficiali. Curve di durata dei deflussi. Prese d’acqua fluente. Captazione da invasi. Acque sotterranee. Sorgenti e pozzi. Cambiamento climatico e disponibilità idrica.
Deflussi Minimi Vitali (DMV) ed interazione con la captazione.
Serbatoi di compenso, dimensionamento e verifica.
Condotte di adduzione, progetto e verifica.
Dimensionamento di reti aperte e ad anello.
Stazioni di pompaggio, scelta dell'impianto, dimensionamento delle condotte e verifica.
Tubazioni e materiali per la progettazione pratica.
Fognature
Acque nere, quantificazione e smaltimento.
Criteri di progettazione dei sistemi fognari.
Spechi fognari, tipologie e criteri idraulici di dimensionamento.
Linee segnalatrici di precipitazione. Invarianza di scala, teoria e metodi di valutazione statistica. Distribuzioni dei valori estremi e attribuzione climatica.
Calcolo di infiltrazione e ruscellamento, teoria e metodi pratici.
Formula razionale, portate di piena per assegnato periodo di ritorno.
Dimensionamento e verifica di sistemi di drenaggio urbano, spechi fognari, vasche di laminazione.
Evento critico, metodi della corrivazione e dell’invaso.
Esercitazioni e Laboratorio Informatico sugli argomenti del corso

Prova scritta obbligatoria, con prove in itinere
La valutazione avverrà in due fasi.
1) Svolgimento di due prove in itinere, non obbligatorie, o esame complessivo finale.
La due prove in itinere, scritte, si focalizzeranno sull'applicazione pratica dei concetti spiegati a lezione ed esemplificati nelle esercitazioni, in particolare riguardo alle due tematiche
I) Acquedotti. Progettazione numerica di reti di acquedotto tipo (valutazioni su periodo ed entità di presa, serbatoi di compenso, condotte di adduzione e distribuzione).
II) Fognature. Progettazione numerica di reti di fognatura tipo (valutazioni su portate nere e bianche, valutazioni di evento critico, dimensionamento canali di fognatura, vasche volano e sistemi di drenaggio diffuso).
Il voto complessivo delle due prove scritte (max 34, i.e 30-lode, 17+17) comporrà il voto finale del corso, con un peso pari a 2/3.
I compitini si ritengono passati se il voto totale è uguale o superiore a 18 ed il voto per ogni compitino è uguale o superiore a 8). E.s. 10+8=18, compitini passati, 11+7=18, compitini non passati.
I criteri di valutazione riguarderanno i) la capacità dello studente di impostare una procedura di soluzione per la traccia di dimensionamento proposta e ii) svolgere i calcoli necessari, giungendi a risultati corretti.
2) Consegna di un elaborato di laboratorio.
L'elaborato, di gruppo (max 5 persone) verrà realizzato sotto la guida di un assistente al corso e riguarderà il dimensionamento numerico delle reti di acquedotto e di fognatura relative ad un caso di studio reale, da scegliere tra diversi siti proposti.
L'elaborato verrà esposto, con incontri specificamente organizzati, al docente ed all'assistente, che lo valuteranno, dando un voto al gruppo. Il voto dell'elaborato (max 34, i.e 30-lode) comporrà il voto finale del corso, con un peso pari a 1/3.
I criteri di valutazione qui riguarderanno i) la capacità dello studente di impostare una procedura di progettazione delle reti per i casi in esame, inclusivo di raccolta dati, ipotesi e scelte strategiche e calcoli, ii) interagire con un team per la soluzione coordinata del problema posto e iii) la capacità di presentare e motivare le scelte fatte ed i risultati ottenuti.
3) Prova scritta durante appelli
Chi non dovesse passare con voto sufficiente l'insieme dei due compitini/prove in itinere secondo i criteri sopra detti, oppure volesse migliorare il voto relativo, potrà accedere ad una prova di esame complessiva, da tenersi negli appelli disponibili. Tale prova consisterà in uno scritto di durata pari 3 a ore, con risoluzione di esercizi numerici relativi ai contenuti dell'intero corso.
Anche in questo caso, il voto dell'appello (max 34) comporrà il voto finale del corso, con un peso pari a 2/3.

Autori Vari, Sistemi di Fognatura: Manuale di progettazione, Editore: Centro Studi Deflussi Urbani, Hoepli, Anno edizione: 1997
Gianfranco Becciu, Alessandro Paoletti,, Fondamenti di Costruzioni Idrauliche, Editore: UTET, Anno edizione: 2010
Gianfranco Becciu, Alessandro Paoletti, Esercitazioni di costruzioni idrauliche, Editore: Cedam, Anno edizione: 2005
Girolamo Ippolito, Giuseppe de Martino, Appunti di costruzioni idrauliche, Editore: Liguori, Anno edizione: 1993
Valerio Milano, Acquedotti: guida alla progettazione, Editore: Hoepli Milano, Anno edizione: 1996

L'obiettivo dell'insegnamento è di fornire agli studenti i concetti e gli strumenti di base sull'uso corretto di un ambiente di lavoro di tipo GIS, per essere in grado di svolgere diversi tipi di analisi geostatistiche sui dati spaziali e di produrre elaborazioni e rappresentazioni cartografiche grazie all'uso dei più diffusi tool digitali. Tutti gli argomenti sono trattati sia dal punto di vista teorico che dal punto di vista pratico.

Dopo avere superato l’esame lo studente:
avrà appreso i concetti di base riguardanti le caratteristiche dei Sistemi Informativi Territoriali e le analisi geostatistiche dei dati spaziali (Descrittore di Dublino 1. Conoscenza e comprensione);
avrà imparato a lavorare in ambiente GIS e a risolvere problemi di rappresentazione ed elaborazione di dati spaziali (Descrittore di Dublino 2. Conoscenza e comprensione applicate);
sarà in grado di valutare quali tipi di elaborazioni siano utili e significative per la soluzione di problemi basati su dati spaziali (Descrittore di Dublino 3. Autonomia di giudizio);
avrà imparato a comunicare in modo appropriato e usando la corretta terminologia tecnica le conoscenze acquisite con riferimento ad analisi geostatistiche e all’elaborazione di dati spaziali (Descrittore di Dublino 4. Abilità comunicative);
sarà in grado di affrontare successivi approfondimenti in altri corsi nell’ambito dei GIS e delle analisi dei dati spaziali, aggiornando le proprie competenze (Descrittore di Dublino 5. Capacità di apprendere).

Gli argomenti di cui si compone il programma dell'insegnamento sono i seguenti:
Generalità sui SIT: definizione, componenti tecnologiche, base di dati spaziali. Cenni di organizzazione di un DB relazionale (tabelle relazionali). Data Base Topografico (DBT): definizione e caratteristiche.
Elementi di geodesia e cartografia: ellissoide, geoide, coordinate cartesiane e geografiche, quota ortometrica, sistemi di riferimento, reti di inquadramento; rappresentazioni cartografiche; trasformazione di datum; cartografia italiana.
Dati ed analisi - elaborazioni dei dati in ambiente SIT:
Dati cartografici in formato digitale: formato vector: geometria, topologia, grafi; formato raster: definizione, caratteristiche; DTM (grid, TIN); acquisizione dati vector e raster.
Preparazione dati per l’ambiente GIS e alcune operazioni di base sui dati spaziali: geocodifica, conversione da analogico a digitale, scansione, vettorializzazione, conversione da vector a raster e viceversa, editing topologico, trasformazione di coordinate, elaborazioni sui DTM.
Metodi e modelli di interpolazione di dati geografici: metodi deterministici (nearest neighbour, IDW, funzioni polinomiali, spline); metodi stocastici (kriging).
Analisi statistiche su dati spaziali in un GIS: poligoni: area, perimetro, centroide, baricentro; overlay; buffering; punti: distanze, centro, dispersione, convex hull, diagramma di Voronoi, triangolazione di Dirichlet; analisi di prossimità – distribuzione spaziale: PPA e SA.
Valutazione di qualità dei geodati: definizione di qualità dei geodati, indicatori della qualità dei geodati e loro valutazione.
Applicazioni GIS su Internet: WebGIS, Geoportali / IDT, geoservizi; interoperabilità dei geodati (tecnologica e semantica); standard per l’informazione geografica.
Le lezioni teoriche saranno completate da attività laboratoriali riguardanti applicazioni e analisi spaziali in ambiente GIS free/open source (QGIS) e proprietario (Esri ArcGIS Pro). Queste attività saranno volte a rafforzare l’apprendimento dei concetti spiegati a lezione e a guidare gli studenti all’uso corretto del software GIS. Gli studenti saranno incoraggiati a partecipare attivamente e con continuità a queste attività pratiche.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, individuale, senza revisioni periodiche, senza presentazione/discussione finale
La verifica dell’apprendimento si basa su due parti: una parte di carattere pratico costituita dalla consegna di quattro relazioni riguardanti altrettanti esercizi, e una parte consistente in una prova orale obbligatoria nella quale vengono discussi gli argomenti del programma.
La parte pratica è rappresentata dalla consegna di quattro relazioni in cui viene descritto lo svolgimento di altrettanti esercizi fra quelli proposti durante il semestre. Per il superamento della prova pratica sono richiesti: l’impostazione corretta dell’esercizio, la spiegazione dei metodi applicati per lo svolgimento, il raggiungimento di risultati numericamente corretti. Le relazioni possono essere consegnate già durante il semestre e fino a una settimana prima della data dell’orale. La valutazione almeno sufficiente di tutte le relazioni determina l’ammissione all’esame orale. Ulteriori dettagli sulla di valutazione delle relazioni saranno pubblicati su WeBeep.
Durante la prova orale vengono formulate domande di carattere teorico sugli argomenti del corso e domande volte a evidenziare la capacità dello studente di elaborare collegamenti fra i vari argomenti del corso. Al fine della valutazione si terrà conto del livello di approfondimento raggiunto nella conoscenza dei vari argomenti d'esame, della chiarezza nell'esposizione degli argomenti, della correttezza nell'uso dei termini tecnici. Nell’assegnazione del voto si terrà inoltre conto della valutazione delle relazioni consegnate.

Migliaccio Federica e Daniela Carrion, Sistemi Informativi Territoriali, principi e applicazioni, Editore: UTET, Anno edizione: 2019, ISBN: 9788860086075

Stability of rock slabs along inclined slopes under static and dynamic conditions. Stability of dry granular deposits along inclined slopes under static and dynamic conditions.
Stability of cemented deposits along inclined slopes under static and dynamic conditions. Stability of saturated deposits along inclined slopes under static and dynamic conditions.
Stability of partially saturated deposits along inclined slopes under static and dynamic conditions. Stability of single rock blocks. Stability of rock mass slopes.
Rotational and complex 2 and 3 dimensional stability analyses in soils. Risk mitigation strategies: prevention and protection.

The course aims at giving the tools to address the issues of contaminated sites, with particular reference to chemical pollution in soil, subsoil, and groundwater. The main goal is to enable students to approach properly site characterization, to evaluate and design proper management and intervention strategies according to the site-specific conditions, and to design remediation actions for reclamation.

Lectures, exercises and Wooclap sessions (performed working in pairs of students or in a team), seminars and technical visits will allow students to:
Get the fundamentals about pollutant behavior in soil, subsoil, and groundwater, and make previsions about that by using simplified mathematical models (Dublin Descriptor DD: 1 and 2);
Perform human health and environmental risk assessment to estimate the risk due to pollutants in soil, subsoil, and groundwater, and to calculate the acceptable remediation target limits according to the site-specific conditions (DD 2);
Know principles, terminology, and the designing approach for the remediation technologies dealt with in the course (DD 1 and 2);
Select and design at a preliminary level the proper remediation approach at a site, based on the pollutants present and their location, site geology and hydrogeology, the expected risks, the site-specific constraints in terms of logistic, remediation duration and costs (DD 2 and 3);
Process data from lab tests or pilot scale tests to get the parameter values necessary to design the remediation actions at a contaminated site (DD 2 and 3).

The topics covered in the course include the behavior of chemicals in soil and groundwater, site characterization, risk assessment and remediation techniques. In detail, the following topics are dealt with:
1. Soil phases: definitions and relationships among properties
2. General equations and simplified models to describe water flow in the unsaturated and the saturated soil zone
3. General equations and simplified models to describe air flow in the unsaturated soil zone
4. Pollutants of concern: physical and chemical properties, and resulting behavior in soil, subsoil and groundwater
5. General equations and simplified models to describe the fate and transport of pollutants dissolved in the soil water and as a vapor in the soil gas
6. Italian regulation
7. Characterization and monitoring of soil, subsoil, groundwater and soil gas: approaches, tools, procedures
8. Chemical analyses of soil, groundwater and gaseous samples
9. Site-specific risk assessment
10. Remediation technologies: basic concepts and selection criteria
11. Chemical-physical remediation technologies for soils (solidification/stabilization, soil washing, soil vapor extraction)
12. Bioremediation of unsaturated soils (biopile, bioventing)
13. In situ thermal remediation of unsaturated soils and groundwater (thermal conductive heating)
14. Chemical-physical remediation technologies for groundwater (air sparging, permeable reactive barriers, in situ chemical oxidation)
15. Bioremediation of groundwater (biosparging, biobarriers, aerobic or anaerobic enhanced bioremediation)
16. Light non-aqueous phase liquid (interaction with soil, recovery)
At the end of the course, seminars and technical visits will provide students with the opportunity to observe the practical application of the topics covered during the course.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
The first part of the exam consists of a written screening test (multiple choice answers) about theoretical and numerical questions.
Students passing this first test (minimum required grade: 8 out of 10) are then allowed to perform the oral part of the exam, which covers both the theoretical and the numerical topics of the course. During the colloquium, the following evaluation criteria are used: 1) adherence of the answers to the questions; 2) correctness of the answers; 3) completeness of the answers; 4) language skills; 5) ability to link and elaborate the overall course contents.
The exam mark is based on the oral colloquium.
In case of failure at any exam session, the student is required to repeat the written screening test in the following sessions.

Environmental soil physics, ISBN: 0123485258
S. Saponaro, E. Sezenna, L. Bonomo Eds., Vapor emission to outdoor air and enclosed spaces for human health risk assessment:...., Editore: Nova Science Publishers Inc., Anno edizione: 2011
Superfunds https://www.epa.gov/superfund#docu

The goal of the course is to provide the basics concepts of satellite surveying techniques used for positioning and monitoring activities, focusing on typical applications of environmental engineer. These topics will be analysed from both the methodological and practical point of view. As for the latter, surveying and data analysis labs will be organized during the class to practice with survey designing, data acquisition and data adjustment steps.
There is 1.0 CFU of innovative teaching (Blended Learning & Flipped Classroom) with the goal of developing communicative, teamworking, and inductive skills by solving and designing a surveying or monitoring network.

According to the Dublin Descriptor (DD), the students:
Know the main method for satellite positioning, including the basics functioning principles (DD1),
Know the basic principles of satellite SAR surveying (DD1),
Are able to choose the optimal surveying method and technique depending on the expected accuracy (DD3),
Are able to adjust raw GNSS observations by commercial / open-source software packages (DD2),
Are able to use the Matlab platform and/or commercial software to adjust or design a survey (DD2),
Are able to process SAR images from Sentinel-1 with Differential Interferometry method for displacement retrieval (DD2),
Are able to communicate the results of the surveying designing, execution and adjustment in a clear and convincing way (DD3-DD4),
Are able to work in a group (DD2).

Lectures:
GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite Systems): GPS, GLONASS, GALILEO, COMPASS, etc.,
Static positioning methods; Phase and pseudo-range measurements and their systematic errors; observation combination: pros and cons,
Relative positioning and double difference methodology,
Data processing: sequential least-squares and basics of Kalman filter,
Reference and coordinate systems for satellite positioning and their transformations,
Basics of kinematic positioning,
GNSS networks: designing and surveying according to the required accuracy
Examples of GNSS applications to land and structure monitoring problems,
Comparison of classical and satellite surveying methodologies: pros and cons; Examples of joint use of them.
Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) for displacement monitoring with differential interferometry methods. The Copernicus Sentinel-1 mission.
Practice and laboratory sessions:
Field activity to perform a GNSS survey,
Field data analysis and adjustment with commercial software (for computing GNSS baselines) and network adjustment by Least Squares method,
Sentinel-1 SAR data processing for displacement estimation,
Design of monitoring or surveying network based on a realistic problem described in the material provided to each group of students, with a presentation to the other groups of the pros and cons of the proposed solutions (1.0 CFU of innovative teaching).
The course will be concluded with:
A visit to the Geological Monitoring Centre of ARPA Lombardia (Sondrio), where the Director of the centre shows monitoring activity and instrumentations used for the biggest landslides in Lombardy,
A visit to the permanent monitoring system of a landslide to see the acquisition and post-processing of monitoring measurement according to the geomorphology of the problem.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The Exam is an oral discussion on the main topics of the course, with the aim of verifying the knowledge and the understanding of the programme, the usage of a proper technical language and the ability of solving surveying and monitoring problems by properly applying the studied methodologies. Moreover, there is a group presentation of the laboratory work, with the aim of verifying the ability of applying the studied methodologies on the assigned case-study, to critical analyse the obtained results, and to communicate the obtained results. The group presentation can increase or decrease the oral examination evaluation by +/- 3 points.
Further details can be found on weBeep.

B. Hofmann-Wellenhof, H. Lichtenegger, E. Wasle, B. Hofmann-Wellenhof, H. Lichtenegger, E. Wasle, Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2008, ISBN: 9783211730126
R. Barzaghi, L. Pinto, and D. Pagliari, Elementi di Topografia e Trattamento delle Osservazioni, Editore: Città Studi, Anno edizione: 2018, ISBN: 9788825174250
A. Cina, Dal GPS al GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System), Editore: CELID, Anno edizione: 2014, ISBN: 8867890204

L'insegnamento ha come obiettivo caratterizzante lo sviluppo della capacità ingegneristica di progetto e verifica, nell'ambito specifico delle strutture dell'ingegneria civile.
Gli argomenti teorici mirano ad approfondire le conoscenze delle proprietà dei materiali e delle strutture, come base per il progetto.
Gli esempi applicativi e le esercitazioni mirano a sviluppare la capacità di creazione di un modello di un sistema strutturale reale, di nuova progettazione od esistente, ed al suo utilizzo per valutarne al sicurezza e le prestazioni in esercizio.
A livello multidisciplinare l'insegmamento in raccordo con il corso di studi si collega alla conoscenza di fenomeni naturali che determinano le azioni sulle strutture, quali il sisma, il vento, la neve e la spinta dell'acqua e dei terreni e la caduta massi; alla considerazione dei fenomeni di degrado chimico-fisico; all'utilizzo di modelli matematici.
Le visite in cantiere puntano alla conoscenza della pratica delle applicazioni, aspetti costruttivi e comportamenti professionali dell'ingegnere.

Nell'ambito dell'insegnamento, lo studente acquisisce:

• Conoscenze delle proprietà dei materiali, degli elementi e della risposta dei sistemi strutturali, applicando principi della fisica, della meccanica strutturale e della geotecnica. (Descrittore di Dublino 1 Conoscenze e capacità di comprensione)
• Capacità di applicare tali conoscenze, grazie ad una opportuna analisi dei sistemi strutturali in esame. (Descrittore di Dublino 2 Capacità applicative)
• Capacità progettuale e di autonomia del giudizio, con vautazione di alternative e conseguenze economiche, funzionali ed estetiche, e per la sicurezza (Descrittore di Dublino 3 Autonomia di giudizio).
• Redazione e discussione di un elaborato progettuale con concezione, analisi, dimensionamento e verifica (Descrittore di Dublino 4 Abilità nella comunicazione)
• Conoscenze tecnologiche per le costruzioni acciaio, cemento armato e legno. Conoscenze sulla normativa tecnica per le costruzioni (Descrittore di Dublino 5 Capacità di apprendere)

1. INTRODUZIONE AL PROGETTO STRUTTURALE: Principali tipologie strutturali. Modellazione della struttura. Schemi di equilibrio. Analisi limite (carico limite con metodi statico e cinematico). Azioni e sicurezza strutturale. Cenni di progetto in zona sismica.
2. STRUTTURE IPERSTATICHE: Soluzione elastica di travi e telai con metodi delle forze e degli spostamenti (calcolo manuale). Introduzione all’utilizzo di un software commerciale.
3. PROGETTO AGLI STATI LIMITE: La misura della sicurezza e le basi del progetto agli stati limite.
4. ACCIAIO (Progetto agli Stati limite): Il materiale: comportamento sperimentale e modelli per la progettazione. Elementi strutturali: profili industriali e assemblaggio in travi, telai e strutture reticolari. Calcolo delle sezioni pressoinflesse. Instabilità degli elementi compressi. La verifica a taglio. Collegamenti ed irrigidimenti. Calcolo degli spostamenti.
5. CALCESTRUZZO ARMATO (Progetto agli Stati limite): Materiali: comportamento sperimentale e modelli costitutivi per il calcestruzzo e l’acciaio. Ritiro e viscosità del calcestruzzo. Elementi strutturali ed armature. Travi, pilastri, muri, piastre. Muri di contenimento del terreno e elementi di fondazione. Calcolo delle sezioni pressoinflesse in C.A. La verifica a taglio degli elementi strutturali in C.A. Calcolo degli spostamenti in fase elastica e fessurata. Progetto dell’armatura e dettagli costruttivi. La duttilità strutturale, il progetto delle sezioni e la redistribuzione delle sollecitazioni. Cenni al progetto sismico.
6. LEGNO (Progetto agli Stati limite): I materiali: comportamento sperimentale e modelli per la progettazione (lamellare e massiccio). Calcolo delle sezioni pressoinflesse. Cenni di instabilità degli elementi compressi. La verifica a taglio. Calcolo degli spostamenti.
Nell'ambito dell'insegnamento sono inoltre previste alcune attività complementari, quali l'illustrazione di esperienze di laboratorio (presso laboratori di Ateneo) e visite in cantiere.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
L’esame consiste in una prova scritta di analisi e progetto di una struttura in Acciaio e in Cemento Armato ed un colloquio orale sulla teoria ed applicazioni illustrate nel corso per progetto di strutture in Acciaio, Cemento Armato e Legno.
Lo scritto viene valutato con un voto in trentesimi, divisi in parte uguale, massimo 15 per Acciaio e massimo 15 per il Cemento Armato.
L'orale viene valutato con un voto in trentesimi.
Il voto finale è una media dello scritto e dell'orale.

Ballio G., Mazzolani F., Bernuzzi C., Landolfo R., Strutture di acciaio, Editore: Hoepli, Anno edizione: 2020, ISBN: 9788820391805
Cosenza E., Manfredi G., Pecce M., Strutture in cemento armato, Editore: Hoepli, Anno edizione: 2019, ISBN: 9788820391621
Piazza, M., Roberti, T., Modena, R., Strutture in legno, Editore: Hoepli, Anno edizione: 2005, ISBN: 9788820335830

CHE COS'E' IL TELERILEVAMENTO?
Il Telerilevamento è l’insieme delle tecniche e delle metodologie che permettono di acquisire informazioni qualitative e quantitative sulla superficie terrestre senza contatto diretto, attraverso la misura e l’analisi dell’energia elettromagnetica riflessa o emessa dagli oggetti osservati. Queste informazioni vengono raccolte da sensori remoti installati su piattaforme terrestri (laboratorio, campo), aeree (droni, aerei) o spaziali (satelliti), che operano in diverse porzioni dello spettro elettromagnetico (visibile, infrarosso, microonde, ecc.).
Alcuni esempi:

• ESA: http://www.esa.int/ESA_Multimedia/Videos/2017/01/ESA_s_Earth_Observation_Programmes_an_introduction
• NEREUS: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NaakACX1Kuk
  PERCHE' IL TELERILEVAMENTO E' IMPORTANTE NELLA INGEGNERIA?
  Il Telerilevamento è uno strumento insostituibile in molteplici campi della ingegneria, poiché fornisce dati fondamentali per l'analisi, la progettazione, il monitoraggio e la gestione di infrastrutture e risorse naturali, quali:
• Dati geospaziali aggiornati: gli ingegneri possono ottenere informazioni dettagliate e aggiornate su morfologia del terreno, uso del suolo, copertura vegetale, corpi idrici, etc., senza dover effettuare rilievi in loco, anche in siti remoti, inaccessibili o pericolosi, risparmiando tempo e risorse;
• Supporto alla progettazione e pianificazione: nel campo dell'ingegneria civile e ambientale, il Telerilevamento è utile per analisi di idoneità del sito per nuove costruzioni, studio del rischio idrogeologico, pianificazione di reti infrastrutturali (strade, ferrovie, dighe, etc.);
• Monitoraggio ambientale e impatti: gli ingegneri ambientali utilizzano il Telerilevamento per monitorare l'inquinamento di suolo, acqua e aria, valutare l'impatto ambientale di opere e attività industriali, sorvegliare aree protette e habitat naturali, monitorare eventi estremi (frane, alluvioni, incendi, etc.), valutare i danni post-evento.
• Modellistica ambientale: il Telerilevamento fornisce input fondamentali per i modelli numerici utilizzati in simulazioni idrologiche, climatiche, analisi strutturali e geotecniche, progettazione urbana sostenibile, etc;
• Intelligenza artificiale e machine learning: usando tecniche avanzate di intelligenza artificiale e machine learning si possono automatizzare l'analisi di immagini satellitari per rilevare cambiamenti nel territorio, classificare superfici, ottimizzare la gestione delle risorse, etc.
  IL TELERILEVAMENTO COME STRUMENTO DI ATTUAZIONE DELLE POLITICHE EUROPEE IN CAMPO AMBIENTALE, ECONOMICO E SOCIALE
  I cambiamenti climatici interessano tutte le regioni del mondo. Le calotte polari ed i ghiacciai si sciolgono e cresce il livello dei mari. Ciò causa eventi estremi sempre più frequenti. In alcune regioni, le forti precipitazioni causano inondazioni, deterioramento della qualità dell'acqua, danni all'agricoltura ed alle infrastrutture. Altre regioni sono invece colpite da siccità e ondate di calore senza precedenti che causano carenza di risorse idriche. E si prevede che nei prossimi decenni tali fenomeni si intensiicheranno.
  Le conseguenze per l'Europa sono preoccupanti:
• Nell'Europa centro-meridionale si registrano ondate di calore, incendi forestali e siccità sempre più frequenti;
• Il Mediterraneo si sta trasformando in una regione arida, il che lo rende ancora più vulnerabile di fronte alla siccità e agli incendi boschivi;
• L'Europa settentrionale sta diventando molto più umida e le alluvioni invernali potrebbero diventare un fenomeno ricorrente;
• Le zone urbane, nelle quali oggi vive l'80% della popolazione europea, sono esposte a ondate di calore e alluvioni e all’innalzamento del livello dei mari, ma spesso non sono preparate per adattarsi ai cambiamenti climatici.
  In questo scenario, l’Unione Europea ha già investito e sta investendo ingenti risorse del proprio bilancio in azioni contro il cambiamento climatico per trasformare l’Europa nel primo continente a impatto climatico netto nullo entro il 2050.
  Sinergico con l’Agenda 2030 promossa dall’Organizzazione delle Nazioni Unite ( https://unric.org/it/agenda-2030/ ) per combattere la povertà nel modo per migliorare il benessere generale delle popolazioni, il Green Deal Europeo prevede un piano d’azione volto a promuovere la gestione sostenibile delle risorse naturali per salvaguardare la protezione della biodiversità e ridurre l’inquinamento. Finanziamenti: circa 1/3 dei 1.800 miliardi di euro del piano NextGenerationEU e del bilancio UE 2021-2027.
  Inoltre, l’UE ha creato:
• Un sistema di tassonomia verde per classificare le attività economiche sostenibili;
• Le obbligazioni verdi europee (EuGB), che finanziano progetti conformi alla tassonomia ambientale.
  mentre la Banca Centrale Europea (BCE) ha lanciato un piano per integrare il cambiamento climatico nelle sue attività, focalizzandosi su:
• Transizione verde e impatti macroeconomici;
• Rischi fisici legati a eventi climatici estremi;
• Degrado della natura e sue implicazioni economiche.
  Per attuare questa trasformazione verde e supportare una crescita economica sostenibile, l’Unione Europea si è dotata del programma di Osservazione della Terra Copernicus ( https://www.copernicus.eu/it ) ed ha progettato l’ambizioso programma Destination Earth ( https://ec.europa.eu/digital-single-market/en/destination-earth-destine ).
  OBIETTIVI DELL'INSEGNAMENTO
  Obiettivo dell'insegnamento è introdurre il futuro ingegnere alle tecnologie digitali dell’Osservazione della Terra da satellite per uno sviluppo sostenibile della nostra società. Queste tematiche sono ormai centrali negli obiettivi di sviluppo sostenibile delle politiche europee; basti pensare agli impatti economici, sociali e culturali dovuti alle migrazioni “climatiche” causate dall’ adattamento al cambiamento climatico del nostro pianeta.
  Saranno fornite la basi tecnico-scientifiche per studiare il nostro pianeta dallo spazio, monitorare lo stato di salute dell'ambiente e documentare i cambiamenti del territorio. L'insegnamento fornisce anche i fondamenti di analisi, integrazione ed interpretazione di dati satellitari e dei geo-dati ambientali. Queste competenze sono divenute indispensabili per cogliere le nuove opportunità professionali in molteplici campi della green economy, quali ad esempio la produzione alimentare sostenibile, le trasformazioni delle nostre città smart, lo sfruttamento sostenibile dell’ ecosistema marittimo, oppure le opportunità offerte dall’industria delle fonti energetiche accessibili.
  DIDATTICA INNOVATIVA
  L'insegnamento è progettato con tecniche di apprendimento attive ed interattive. Le attività didattiche mixano metodi di analisi tradizionali alla intelligenza artificiale generativa (GenAI).
  Le lezioni frontali sono arricchite da esempi pratici, esercizi tratti da casi reali e piccole attività sperimentali che permettono allo studente di autovalutare il progresso del proprio apprendimento in itinere e sviluppare soft skill di problem solving. L'interazione con classe è mediata dall’uso di piattaforme interattive, laboratori virtuali, piccoli codici di calcolo e risorse di calcolo Internet gratuite.

A seguito del superamento dell'esame, lo studente:

• Conosce i meccanismi di base del Telerilevamento e comprende le ipotesi di validità degli enunciati (DdD1);
• Sa usare i risultati della teoria per risolvere semplici problemi reali (DdD2);
• Sa usare strumenti per elaborare immagini, classificarle e calcolare indicatori biofisici e geofisici (DdD2);
• Sa valutare alternative tecniche, tecnologiche e/o metodologiche (DdD3);
• Sa analizzare criticamente i risultati ottenuti (DdD3);
• E' capace di lavorare in gruppo (DdD4);
• Sa rielaborare i concetti appresi e progettare semplici metodi di analisi dati (DdD5).

L'insegnamento mette a sistema le nozioni apprese dagli studenti nei corsi di Fisica, Informatica, Chimica, Geologia, Biologia ed altre discipline delle Geoscienze in chiave applicativa per lo studio dell'ambiente naturale e costruito. Nel dettaglio sono sviluppati i seguenti temi:

• Principi di Telerilevamento ottico e cenni di Telerilevamento radar. Analogie e differenze;
• Richiami di fisica della radiazione, spettro elettromagnetico, radiazione di corpo nero, principali grandezze radiometriche del Telerilevamento;
• Spettro di emissione di Sole e Terra, assorbimento e diffusione della radiazione elettromagnetica, l'effetto atmosferico;
• Equazione di trasferimento radiativo, cosa misurano i satelliti in campo ottico;
• Interazione tra la radiazione elettromagnetica e la superficie terrestre, riflessione e diffusione della luce, firma spettrale, proprietà riflettenti delle principali macro-classi di copertura del suolo;
• Immagini telerilevate, sintesi di immagini a colori, l'informazione spettrale dei dati;
• Stima di parametri biofisici e geofisici, indici di vegetazione, indici mineralogici, stime numeriche, analisi spettrale;
• Fondamenti di classificazione tematica, tecniche non supervisionate, tecniche supervisionate, cenni al machine learning;
• Cenni di validazione delle analisi, indicatori statistici di buon accordo e di confronto;
• Introduzione alla modellistica ambientale con dati di Osservazione della Terra.
  CASI STUDIO
  Come applicazione della teoria, le lezioni integreranno brevi esercitazioni con software open source tradizionali e intelligenza artificiale generativa (GenAI).
  Gli studenti impareranno ad applicare i concetti teorici a casi studio reali in diversi campi elaborando immagini satellitari acquisite da piattaforme diverse e/o con differente risoluzione spettrale e/o geometrica per produrre mappe ed indicatori degli effetti ambientali causati dal cambiamento climatico.
  Alcuni esempi affrontati negli anni passati sono: il monitoraggio della qualità dell’acqua, lo studio del degrado del suolo, la pianificazione urbana sostenibile, la progettazione di infrastrutture resilienti, oppure lo sviluppo di una agricoltura sostenibile e resiliente al cambiamento climatico.
  PROGETTO DI INFORMATICA/GEOINFORMATICA
  Gli studendi di Informatica e Geoinformatica avranno la possibilità di svolgere il "Progetto di Informatica" o il "Progetto di Geoinformatica" sulle tematiche del corso.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
MODALITA' DI VALUTAZIONE
L'esame può essere superato sostenendo uno degli appelli d'esame calendarizzati dalla Scuola.
La prova d'esame è individuale, svolta solo in presenza, in forma scritta, usando il proprio PC e la piattaforma RemoteExam di Politecnico di Milano. È adottata la metodologia open-book exam, nella quali agli studenti è consentito consultare i propri appunti, libri di testo e altri materiali forniti dal docente durante lo svolgimento della prova d'esame.
Gli studenti potranno svolgere un progetto in piccoli gruppi, da discutere tutti insieme.
Il progetto è facoltativo e realizzato in autonomia, dopo avere concordato l'argomento con il docente.
Con il progetto gli studenti possono acquisire una valutazione aggiuntiva (0-4 punti).
Il voto della prova d'esame sarà dato da: voto della prova scritta individuale obbligatoria + valutazione del progetto di gruppo facoltativo.
Per gli studenti che non svolgono il progetto facoltativo, il voto della prova d'esame sarà quello della prova scritta individuale obbligatoria.
Nel corso della prima lezione saranno forniti tutti i dettagli relativi alla prova d'esame e l'accesso ad una simulazione semplificata della prova che sarà sempre disponibile.
In sede di esame lo studente dovrà dimostrare di:

• Conoscere i meccanismi di base del Telerilevamento e le ipotesi di validità degli enunciati;
• Sapere applicare la conoscenza acquisita per la soluzione di semplici problemi reali;
• Sapere giustificare le scelte progettuali adottate;
• Sapere analizzare criticamente e discutere i risultati ottenuti;
• Sapere proporre soluzioni ad hoc;
• Sapere rielaborare autonomamente i concetti appresi.

WeBeep https://webeep.polimi.it
Note: cercare "telerilevamento" dell'a.a. più recente.
(per i materiali di studio fare sempre riferimento all'a.a. più recente e non quello frequentato)
John R. Jensen, Remote Sensing of the Environment: An Earth Resource Perspective - Second edition, Editore: Prentice Hall, Anno edizione: 2007, ISBN: 0-13-188950-8 https://www.pearson.com/us/higher-education/program/Jensen-Remote-Sensing-of-the-Environment-An-Earth-Resource-Perspective-2nd-Edition/PGM200207.html
W. G. Rees, Physical principles of remote sensing - Third edition, Editore: Cambridge University Press, Anno edizione: 2013, ISBN: 9781107004733 http://www.cambridge.org/it/academic/subjects/earth-and-environmental-science/remote-sensing-and-gis/physical-principles-remote-sensing-3rd-edition?format=HB&isbn=9781107004733
John R. Schott, Remote Sensing - The Image Chain Approach, Editore: Oxford University Press, ISBN: 0-19-508726-7 https://global.oup.com/academic/product/remote-sensing-9780195178173?q=Remote%20Sensing%20The%20Image%20Chain%20Approach&lang=en&cc=it
Pietro Alessandro Brivio, Giovanni Lechi, Eugenio Zilioli, Principi e metodi di Telerilevamento, Editore: Città Studi Edizioni, Anno edizione: 2006, ISBN: 88-251-7293-1 http://www.cittastudi.it/catalogo/ingegneria/principi-e-metodi-di-telerilevamento-2695

Il suolo è una risorsa cruciale e contesa allo stesso tempo. Il suolo non può essere considerato solo il supporto per molteplici attività umane, ma al contrario occorre averne cura per le sue qualità intrinseche e le sue fragilità. La pianificazione urbanistica è una delle attività più impattanti sul destino dei suoli in quanto ha titolo per trasformarli o per tutelarli.
Durante il corso, allo studente vengono forniti il glossario dei termini tecnici e scientifici inerenti il suolo in quanto ecosistema e il suo consumo e degrado, le evidenze che aiutano a legare le qualità del suolo alle pressioni a cui è sottoposto dai diversi processi di antropizzazione, e i metodi e gli strumenti per compiere le analisi principali al fine di contabilizzare e rappresentare il consumo di suolo e alcune forme di degrado. A tal fine sono illustrati i principali indicatori di riferimento e svolte alcune esercitazioni usando anche i piani urbanistici e territoriali disponibili on-line. Completa il corso una sessione di letture di testi ambientali che vengono discussi collegialmente in aula.

This course is aimed to analyze the constraints and challenges of ensuring an adequate supply of water and food in the face of changes in the environmental forcings, human population dimension and habits and energy policies.

The students will have

• Knowledge and understanding of the role played by water in the food security context
• knowledge of methods to quantify the pressure on natural resources due to food production
• knowledge and understanding of the role played by global environmental changes in the global water and food security
• Autonomous problem solving abilities that allow the students to find strategies for facing new challenges
• Ability to synthesize and communicate ideas and expertise orally and in written form

1. The hydrological cycle
2.The hydrological balance
3. Water Functions in the life support system -Water availability –Water resource estimates
4. Human Water Requirements -Household and industrial water needs-Water use vs consumptive water use-Water requirements for food production
5. Water security and food security definition
6. The paradigm of water scarcity- Physical vs economic water scarcity
7. The virtual water concept- virtual water trade
8. The water footprint -Green water-Blue water-Grey water
9. Water Perspectives on Feeding Humanity - Additional water requirements to feed humanity by 2050-yield gap closure
10. Rainfed agriculture vs Irrigated agriculture- evaluation of cropwater requirement- Analysis of water stress on crop growth.
11. Water harvesting strategies
12. Irrigation Hydraulics
Irrigation Methods: Hydraulic Assessment of irrigation water, water withdrawall, hydraulic variables
surface irrigation
sprinkler irrigation
drip irrigation
13. Irrigation plants -design based on type of crops, soil, topography, climate, water availability and quality, and investment
14. Energy for irrigation
15. Water for ecosystems - Finding the Balance between Water for Humans and for Nature
16. Land Perspectives on Feeding Humanity- Land sparing vs Land sharing
17. Impacts of Intensive agriculture - Soil erosion- Land degradation-Deforestation
18. Large scale land acquisition (LSLA)- Overview of the issue-Land grabbing-Water acquisition associated to LSLA- Effects on water resources- Effect on Food Security
19. Climate change - Overview of the concept of climate change- Climate change effects on agriculture and food security
20. Food waste issue- The food waste in developed and in developing countries-Food waste impact on food security
21. Effects of the environmental catastrophes on food security - Floods, hurricanes, droughts-Typhoon
22. The Food-Energy-Water nexus -water for food production-present diet-balanced diet-changing diet scenario
23. The Food-Energy-Water nexus -Water for Energy production:
1) Hydroelectric-
2) Biofuel-
3) Fracking;
4) Tar sands
5) Agrivoltaic
24. The Food-Energy-Water nexus -Competition for water between food and energy
The course is delivered in English through lectures, seminars, practicals and case studies.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, con prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Valutazione continua facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
The exam will consist of 2 components:
1) written test. In class final exam: there will be a closed-book (nothing allowed on the desk except pen) 2.5h exam.
2) oral test: questions on the topics of the course.
3) Research short paper (1500 words excluding references) on key topics of the course. Presentation and discussion of the paper. The student will work independently or in team (2-3 people).
Evaluation:
1)+2) 50%
3) 50%

Jeffrey D. Sachs, The Age of Sustainable Development, Editore: Columbia University Press, Anno edizione: 2015, ISBN: 9780231173155

Within the Environmental Engineering curriculum, this course aims to provide students with the theoretical background and engineering tools required to analyse, design and critically evaluate water and wastewater treatment systems within the broader context of integrated urban water management.
The course is intended to provide the knowledge and analytical skills necessary to:
understand the principles governing conventional and advanced water and wastewater treatment technologies;
define and perform the preliminary design and assessment of treatment trains for drinking water production, municipal and industrial wastewater treatment, and water reuse applications;
evaluate treatment solutions considering technical performance, operational aspects, environmental sustainability, and protection of human health.
Particular emphasis is placed on the transition towards resilient and circular water systems, including integrated urban water management, industrial water reuse and resource efficiency, treatment of emerging contaminants, and risk-based approaches for water quality management.
Specific learning objectives
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
understand the principles, operating mechanisms and performance of the main physical, chemical, biological and advanced treatment processes for water and wastewater;
analyse integrated urban water systems, including interactions between sewer networks, combined sewer overflows, treatment plants and receiving water bodies;
identify and compare treatment trains for drinking water production, municipal wastewater treatment, industrial water management (including water recycle, reuse and cascade uses), and agricultural water reuse;
understand the occurrence, fate and removal of emerging contaminants, including micropollutants and antibiotic resistance determinants, and evaluate the role of advanced treatment technologies in their control;
understand the principles and applications of online monitoring systems and real-time control strategies for treatment plants and integrated water systems;
apply qualitative, deterministic and probabilistic methodologies for environmental and human health risk assessment, including scenario analysis to support engineering decision-making;
perform preliminary sizing and technical evaluation of the main treatment units and critically assess alternative technological solutions according to specific water quality objectives;
communicate engineering analyses and design choices using appropriate technical terminology and a structured scientific approach.
The learning activities include lectures, numerical design exercises, analysis of real case studies, and technical visits to water and wastewater treatment facilities. Lectures provide the theoretical foundations and engineering methodologies, while exercises develop students' ability to analyse treatment problems, compare alternative technological solutions, and perform preliminary design calculations. Case studies and technical visits allow students to relate theoretical concepts to real operational conditions and contemporary challenges in water management, including resource recovery, water reuse, digital monitoring and the control of emerging contaminants.

At the end of the learning process, the student will have acquired the knowledge and skills required to analyse, evaluate and preliminarily design water and wastewater treatment systems within the framework of integrated water management.
Specifically, the expected learning outcomes, according to the Dublin Descriptors, are the following.
DdD 1: Knowledge and understanding
The student:
knows the principles of conventional and advanced water and wastewater treatment technologies;
understands the functioning of integrated urban water systems, water reuse schemes, and the role of monitoring and risk assessment in water management;
knows the principles governing the removal of conventional and emerging contaminants.
DdD 2: Applying knowledge and understanding
The student is able to:
analyse water quality problems and identify appropriate treatment trains for drinking water, municipal and industrial wastewater, and water reuse applications;
perform preliminary sizing and technical evaluation of the main treatment units;
interpret monitoring data and apply risk assessment methodologies to support engineering decisions.
DdD 3: Making judgements
The student is able to:
compare alternative treatment solutions considering technical performance, sustainability and protection of environmental and human health;
critically evaluate the applicability of conventional and advanced treatment technologies under different operating conditions.
DdD 4: Communication skills
The student is able to:
present and discuss engineering solutions for water and wastewater treatment using appropriate technical terminology;
communicate the rationale underlying the selection, preliminary design and evaluation of treatment processes through written reports, calculations, flow diagrams and oral presentations.
DdD 5: Learning skills
The student is able to:
independently consult technical literature, guidelines and scientific publications related to water and wastewater treatment technologies;
critically update their knowledge to address emerging challenges in water management, including water reuse, digitalisation, emerging contaminants and risk-based approaches.

1. Integrated urban water management. The urban water cycle and integrated urban water systems. Water resources, water demand and water quality. Interactions among water supply systems, sewer networks, wastewater treatment plants and receiving water bodies. Combined sewer overflows, stormwater management, climate change adaptation and circular water management.
2. Water and wastewater characterization. Physical, chemical and microbiological characteristics of drinking water, municipal and industrial wastewater. Water quality requirements for drinking, industrial and agricultural uses. Pollutant sources and treatment objectives. Overview of the regulatory framework.
3. Water treatment technologies. Treatment trains for drinking water production and industrial water supply. Principles and applications of physical, chemical and biological treatment processes, including coagulation-flocculation, sedimentation, filtration, adsorption, ion exchange, membrane processes and disinfection. Preliminary design criteria for the main treatment units.
4. Municipal and industrial wastewater treatment. Preliminary, primary, secondary and tertiary treatment processes. Biological treatment principles. Nutrient removal. Sludge production and management. Industrial water management, including water recycling, reuse and cascade uses.
5. Advanced treatment technologies and water reuse. Advanced oxidation processes, adsorption, membrane technologies and other advanced processes for water reclamation and reuse. Removal of emerging contaminants, including micropollutants and antibiotic resistance determinants. Water reuse in agriculture and industry.
6. Monitoring and process control. Water quality monitoring strategies. Online sensors and analytical tools. Data-driven monitoring and real-time control strategies for treatment plants and integrated urban water systems.
7. Environmental and human health risk assessment. Principles of environmental and human health risk assessment. Qualitative, deterministic and probabilistic approaches. Exposure assessment, scenario analysis and application of risk-based methodologies to support the design and management of water systems.
Slides, lecture notes and exercise material will be made available through the WeBeep platform.
Exercises will include preliminary design and analysis of water and wastewater treatment systems, comparison of alternative treatment trains, interpretation of monitoring data, and application of risk assessment methodologies to representative case studies.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
The final examination consists of a compulsory written test and a compulsory oral examination. Admission to the oral examination is allowed only after successfully passing the written test. Both examinations can be taken in different exam sessions.
The written test includes theoretical questions and numerical exercises. It is aimed at assessing the student’s understanding of the fundamental principles of water and wastewater treatment technologies, as well as their ability to apply such knowledge to simplified design and analysis problems.
The oral examination focuses on the student’s ability to critically analyse more complex and less structured problems. It is aimed at assessing judgement, autonomy in decision-making, and system-level understanding. In particular, the student is required to discuss and justify the design of treatment systems starting from a given context (source water quality and specific issues) and given the scope of the treatment (e.g. drinking water production, wastewater discharge to receiving waters, combined sewer overflow treatment, industrial water reuse, or agricultural reuse).
In both the written and oral examinations, clarity of exposition, logical structure, and correct use of technical terminology are key evaluation criteria.

George Tchobanoglous; H. David Stensel, Ryujiro Tsuchihashi, Frank Burton; Mohammad Abu-Orf, Gregory Bowden, William Pfrang, Wastewater Engineering Treatment and Reuse, Editore: McGraw Hill, Anno edizione: 2014, ISBN: 0073401188
Note: Available at the Library - Politecnico di Milano

Il corso affronta la modellazione e la mappatura 3D utilizzando tecniche fotogrammetriche. Particolare attenzione è dedicata all'elaborazione di immagini digitali acquisite da droni. All'inizio del corso verranno forniti i fondamenti analitici della fotogrammetria per l'orientamento del sensore e per la ricostruzione 3D dell'oggetto. Successivamente, verranno introdotte le immagini digitali e gli algoritmi per il miglioramento e la corrispondenza delle immagini. Infine, verranno illustrati i prodotti della fotogrammetria, come ortofoto, DTM/DSM, modelli 3D, e i loro processi produttivi. Verranno discussi anche i sensori per l'acquisizione dei dati. Attività di laboratorio complementari integreranno le altre classi.

The course offers an in-depth analysis of policy and decision-making under global change. The emphasis is on concepts and tools for modeling the future evolution of climatic and socio-economic conditions across different spatial and temporal scales, quantifying their multisectoral impacts, assessing the variety of uncertainties associated with the generation of future scenarios, and developing tools to assist decision-makers. Additionally, the course provides an overview of different environmental models, including water and air quality, land use and crop, energy and power systems, and their use for planning adaptation strategies. Real-world examples and numerical applications will be developed as part of the course laboratory and project assignment.

The expected learning outcomes are defined according to the Dublin Descriptors, outlining the competencies that students will develop in terms of theoretical knowledge, practical skills, independent judgment, communication abilities, and learning capacity:
Knowledge and understanding
Students will acquire the essential knowledge required to understand and use climate and socio-economic projections for assessing their multisectoral impacts. They will also develop skills in the use tools to address complex decision making problems under uncertainty
Applying knowledge and understanding
Through the development of real-world case studies, students will learn how to critically apply the tools and techniques acquired to practical contexts, translating theoretical concepts into practice for the analysis and interpretation of data, climate projections, and impact-model simulations.
Making judgments
Students will develop the ability to critically analyze complex problems using observational data, IPCC projections, and impact models to provide well-founded support for the exploration of adaptation strategies.
Communication skills
Throughout the course, students will engage in project-based activities that involve the formulation and solution of real-world problems, as well as the clear, rigorous, and effective oral and written communication of results.
Learning skills
By integrating lectures, laboratories, and project work, students will strengthen their ability to learn autonomously, keep up to date with new methodologies and tools, and proactively address evolving professional and research contexts.

The course is delivered via lectures and seminars (DT = 53%), complemented by a serious game session (DI = 2%). The same topics will also be covered by computer-based laboratories (DL = 38%). Detailed topics include:
Introduction to the course - the climate change debate; environmental decision making under climate change; from climate to global change
Scenario-based analysis - the traditional top-down approach, from global scenarios to the local scale; climate scenarios and IPCC assessment reports (emission scenarios vs representative concentration pathways vs shared socioeconomic pathways); climate models and downscaling methods; Integrated Assessment Models (e.g., DICE, WITCH).
Impact models – local models simulating multisectoral impacts; hydrology and water quality models; air quality models; energy planning and power system models; land use and crop models.
Scenario-neutral analysis - the alternative bottom-up approach, from local vulnerabilities to global scenarios; sensitivity analysis and synthetic generation of external drivers; stress test and scenario discovery.
Uncertainty analysis and robust decisions - decisions under risk vs decisions under uncertainty; robustness criteria (e.g., Wald, Hurwicz, Savage, Laplace); robustness vs flexibility; optimal sequencing and adaptation pathways.
The knowledge acquired from lectures and laboratories will be used to develop group projects (DP = 7%) focused on the development of a climate change assessment using real-world case studies.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The exam is composed of 2 parts:
WRITTEN EXAM = traditional exam on topics addressed in the lectures (max 22 points)
PROJECT = presentation of the project assigned during the lab (max 10 points)
Final Mark = WRITTEN (a) + PROJECT (b)

Guariso, Giorgio, Volta, Marialuisa (Eds.), Air Quality Integrated Assessment, Editore: Springer PoliMI, Anno edizione: 2017, ISBN: 978-3-319-33349-6
Note: Ch 2. Freely available online (Open Access) from 2017
Ray, P. and C. Brown, Confronting Climate Uncertainty in Water Resources Planning and Project Design. The Decision Tree Framework., Anno edizione: 2015 https://openknowledge.worldbank.org/handle/10986/22544
Peterson, M., An introduction to decision theory., Editore: Cambridge University Press, Anno edizione: 2017
Dessler,A.E., The Science and Politics of Global Climate Change, Editore: Cambridge University Press

The objective of the course is to introduce students to the topic of atmospheric pollution, with particular emphasis on its phenomenological aspects, its effects at different spatial scales, its causes, and systems for controlling atmospheric emissions.

After following the teaching and successfully passing the exams, the student:
knows the main phenomena of air pollution and the mechanisms that drive them (DD1)
knows and has the ability to apply the methodologies to identify the main sources of atmospheric pollution and evaluate their intensity on the basis of the characteristic parameters of the source and the related emission factors (DD1 & DD2)
knows and has the ability to evaluate, using mathematical models, the impact of emissions on air quality (DD1 & DD2)
knows the operating principles of atmospheric emission control systems (DD2 & DD3)
is able to assess the need or not to treat an emission, is able to identify the treatment system most suitable and most in line with the best available technology, and is able to proceed with the general sizing of the system and the evaluation of its operational performance.
knows how to organize the knowledge acquired on the various aspects of air pollution and is able to present and describe it appropriately and with the appropriate technical terminology (DD4)

The teaching program is organized in two parts, each of which is structured as follows:
Phenomena and sources of air pollution
Air pollutants: typologies and spatial and temporal scales of pollution phenomena.
Processes of production, transformation and removal of substances in the atmosphere.
Emissions assessment for stationary and mobile sources: calculation models, emission and activity factors of the sources, emission inventories.
References to mathematical models for the transport, diffusion and deposit of pollutants in the atmosphere.
Principles of air quality management and regulatory references: data collection, emission limits and air quality limits for ambient air pollutants.
Atmospheric emission control
Control general principles: source reduction alternatives and removal operations (applicable mechanisms, collection efficiencies)
Control of particulate matter emissions:

• Fundamentals of particulate capture. Particle size distribution and grade efficiency of dust collectors.
• Engineering design principles and operation for mechanical dust collectors (settling chambers, centrifugal separators), electrostatic filters, fabric filters, wet scrubbers, Venturi systems
  Control of gaseous emissions:
• Physical and chemical characteristics of gaseous pollutants: greenhouse gases, acid compounds, volatile organics, trace toxics.
• Engineering design principles and operation for absorption (wet and dry systems), adsorption, chemical conversion (thermal and catalytic), and biological filtration units.
  Classwork activities will focus on the design of emission control units, with the development of numerical examples for project and verification problems, and on emissions assessment for stationary and mobile sources.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
The assessment consists of a written exam with numerical exercises and open-ended questions, followed (only if the student passes) by a mandatory oral discussion on the course topics and the exercises completed during class sessions; the results of these exercises must be presented in a written report that explains the engineering approach and assumptions used to solve the problems.
During the written exam, students must demonstrate:
the ability to identify the problem-solving procedure and correctly perform the calculations related to numerical problem
knowledge of the topics, lexical competence and ability to summarize to answer open-ended questions
During the oral discussion, students must demonstrate:
the ability to organize their knowledge of the various aspects of air pollution in a coherent manner and to appropriately explain and describe phenomena, concepts, methods, and techniques
critical reasoning skills to describe and justify design choices and sizing approaches for emission control systems
The result of the written exam contributes to the final mark for a maximum of 20/30, the oral discussion for a maximum of 7/30, the report of classwork activites for a maximum of 3/30.

Dispense e materiali a cura del docente disponibili sul portale WeBeep
Note: Le dispense ed i materiali forniti coprono tutti gli argomenti trattati nell'ambito dell'insegnamento.
Gli altri testi di seguito elencati possono fornire ulteriori approfondimenti e possono costituire riferimenti utili per l'attività professionale.
C. D. Cooper, F.C. Alley, Air Pollution Control, Editore: Waveland. Press Inc., Anno edizione: 2011, ISBN: 1-57766-678-X
D.A. Vallero, Fundamentals of Air Pollution (IV Ed.), Editore: Elsevier, Anno edizione: 2008, ISBN: 978-0-12-373615-4
N.P. Cheremisinoff, Handbook of air pollution prevention and control, Editore: Butterworth-Heinemann, Anno edizione: 2002, ISBN: 012399635X
Theodore L., Air pollution control equipment calculations, Editore: Wiley-Interscience, Anno edizione: 2008, ISBN: 0470209674
De Nevers N., Air Pollution Control Engineering, Editore: Waveland Press Inc., Anno edizione: 2010, ISBN: 1577666747

The course is dedicated to the main engineering aspects involved in the field of air quality remediation and maintenance, with specific emphasis on all the related implications arising from energy production and conversion processes. Lecture contents are organised as to first give a general perspective on air quality, through the illustration of all the fundamental processes and characteristics of the pollution phenomena at the different scales of interest, the nature and effects of the pollutants and the main principles behind regulatory issues. Atmospheric emission sources are then examined and analysed with respect to the main phenomena affecting the generation of pollutants, to process and design variables related effects and to the whole issues involving their quantitative evaluation: particular attention will be devoted to stationary and mobile energy production activities, addressed in terms of all the different aspects that play a role in their qualitative and quantitative emissions budget (type of fuel, engineering configuration, process design options). The rest of the course is dedicated to the engineering of emission control processes, with a detailed examination of the base principles forestanding source reduction alternatives and pollutant removal techniques and the engineering aspects involved in their practical design and operation and in the evaluation of their removal capabilities and full scale potential applications.

Lecture sessions are addressed to give students knowledge capabilities and theoretical understanding requirements for:

• addressing and applying basic regulatory principles involved in air pollution control operations (DD1 & DD2);
• analyze quantitatively and qualitative the air emissions assets of industrial and energy production processes and the main factors affecting pollutants production (DD2);
• identify the engineering and operating aspects of the unit operations available for particulate and gaseous pollutants reduction and removal (DD2 & DD3);
• evaluate technical design, operating parameters and specific layouts required for gaseous and particulate removal with proper emissions reduction efficiencies (DD3).
  Precepts sessions will give students engineering skill opportunities for enhancing their understanding of theoretical knowledge, through practical application and problem solving abilities, and for acquiring written description and explanation capabilities, addressed within the following areas:
• perform numerical calculations of pollutant emissions arising from typical source activities (stationary energy production units, industrial processes, vehicular traffic) (DD2 & DD3)
• perform design of equipment and calculation of operating parameters for gaseous and particulate pollutants removal systems (DD2 & DD3);
• prepare and discuss written reports of the design results obtained (DD4);
• expand engineering capabilities and cticial skills for dealing with new situations arising from typical industrial case studies (DD3).

AIR POLLUTION PHENOMENA

• definitions, metrics, and regulatory principles.
• general characteristics of the atmosphere: chemical, physical and transport properties.
• spatial scales of air pollution: global, regional and local.
• pollutants: nature and types.
• effects of air pollution.
  EMISSION SOURCES
• source types: stationary and mobile combustion, industrial activities.
• source characterization and emissions evaluation.
• emission control principles: source reduction alternatives and removal operations (applicable mechanisms, collection efficiencies).
  PARTICULATE POLLUTANTS EMISSION CONTROL
• basic characteristics of particulate pollution: primary and secondary particles, physical properties, size distributions, atmospheric behavior.
• particulate removal equipment: engineering design principles and operation for cyclones, electrostatic b precipitators, fabric filters, wet scrubbers.
  GASEOUS POLLUTANTS EMISSION CONTROL
• general classification and basic physical and chemical characteristics: greenhouse gases, acidic compounds, volatile organics, trace toxics.
• removal equipment: engineering design principles and operation for absorption, adsorption, condensation, chemical conversion and biological filtration units.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Course final evaluation is conducted through a preliminary written test, followed by an oral examination whose access is subject to a satisfactory accomplishment of the written test.
The written exam consists of numerical exercises and theoretical questions. The exercises focus on numerical design calculations, in which students are required to apply fundamental skills and knowledge in the areas of calculation and problem-solving related to the assessment and control of air emissions. The theoretical questions focus on the aspects of air pollution, with particular emphasis on the principles underlying these phenomena and on methods and techniques for controlling emissions.
The oral exam consists of a discussion of the design evaluations carried out during the practical exercises, the results of which must be reported in specific written reports. In these reports, students must adequately explain and illustrate the main operating principles of the removal equipment, the engineering assumptions adopted, as well as the expected changes should the design assumptions be modified. The reports may also be used to assess students’ communication skills and their ability to integrate knowledge to manage new and/or complex situations arising from changes in process flows and/or removal requirements.

Dispense a cura del docente disponibili sul portale BEEP
Note: Le dispense fornite coprono tutti gli argomenti trattati nell'ambito dell'insegnamento.
Gli altri testi di seguito elencati possono fornire ulteriori approfondimenti e possono costituire riferimenti utili per l'attività professionale.
C. D. Cooper, F.C. Alley, Air Pollution Control, Editore: Waveland. Press Inc., Anno edizione: 2011, ISBN: 1-57766-678-X
D.A. Vallero, Fundamentals of Air Pollution (IV Ed.), Editore: Elsevier, Anno edizione: 2008, ISBN: 978-0-12-373615-4
N.P. Cheremisinoff, Handbook of air pollution prevention and control, Editore: Butterworth-Heinemann, Anno edizione: 2002, ISBN: 012399635X
Theodore L., Air pollution control equipment calculations, Editore: Wiley-Interscience, Anno edizione: 2008, ISBN: 0470209674
De Nevers N., Air Pollution Control Engineering, Editore: Waveland Press Inc., Anno edizione: 2010, ISBN: 1577666747

The course is dedicated to the environmental and engineering aspects involved in the energy exploitation of biomass and waste materials. The goal of the module on environmental aspects is to enable students to have a perspective on the environmental impacts of biomass and waste valorisation for energy purposes. This includes the technologies for the control of atmospheric emissions and the management of solid residues of different energy conversion routes of the raw materials. Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) is then introduced and applied as a tool to evaluate the environmental implications of different energy conversion routes from waste and biomass.

Lectures will allow students to:

• know the characteristics of waste and understand a laboratory report
• understand and apply the proper legislation on waste
• understand the operation of a waste sorting and recycling plant
• understand and control the environmental impacts of waste-to-energy facilities
• critically assess different options of waste management
  The exercises will allow students to:
• preliminarily design a mechanical-biological treatment plant, an anaerobic digestion plant, and a waste-to-energy plant
• write a technical report describing the plant main features
• quantitatively apply LCA to a waste treatment plant

Waste management scenario. Current waste generation and management in the world, Europe, and Italy. Emerging trends and future challenges.
Feedstock characterisation. Physical and chemical properties of waste materials.
Recycling. Strategies and technologies for the recovery of materials from waste.
Mechanical-biological treatment (MBT). MBT applied to the residual waste for the production of Solid Recovered Fuels (SRF) and for the recycling of materials.
Anaerobic digestion for biogas production. Technological options, plant start up, and operation.
Pollution control. Technologies and configuration of flue gas treatment plants; solid and liquid residues. Environmental implications of SRF co-combustion in non-dedicated plants.
Environmental assessment. Environmental impact indicators; Life Cycle Assessment (LCA); LCA applied to waste management systems.
The class will be organized in lectures, exercises, and seminars. A field visit will be arranged to biomass-/waste-to-energy plants.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, con prove in itinere
Prova orale facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
The evaluation will be based on the result of a mandatory final written exam (including theoretical questions and problems) and an optional interview. Access to the oral interview is subjected to the satisfactory accomplishment of the written test (i.e. >= 18/30).
An optional midterm exam will be held around the middle of the semester. A positive result in the midterm exam will substitute the first half of the written exams held during the first exam session.
During the exam, the student must:
demonstrate to know the main routes for the energy exploitation of waste, their main features and limitations;
discuss waste-based processes by describing in qualitative and quantitative forms their energy, technical, and economic performances;
be able to preliminary design some energy conversion processes for waste.

Thomas H. Christensen, Solid Waste Technology & Management, Editore: WILEY, Anno edizione: 2011

Introduzione preliminare e classificazione dei sistemi di trasporto. Inquadramento dei trasporti nel sistema delle attivià: funzione economica e sociale. Premesse metodologiche all'analisi dei sistemi di trasporto. Analisi delle reti di trasporto. Sistemi per il trasporto pubblico locale. Meccanica della locomozione terrestre. Economia dei trasporti.

The course provides essential theory and multidisciplinary knowledge to understand environmental phenomena and assess how new projects may impact their surroundings.
The primary objective is to provide information about methodologies and tools for quantifying the impacts of newly constructed works, as well as the skills required to evaluate their environmental compatibility or determine if mitigation is necessary.
Course learning goals:
Predict how new projects affect known environments.
Locate and extract relevant data on territorial control.
Use simulation tools to evaluate environmental changes from construction in complex systems.
The course includes group Lab work where students conduct an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) on proposed case studies—such as road infrastructure or wastewater plants—using IT tools like pollutant dispersion models and GIS from class exercises, and present their findings to the instructor and peers.

At the end of the learning process, the student will know, understand, and be able to apply the acquired knowledge to:
assess the environmental impacts of new projects or infrastructure by considering their features and both human and natural factors (e.g., whether emissions from a new source, given local weather conditions, could significantly worsen air quality);
extract key environmental data on territorial status for site assessments before and after introducing new infrastructure;
evaluate, by applying independent judgment and suitable environmental simulation tools, the possible changes a project may cause in complex environmental systems.
Specifically, the expected learning outcomes are the following:
D1. Knowledge and understanding: a) the student knows the fundamental principles of Environmental Impact Assessment for new works/infrastructures; b) knows the terminology and type of tools necessary to predict the impacts of a future work/infrastructure; c) understands the importance of scenario analysis and the need to define qualitative-quantitative impact assessment scales (e.g., negligible impacts, perceptible impacts, mitigable and non-mitigable impacts;
D2. Applying knowledge and understanding: the student is able to a) set up an Environmental Impact Assessment on a case study; b) identify key environmental components and predict impact scenarios; c) determine necessary data, tools, and software for assessing infrastructure impacts.
D3. Making judgements:
After passing the Lab project test, the student:
a) Demonstrates the ability to independently evaluate a case study that is not directly covered during the course and provide reasoned decisions;
b) Demonstrates the capacity to critically evaluate the credibility of modeling tools used in simulating assessment scenarios.
D4. Communication skills:
The student communicates the results of the lab project assessment in a clear and understandable manner.
D5. Learning skills: the student possesses the skills required for independent further study.

The course will cover the following topics:
the regulatory aspects of procedures related to Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), e.g., EU directives, Italian legislation, and the differences between national and regional EIA.
the different approaches to EIA linked to the administrative procedures provided by the relevant regulations.
The contents of the Environmental Impact Study (purpose, index, the programmatic, project, and environmental framework, prediction and assessment of impacts, compensations, mitigations, and monitoring);
Indicators, and scenarios commonly used in EIA procedures, analyzed for each environmental component (atmosphere, water environment, soil and subsoil, vegetation, flora, fauna and ecosystems, public health, physical agents, and landscape);
prediction and calculation methodologies used for the assessment of impacts on the main environmental components considered (health, water, air, soil, landscape, habitats, ecosystems, physical agents, and landscape). Several calculation examples and case studies will be presented. Computer-based exercises and laboratory hours are scheduled.
criteria for constructing scenarios and for their comparative evaluation.
Mitigation and compensation measures considered in EIA procedures according to the type of infrastructure.
procedures related to EIA (SEA – IPPC-Integrated Pollution Prevention Control–AIA–VINCA; similarities, differences, and relationships).

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The evaluation includes a written exam assessing students' ability to organize and present discursive discussions on course topics using appropriate terminology. The project laboratory component, valued at 6 out of 30 points, assesses students' critical thinking, autonomy, and communication abilities through collaborative group work, a comprehensive report, and an in-class presentation. For 8 and 10 ECTS courses, the highest attainable grade is 24 out of 30 for those who do not participate in the project laboratory.

Course slides available on Webeep

Geophysical methods based on the ecographic or tomographic principle generate the final results through a complex data processing procedure. The goal of the course is to introduce the student to the 2D and 3D data processing algorithms that are used to process geophysical data from seismic or georadar surveys. Algorithms are presented in simple and intuitive ways during the lectures and are tested by the student on real data during the laboratory hours. Students attending the laboratories and wishing to develop a project will be organized in small groups. Real data and tasks will be assigned to each group. Each group will work on the data with the specific processing software that they have been trained to use in preliminary lab sessions. Many lab hours will be dedicated to discussions with the teacher to evaluate the results and to solve doubts and problems either in presence or in remote sessions. Any group will be asked to edit and submit a short report about the processing of the assigned real data.

After having attended the course and passed the exam, the student:
DdD 1 (knowledge and understanding)
Is familiar with the analysis of geophysical signals either in time or in frequency domain.
Knows the principles of the data processing algorithms used in seismic and georadar prospecting.
DdD 2 (applying knowledge and understanding)
Can define and apply a proper data processing sequence to produce a seismic or georadar 2D or 3D section.
Has some practice with a geophysical professional software so that he can rapidly get familiar with any other geophysical software that might be used by his company.
DdD 3 (making judgements)
Can properly select and optimize the input parameters required by each algorithm.
Is able to critically evaluate the results of each processing step and the final quality of the processed dataset.
DdD 4 (communication skills)
Has improved his attitude to work in a team and to write technical reports.

1. Hints of signal theory: Fourier transform, linear systems, impulse response, transfer function, convolution, autocorrelation and cross-correlation, analog and digital signals, sampling, Nyquist theorem.
2. Processing of georadar data: hints on acquisitions, filters, time-calibration, background subtraction, gain, topographic corrections, velocity analysis, time-depth conversion, focusing methods for monostatic and bistatic systems, focusing of 3D data.
3. Processing of seismic refraction data: hints on acquisitions, first arrival picking, reciprocal methods, Generalized Reciprocal Method, tomographic inversion.
4. Processing of seismic reflection data: hints on acquisitions, gain, bandpass filters, FK filters, time-variant filters, velocity analysis, static and dynamic corrections, muting, residual statics, stack, deterministic and statistical deconvolution, pre-stack and post-stack multiple suppression, 2D and 3D migration, pre-stack migration, calibration with VSP data.
5. Processing of MASW data: Rayleigh waves, hints on acquisitions, spectral analysis through fk transform or tau-p transform, dispersion curve picking, inversion.
6. Tomographic inversion: hints on acquisitions, traveltime picking, time-calibration, inversion grid design, traveltime inversion, amplitude picking, divergence correction, radiation pattern correction, amplitude inversion.
Laboratory: Part of the course consists of a large number of laboratory sessions with Matlab and with professional software for radar and seismic data processing.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, senza presentazione/discussione finale
Evaluation is based on an oral exam, during which the student may be asked to design a data processing procedure or discuss a specific algorithm. The aim is to assess whether, and to what extent, the student has achieved the expected learning outcomes in terms of knowledge, understanding, application, and communication skills (as outlined in the dedicated section).
For students who attended the lab sessions and chose to develop a project, part of the exam will consist on the discussion of the technical report and the data processing procedure applied to the real dataset assigned to the group. The discussion on the report and the other part of the oral exam will be evaluated as a whole since the discussion on the report is part of the oral exam. The purpose of the project is not to split the exam into two independently graded parts (project and oral), but rather to facilitate students in achieving the expected learning outcomes of the course—particularly those related to DdD 2, 3, and 4. The project will be a great opportunity for the students to check their skill in designing and optimizing the processing procedure and in critically evaluating the results. Besides, it will be an opportunity to work in a team, to interact with the instructor and to prepare a report thus improving some important communication skills. Thus, the project is strongly recommended but since it requires the students to regularly attend the course, it is not mandatory. Students that will not attend the class cannot work on a project and will not submit a report. However, in order to make practice in geophysical data processing applications, they will have the opportunity to do the lab sessions independently by working on specific training datasets following the guidelines made available on WeBeeP.
Exam appointments are scheduled upon request. Please book your appointment at least one week in advance.

L. Zanzi: Handouts of PowerPoint presentations https://webeep.polimi.it
L. Zanzi: Lecture videos https://webeep.polimi.it
L. Zanzi: Notes on GPR https://webeep.polimi.it
P. Annan: GPR data processing notes https://webeep.polimi.it
L. Zanzi and A. Hojat: Notes on seismic methods https://webeep.polimi.it
D. Palmer: Generalized Reciprocal Method https://webeep.polimi.it
O. Yilmaz, Seismic data analysis http://wiki.seg.org/wiki/Seismic_Data_Analysis

The course is designed to provide principles of flow and transport in aquifers. Students will learn the way key physical, geo-chemical and hydrologic processes can be conceptualized and described to quantify flow dynamics in subsurface systems. They will also learn how to interpret laboratory and field scale tracer data and how to cope with the intrinsic uncertainty associated with the characterization of subsurface heterogeneous aquifers.

Students will develop the ability to investigate groundwater systems and to solve problems at laboratory and field scales. Lectures and practical exercise sessions will enable students to:
be familiar with principles, approaches and techniques for aquifers characterization;
learn about physical, chemical and hydrologic factors controlling dynamics of groundwater;
understand the theory of flow and transport in heterogeneous porous media;
solve flow and transport problems (including laboratory and field scales data interpretation);
Assess and analyze groundwater flow and transport models under uncertainty, and formulate inverse problems.
through the use of specialized software and analytical methods, they are able to appropriately select the models, characterization techniques, and investigation methods required to address specific groundwater-related problems.

Key processes controlling fluid movement. Pore and continuum approach. Fluid flow in porous and fractured media. Mass balance equation. Permeability and conductivity. Specific storativity. Darcy’s Law (phenomenology, theoretical derivation and range of validity). Anisotropic media and permeability tensor. Scale dependence of hydraulic properties and heterogeneity. Theoretical and empirical correlations between flow parameters (specific storage, porosity, permeability). Interpretation of laboratory scale flow experiments.
Groundwater circulation. Three- and two-dimensional models for fluid flow in porous media. Initial and boundary conditions. Confined, Leaky and Phreatic Aquifer. Multilayered aquifer-aquitard system. Analytical solutions for homogeneous and heterogeneous systems. Groundwater maps and streamlines. Groundwater flow and leakage. Regional Groundwater balance.
Well hydraulics and aquifer characterization. Hydraulic of pumping and recharging wells: Steady and unsteady flow to a well in a confined, phreatic and leaky aquifer. Partially penetrating wells. Multiple well systems. Wells near boundaries and method of images. Well losses and specific well discharge. Effect of wellbore storage. Pumping tests. Type curves. Analytical solution, including storage and non-linear effects at the well. Interpretation of well-interference testing in complex hydrogeological systems.
Solute transport processes and aquifer vulnerability. Contaminant fluxes: advective flux, diffusive flux, hydrodynamic dispersion, dispersive flux. Derivation of Advection-dispersion equation. Diffusion versus dispersion. Balance equation for multi- species. Condition for chemical equilibrium, chemical reactions, sorption, ion exchange, precipitation-dissolution. Initial and boundary conditions. Analytical solutions. Laboratory and field tests to determine dispersivity. Dispersivity tensor. Scale effect of dispersion. Double porosity models. Laboratory and field- scale tracer tests and their interpretation. Random Walk and continuous time random walk models. Multi-component reactive transport. Models of precipitation-dissolution, sorption and homogeneous reactions in porous media. Well head protection zone. Dynamic well protection (tavel time criterion).
Data Integration and Inverse Modeling. Introduction and application of techniques aimed at incorporating available data (including pressure transient tests, tracer tests, geological information) into aquifer characterization models. General formulation of non-linear inverse problems in porous media. Model calibration and validation.
Modeling under uncertainty. Uncertainty quantification in the characterization of heterogeneous systems. Basic principles of geostatistics. Probabilistic approaches to flow and transport in heterogeneous aquifers. Stochastic processes. Ensemble statistics. Ergodicity. Tools for uncertainty analysis: geostatistics, Kriging, sensitivity analyses. Stochastic description of heterogeneity. Monte Carlo simulation, generation of (correlated) random fields. Effective and equivalent parameters. Probabilistic time-related capture zones and risk assesment.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale condizionata (a scelta del docente)
The written examination is divided into two parts.
Part I consists of three practical exercises designed to assess the student's ability to:
solve a groundwater flow problem;
solve a groundwater contaminant transport problem, including the interpretation of experimental data;
reconstruct the spatial distribution of heterogeneous aquifer properties from available data.
Part II consists of three theoretical questions covering the entire course syllabus.
The oral examination (optional) may be taken only by students who achieve a minimum score of 25/30 in the written examination.
Notwithstanding the written examination score, the instructor reserves the right to require the student to discuss any part of the written examination whenever clarification is deemed necessary or when inconsistencies arise during the grading process.

Bear, J., and A. H.-D. Cheng, Modeling Groundwater Flow and Contaminant Transport, Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2010
Bear, J., Hydraulics of Groundwater,, Editore: Dover publications,, Anno edizione: 1979
Fetter C.W., Contaminant hydrogeology, second edition,, Editore: Prentice hall, Anno edizione: 1999
Kitanidis,P.K., Introduction to Geostatistics Applications in Hydrogeology,, Editore: Cambridge University Press

Please refer to the general program of the integrated course GROUNDWATER AND RIVER APPLIED MODELLING

At the end of the course the student will have to:
Know the fundamental principles that regulate water flow in porous and fractured aquifers
Know the terms and basic principles of numerical modelling of groundwater flow
be able to reconstruct and understand the underground hydrogeological structure
apply the knowledge acquired in the field of groundwater resources management and remediation of contaminated sites
Be able to use the MODFLOW numerical code with the GroundwaterVistas interface
Be able to independently implement and calibrate a groundwater flow model to simulate its behaviour and predict responses to specific stresses
Be able to communicate the results of his activity clearly
Please refer also to the general program of the integrated course GROUNDWATER AND RIVER APPLIED MODELLING

Theory:
Hydrogeology
Review of basic surface and groundwater hydrology concepts, porous and fractured media groundwater circulation, principles of heat and solute transport in groundwater.
Numerical modeling of groundwater flow
MODFLOW and the Finite Difference method, model domain discretization, implementation of the Boundary Conditions, evaluation of water exchange between underground and surface water bodies, steady-state and transient models, model calibration
Water resource management
Contaminated sites characterization procedures, basin-scale quali-quantitative groundwater resource management (e.g. River Basin Management Plan), geothermal energy and groundwater heat plumes management
Please refer also to the general program of the integrated course GROUNDWATER AND RIVER APPLIED MODELLING

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Please refer to the general program of the integrated course GROUNDWATER AND RIVER APPLIED MODELLING

Diapositive del corso e dispense https://webeep.polimi.it/course/view.php?id=2544
Mary P. Anderson, William W. Woessner, Applied groundwater modeling: simulation of flow and advective transport
Herbert F. Wang, Mary P. Anderson, Introduction to groundwater modeling: finite difference and finite element methods

The goal of the course is to provide energy engineers with a broad introduction to the fundamentals of ecology, as well as to discuss the applications of this discipline to the problems related to industrial production, with a particular focus on the ecological impacts of human activities at both local and global scales.

Upon completing the course, the students will gain a thorough knowledge and understanding of

• the principles of ecological organization and how human activities can interfere with ecological processes;
• the flows of energy and matter in ecosystems, with a specific focus on global biogeochemical cycles and their relation with global climate change;
• the basic mechanisms that govern population dynamics, with a special emphasis on human demography;
• the concept of sustainability, and how to promote sustainable practices in the management of natural resources and industrial systems.
  The students will be able to apply the concepts outlined above to
• assess the status of ecological systems by using suitable biodiversity indexes;
• evaluate energy/matter flows in ecosystems by formulating simple quantitative balances;
• describe population dynamics by applying demographic methods and models;
• design sustainable management scheme for natural resources and assess the environmental impact of industrial production.
  Students will also be guided towards making up their own judgement about engaging topics of broad and urgent interest, specifically concerning the impact of anthropic activities on ecosystem integrity, diversity and services and on global climate change, with the overarching goal of promoting sustainable practices in human societies and industrial systems.

What is ecology and why it is important

• fundamentals of ecology and physical geography
• global environmental challenges
• biodiversity: basic concepts, measures, threats
• measuring the value of nature: ecosystem services
  Ecosystem functioning
• basic ecosystem processes and their measurement
• energy and matter flows within and between ecosystems
• ecosystem structure: trophic networks, ecological efficiencies, energy pyramids
• biogeochemical cycles: general notions, the carbon cycle and its implications for global climate change, the nitrogen cycle, hints to other cycles
• the flow of toxic chemicals in ecosystems: principles of ecotoxicology, phenomenological and quantitative aspects
  Population dynamics and demography
• basic concepts, Malthusian dynamics, growth rates
• age- and size-structured populations: demographic indicators and dynamics
• human demography: age pyramids, local and global projections, demographic transitions
• density dependence: interference/exploitative competition, positive density dependence
  Sustainability
• the environmental, social, and economic dimensions of sustainability
• measuring sustainability: indicators and trade-offs
• sustainable management of renewable resources: maximum sustainable yield and optimal harvesting policies
• basic notions of bioeconomics: open-access resources, the tragedy of the commons, regulation methods
• environmental impacts of industrial production: energy and material flow analysis, basics of circular economy, industrial systems as ecological networks
  These topics will be covered in succession and will be accompanied by tutorial classes, during which students will be required to solve numerical exercises.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Valutazione continua facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
Assessment is performed through a mandatory final written test covering all the topics discussed in the course, to be taken during one of the official exam sessions. Tests include both quantitative exercises (typically four) and conceptual questions (typically in a true/false format). The conceptual part of each test may be substituted with the voluntary participation to flash quizzes proposed during the course. A 0-32 scale is used to grade tests. The exam is considered as passed with a grade ≥18/32. Formal correctness, numerical accuracy, and exposition clarity contribute to the final grade.
Specifically, the final written test will evaluate the students' ability to

• apply biodiversity measures to real or realistic field data;
• formulate energy and matter balances to study exchanges within and between ecosystems;
• evaluate demographic indicators for structured populations and study population dynamics through mechanistic models;
• use bioeconomic methods to design sustainable management of natural resources.

Course slides and reading material https://webeep.polimi.it/
Ayres, R.U., Ayres, L.W., A Handbook of Industrial Ecology
Ricklefs, R.E., The Economy of Nature
Smith, T.M., Smith, R.L., Elements of Ecology
Socolow, R., Andrews, C., Berkhout, F., Thomas, V., Industrial Ecology and Global Change

Oceans morphology. Basic concepts of atmosphere dynamics. Fundamentals of ocean dynamics. Air-water interactions. Wave propagation in deep and shallow waters: wave shoaling, refraction, breaking, reflection, diffraction. Linear and nonlinear waves. Wave action on obstacles/structures. Rubble mound breakwaters and monolithic barriers. Wave loads on offshore structures.Wave action on beaches. Coastal currents. Coastal sediments dynamics. Morphodynamic modelling. Beach protection.

L'insegnamento affronta i diversi aspetti del problema dei cambiamenti climatici globali, con l'obiettivo principale di fornire gli elementi necessari per l’impostazione e la valutazione delle politiche di mitigazione. Per raggiungere questo obiettivo, sono approfondite le basi fenomenologiche del problema, mostrando l'origine e l'entità delle diverse forzanti antropiche, nonché gli impatti attesi a breve e lungo termine sui diversi comparti ambientali. Dopo aver familiarizzato durante le esercitazioni con i metodi di stima delle emissioni di gas serra da diverse tipologie di sorgenti, sono valutati gli scenari emissivi redatti da diverse organizzazioni scientifiche.
Nella seconda parte del corso sono presentate le strategie di riduzione delle emissioni di gas serra nei diversi settori e a diverse scale, e sono valutate anche tramite esercitazioni pratiche le metodologie per la stima del potenziale di riduzione delle emissioni di diverse opzioni tecnologiche. Un secondo e non meno importante obiettivo del corso è quello di far capire l'evoluzione del negoziato internazionale sui cambiamenti climatici, nonché di mostrare il ruolo che possono avere i principali strumenti del mercato del carbonio nel favorire la decarbonizzazione del sistema energetico. Sono infine illustrate le principali politiche sul clima proposte a livello europeo e sono discussi i motivi del ritardo nell'implementazione delle politiche di mitigazione del cambiamento climatico, affrontando anche i problemi legati alla comunicazione.

Dopo aver frequentato l'insegnamento e aver superato con successo le prove d'esame, lo studente:

• Conosce le principali fonti di emissione di gas serra e le principali metodologie di stima (Descrittore di Dublino: 1)
• Comprende i fondamenti scientifici del problema del riscaldamento globale, il ruolo dei fattori naturali e antropici, le scale spaziali e temporali dei diversi processi, l'importanza dei fenomeni di feedback presenti nel sistema climatico, gli scenari futuri di aumento delle temperature e di altri impatti in relazione a diverse ipotesi di evoluzioni dei sistemi energetici e delle relative emissioni climalteranti (Descrittore di Dublino: 1)
• Conosce le diverse tipologie di azioni disponibili per ridurre le emissioni di gas serra e per rimuovere la CO 2 atmosferica, acquisendo capacità di valutare vantaggi e svantaggi delle diverse opzioni e il loro potenziale (Descrittore di Dublino: 2 e 3)
• Comprende il ruolo del negoziato internazionale sul clima e acquisisce capacità di applicare a diversi contesti territoriali i concetti compresi, nonché di valutare ad esempio il livello di ambizione degli impegni presi da diversi Stati nell'ambito dell'Accordo di Parigi (Descrittore di Dublino: 2 e 3)
• impara a giudicare come i mezzi di comunicazione informano sul cambiamento climatico, nonché a riconoscere e superare i problemi tipici della comunicazione di questo tema (Descrittore di Dublino: 3 e 4)

Parte I
1. Introduzione ai cambiamenti climatici: scale temporali e spaziali, il ruolo dell'IPCC
2. Emissioni di gas serra: fonti e metodologie di stima.
3. Il bilancio del carbonio e gli inventari delle emissioni di gas serra a diverse scale territoriali.
4. Dati osservativi sui cambiamenti climatici: gas serra in atmosfera, temperature, precipitazioni, consistenza dei ghiacci, livello del mare
5. Fenomenologia dell’effetto serra e principali fenomeni di feedback.
6. I modelli e le proiezioni climatiche: tipologie di modelli e di scenari emissivi, recenti proiezioni
7. Impatti dei cambiamenti climatici e misure di adattamento, in diversi settori
Parte II
8. Opzioni per la mitigazione. Risparmio energetico ed efficienza energetica. Energie rinnovabili (eolico, fotovoltaico, idroelettrico, geotermico, biomasse). Energia nucleare. Stoccaggio dell'energia; produzione di idrogeno e biocombustibili. Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) e Carbon Capture and Utilisation (CCU). Scenari tecnologici e potenziali di riduzioni in diversi settori (energia, trasporti, agricoltura).
9. Opzioni per la rimozione della CO2 atmosferica. La necessità delle emissioni negative. Imboschimento e rimboschimento, sequestro del carbonio nel suolo, biochar, bioenergia con cattura e stoccaggio del carbonio (BECCS), cattura diretta di CO2 dall'aria e stoccaggio (DACCS), alcalinizzazione degli oceani (ocean liming), enhanced rock weathering.
10. Scenari di decarbonizzazione (cenni)
11. Il negoziato sul clima: Dalla Convenzione UNFCCC all'Accordo di Parigi. Analisi degli NDC di diversi Stati.
12. Il mercato del carbonio: i meccanismi flessibili del protocollo di Kyoto: ETS, JI, CDM e i nuovi strumenti dell’art. 6 dell’Accordo di Parigi. Il sistema europeo di Emission Trading. I crediti del mercato volontario
13. Clima e comunicazione (cenni)
Esercitazioni e laboratori: Stima delle emissioni di gas serra per sorgenti di combustione. Stima della carbon footprint personale. Elaborazione dati di emissioni e temperature. Kaya Identity e decomposizione delle emissioni per diverse nazioni. Scenari tecnologici di riduzione delle emissioni: i cunei di riduzione. Analisi e confronto fra le opzioni tecnologiche per emissioni negative. Confronto degli NDC di diversi paesi.
Saranno previsti seminari ad invito e visite tecniche, da definire

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
Valutazione continua facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
L'esame si svolge in forma di prova scritta, è composta da 15 domande chiuse (scelta fra opzioni), da 2 domande aperte e da 2 esercizi sui temi delle esercitazioni.
Concorreranno alla definizione del voto finale anche attività pratiche facoltative svolte nel corso del semestre, che verranno presentate agli studenti all'inizio delle lezioni, e saranno definite in dettaglio di anno in anno.
In aggiunta allo scritto è prevista anche la possibilità di richiedere un esame orale facoltativo (massima variazione +/- 2 punti).

IPCC, Climate Change 2022: Mitigation of Climate Change - Summary for policymakers, Editore: IPCC, Anno edizione: 2022 https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar6/wg3/downloads/report/IPCC_AR6_WGIII_SPM.pdf
M. Giusti, L'urgenza di agire. Perché e come abbandonare rapidamente le fonti fossili, Editore: LuCe Edizioni, Anno edizione: 2024, ISBN: 978-88-97556-49-7 https://luce-edizioni.it/prodotto/l-urgenza-di-agire/
S. Caserini, Il clima è (già) cambiato. 9 buone notizie sui cambiamenti climatici, Editore: Edizioni Ambiente, Anno edizione: 2019, ISBN: 978-88-6627-272-4 https://www.ipcc.ch/report/ar6/wg3/downloads/report/IPCC_AR6_WGIII_SPM.pdf
Eelco J. Rohling, Oceani. Una storia profonda, Editore: Edizioni Ambiente, Anno edizione: 2020, ISBN: 9788866273189
Mann M, Le nuove guerre del clima, Editore: Edizioni Ambiente, Anno edizione: 2021, ISBN: 9788866273301
Hansen J., Tempeste, Editore: Edizioni Ambiente, Anno edizione: 2010, ISBN: 9788896238677

The goal of this course is to provide students with the mathematical background and the practical skill to model 3D surfaces by photogrammetric techniques. Students will be familiar with digital images acquired from terrestrial, drone, airplane and satellite surveys and with software packages for 3D modelling and mapping.

Lectures will allow students to:

• describe the geometry of a photogrammetric survey;
• estimate the orientation parameters for an object 3D reconstruction;
• understand the algorithms for digital image analysis and in particular for image matching;
• know the photogrammetric products and their productive process;
• approach some research and advanced topics of photogrammetry.
  Laboratory activities will allow students to:
• calibrate a digital camera for a photogrammetric survey;
• use photogrammetric software packages for 2D/3D modelling;
• design, perform and process a drone survey;
• compare laser scanner and photogrammetric surveys;
• apply photogrammetric techniques for environmental and structural monitoring.

1. FUNDAMENTAL EQUATIONS OF PHOTOGRAMMETRY: Review of least-squares adjustment. Geometrical transformations in the plane and in the space, 2D and 3D rotation matrices and their properties, central projection and collinearity equations. Normal case of stereoscopy: equations for the computation of the object coordinates and their precision. Internal orientation and camera calibration. External orientation of a single photo (space resection), of a pair of photos (relative and absolute orientation), of a block of photos (aerial triangulation by independent models and bundle block adjustment).
2. DIGITAL PHOTOGRAMMETRY: The fundamental principles: definition of a digital image, formats and compression algorithms. The fundamental techniques of digital photogrammetry: image enhancement and filtering, resampling, generation of image pyramids. The algorithms for the automatic determination of homologous points: interest operators, algorithms of image correlation/matching (feature-based, area-based, relational matching). Fundamental principles of computer vision.
3. THE PRODUCTS OF PHOTOGRAMMETRY AND THEIR PRODUCTIVE PROCESS: Stereoscopic restitution. Digital terrain models (DTM), digital surface models (DSM) and their generation by means of photogrammetric techniques or by LiDAR. Point clouds and their interpolation for 3D object modelling. Orthophotos, “true orthophotos” and digital photo-planes. The photogrammetric production of numerical cartography and spatial databases.
4. THE SENSORS FOR DATA ACQUISITION: Aerial analogical photogrammetric cameras: image characteristics, analysis of the distortions and calibration parameters. Aerial digital cameras: operation principle (frame cameras and linear array sensors), the basic sensors (CCD and CMOS). Commercial digital cameras for unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV). INS/GPS systems and their integrated use inside the aerial triangulation. Photogrammetric scanners. LiDAR sensors.
5. APPLICATIONS: Terrestrial (close-range) photogrammetry and terrestrial laser scanning. The use of drones (UAV) in photogrammetry. Remote sensing principles and satellite photogrammetry.
UAV LABORATORY ACTIVITIES:

• Flight planning of a photogrammetric survey by UAV;
• Participation to an outdoor UAV survey, acquiring digital images with a commercial camera mounted on the aircraft and collecting ground control points by GPS receivers;
• Processing of the data acquired during the UAV survey to compute the DSM and the orthophoto of the observed surface by using different photogrammetric software packages.
  OTHER LABORATORY ACTIVITIES
• Digital camera calibration and 3D modelling of a simple object (students are invited to use their own cameras);
• 2D and 3D modelling of a building facade using cameras and LiDAR sensors;
• Georeferentiation of high-resolution satellite images and their use for a glacier monitoring, along with drone and airplane images;
• Survey and processing of an outdoor/indoor trajectory, jointly using cameras and GPS receivers (optional).
  Concerning the programme subdivision, all courses deal with the methodological issues, namely the fundamental equations of photogrammetry, the digital photogrammetry, the products of photogrammetry and the sensors. They differ for applications and laboratory activities. In particular, the 5 CFU course includes the close-range and UAV photogrammetry with the corresponding laboratory activities. The 6 CFU course also includes the laboratory on 2D and 3D modelling of a building facade. The 8 CFU course also includes the terrestrial laser scanning with the corresponding laboratory activities. The 10 CFU course covers the whole programme, namely it also includes remote sensing principles and satellite photogrammetry with the environmental monitoring laboratory.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, individuale, senza revisioni periodiche, senza presentazione/discussione finale
The exam aims to assess students' understanding of the theoretical and methodological concepts underlying the photogrammetric process, as well as their capability to apply these concepts in practical contexts with the support of suitable software tools. The assessment also takes into account students' ability to clearly and accurately explain the relevant topics, using appropriate technical terminology and mathematical formulations.
The exam mainly consists of an oral examination covering the topics addressed during the course. Admission to the oral examination requires the submission of reports on the laboratory activities carried out throughout the course. The quality of these reports contributes to the overall evaluation. Specifically, the final grade is calculated as a weighted average, with the laboratory reports accounting for one third of the final grade and the oral examination accounting for the remaining two thirds.

K. Kraus, Fotogrammetria, Editore: Levrotto & Bella, Anno edizione: 1998, ISBN: 9788882180287
Note: traduzione di S. Dequal
K. Kraus, Photogrammetry - Volume 1: Fundamentals and Standard Processes, Editore: Dümmler, Anno edizione: 1997, ISBN: 3427786846
Note: translated by P. Stewardson
K. Kraus, Photogrammetry - Volume 2: Advanced Methods and Applications, Editore: Dümmler, Anno edizione: 1997, ISBN: 3427786943
Note: translated by P. Stewardson
K. Kraus, Photogrammetry - Geometry from Images and Laser Scans, Editore: Walter De Gruyter, Anno edizione: 2007, ISBN: 9783110190076
Note: translated by I. Harley and S. Kyle
E.M. Mikhail, J.S. Bethel and J.C. McGlone, Introduction to Modern Photogrammetry, Editore: John Wiley & Sons, Anno edizione: 2001, ISBN: 9780471309246
T. Luhmann, S. Robson, S. Kyle and I. Harley, Close Range Photogrammetry - Principles, Techniques and Applications, Editore: Whittles Publishing, Anno edizione: 2006, ISBN: 9781870325509
H. Eisenbeiss, UAV Photogrammetry, Editore: ETH Zurich, Anno edizione: 2009, ISBN: 9783906467863
W. Foerstner, B.P. Wrobel, Photogrammetric Computer Vision - Statistics, Geometry, Orientation and Reconstruction, Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2016, ISBN: 9783319115498

Goal of this course is teaching students design criteria for urban regeneration, on the background of planning trends. An environmental, resilient and participatory approach is taken, integrating urban design with environmental sciences, building physics and place making. Addressing the issue of brownfields, students are trained to develop regeneration strategies which go beyond the mere law compliance, envisaging sustainable communities in a circular economy scenario. International case studies are compared.
The laboratory is a design workshop: it develops strategic green masterplans for dismissed sites to be regenerated, urban projects aimed at an advanced environmental performance. The design studio is held by Prof. Fossa in cooperation with guest critics belonging to institutions such as Milan City Planning Department or ULI Urban Land Institute (a non profit international organization, leader in the field of the sustainable use of land). This lab co-management characterizes Regenerative Urban Design as " innovative teaching in co-supervision ".
Theoretical general principles, method and best practices are provided by lectures, often given in dialogue with guest professors of ETH or MIT and guest experts belonging to world class design firms.
The teaching format of the whole Regenerative Urban Design program is included in the post-covid project of the Politecnico di Milano as "4.a - Beyond flipped classroom": the frontal teaching from the chair is concentrated in favour of a more extensive design workshop activity over time, where students work in design teams.

After passing the exam, students will have following skills (according to the Dublin descriptors, internationally shared)
DdD 1) knowledge and understanding of urban regeneration environmental challenges
DdD 2) ability to apply and integrate this knowledge in interdisciplinary design teams as well as in government/governance processes
DdD 3) autonomous design choices for complex projects (strategic green masterplans) and their communication and discussion with stakeholders

LECTURES AND SEMINARS - TOPICS
Regenerative urban design: historical perspective and contemporary scenarios.
Urban regeneration projects: international case studies: a critical comparison.
Design challenges related to global trends (climate change, ageing population, public health and wellbeing, AI and big data).
Internationally shared guidelines for urban regeneration: C40 guidelines (low carbon cities), Leed and Well certifications for districts and communities.
Project method and tools: vision, concept plan, masterplan. A multiscale integrated approach.
The masterplan shift: from traditional real estate developments to socio-environmental performing masterplans
Open space as strategic volume for project climate resiliency and people wellbeing; the user experience perspective.
Sustainable mobility and the new walking paradigm.
Energy, waste, water and materials: design criteria in the framework of circular economy
Project phasing, temporary uses, economic feasibility, real estate business models.
Transforming the places of production and infrastructure: soil remediation issues, industrial heritage, urban manufacturing and urban agriculture.
Project performance beyond law compliance (environment/ecology restoration, improvement and enhancement; value creation; participation, sustainable communities and place making; landscape identity and place branding)
LABORATORY: DESIGN WORKSHOPS
Students are required to develop vision, concept plan and strategic green masterplan for the regeneration of a dismissed area. Students work in design teams, developing different projects on the same given site. The design workshops simulate a participatory design process in the framework of a design-developer competition.
Design workshops are led by prof. Fossa together with invited experts, members of Urban Land Institute, technical officials of the City Planning Department.
At the end of the lab student teams present and discuss their projects with guest critics of international level (professors, professionals, stakeholders and local government representatives).
A project site is chosen whose redevelopment is foreseen by the city plan or focused by the local political agenda, in order to get students to participate in the real process of urban regeneration. On-site workshops are also organized.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The evaluation of student design skills is based on 2 critical reviews of the project: a mid-term critique of the design work in progress (analysis, vision and concept plan) and a conclusive critique of the masterplan. The final project presentation by the teams allows to evaluate student ability in communicating, discussing and debating project choices and the project performance (with focus on the environmental performance)
The following individual oral exam has the aim to verify the individual contribution to the design team and the theoretical understanding of method and design criteria.
The whole evaluation of the student combines the quality of the project, the individual contribution to the design team and the oral exam results.
Main evaluation criteria are:

• method awareness and coherence
• sustainability of the design approach
• project focus on environmental performance

Danilo Palazzo, Frederick Steiner, Urban Ecological Design. A Process for Regenerative Places, Editore: Island Press, Anno edizione: 2012, ISBN: 978-1597268295
Brent D. Ryan, The Largest Art - A Measured Manifesto for a Plural Urbanism, Editore: The MIT Press, Anno edizione: 2017, ISBN: 978-0262036672
Fossa G., Deponte D., Gorrini A., Shaping space for ever-changing mobility. Covid-19 lesson learned from Milan and its region, Editore: TEMA Journal of Land Use, Mobility and Environment, Napoli, edizioni Università Federico II, Anno edizione: 2020
Note: Special issue "COVID-19 vs CITY-20 Scenarios, Insights, Reasoning and Research"
Baojie He, Yupeng Wang, Ali Cheshmezangi, Urban Climate and Urban Design, Editore: Springer Nature, Anno edizione: 2025, ISBN: 978-981-96-1521-6

The course drives the student to design hydraulic works for flood risk reduction, merging the Italian traditional design experience with the recent outcomes in hydrology and fluvial processes.
The design of the hydraulic works is defined according to consideration: on residual risk analysis, environmental, sediment transport and vegetation impacts, maintenance needs.
Italian and European laws on the river basin management and reclamation. Hydrology recalls: river geomorphology, flood modelling via distributed and lumped models. Flood risk analysis: flood routing models and numerical methods for hydraulic risk analysis. Basin scale erosion. Solid transport in river stream, suspended and bottom sediment transport, regime and equilibrium theories, debris flow routing. Structural and non-structural flood defences. Design of: longitudinal and transversal defences, retention basin, diversive channel, soil bioengineering techniques. Interaction between river restoration works and river ecosystem.
Lecture Hours = 60, Design laboratories for 40 hours

The student will be able to analyse the river processes and design the most appropriate hydraulic works providing its size and its level of reliability.
The student will be able to understand the most important fluvial process that the hydraulic works have to correct and will be able to identify the most appropriate works improving the river design works and reducing their environmental impacts.
The student will develop the konoweledge and comprehension of the most important fluvial processes such as water profile and energy dissipation effects, Sediment transport in river reach, Effect of vegetation type on river stream.
The student will experience the capacity of identify the main problems and the most appropriate fluvial defences using structural and non structural approaches.
The student will acquire a capability of autonomous work in design river engineerings works.

1. Legislation. The EU directives and Italian regulations for river engineering and basin reclamation: flood risk management and environmental impact mitigation.
2. Fluvial Morphology and fluvial forms: impact on river engineering
3. Deisgn discharge in river engineering works and residual flood risk management. The design freebord, Recall of flood frequency analysis: regional and local analysis, direct and indirect methods. Impact of climate and land cover change on flood risk. Distributed and lunped Hydrological models for surface runoff and flood routing. GIS application for retrieving river basin parameters
4. Flood risk definition. Flood Hazard in urbanized and rural environments, flood vulnerability and damages. recall of flood routing models, infrastructure impacts on backwater profiles, internal and external boundary conditions, the role of rigid and flexible vegetation on the roughness coefficient.
5. Mapping inundated areas, hydraulic and geomorphologic methods
6. Solid Transport in river stream. Source of fluvial sediment, model for river basin erosion assessment; soil slip and effect of soil hydrology and vegetation cover; solid transport processes: suspended and bed transport; the De Saint Venant Exner equations; river bed erosion and aggradations; sediment Initial motion condition: dynamic and cinematic approach; the Shields abacus application from laboratory to field case studies. Solid discharge estimates: models on initial motion excess discharge and velocity, probabilistic models. Design discharges for equilibrium river bed profile; measuring and monitoring solid transport for river maintenance, solid transport effects on hydraulics structures and works; river bed forms and their effects on stream head losses.
7. Debris flow: definition, formation and propagation, debris dam and debris retention basins
8. Hydraulic works in mountain creek for flood risk mitigation: talweg erosion and aggrading problems; assessing the talweg equilibrium profile, design of control drop structures, hydraulic shear stress analysis, hydraulic and structural design; banks defenses with rip rap and wall techniques; groins. Debris flow and woody debris check dam; hydraulic and structural design.
9. Hydraulic works in down valley river for flood risk mitigation. A) Increasing discharge maximum capacity for river reach; levees hydraulic and structural problems, analysis and design criteria, groins for river bank protection and low flow section stabilization, bank revetments using riprap and biotechnical techniques. B) flood peak discharge reduction using retention basins; in stream, off stream, and in series retention basins; hydraulic effects on the flood hydrograph and river streams; assessment of design parameters; efficiency of a retention basins; retention basin verification for flood hydrograph at maximum peak discharge and maximum volume; retention basin hydraulic structures accessories. C) Diversion and flood way channels; design parameters, hydraulic problems and solution;
10. Hydraulics works enviromental systems and maintenance. General design criteria, interaction between fluvial hydraulic works and river ecosystem.
11. Hydraulics works for saline wedge control in river estuaries. Saline wedge process analysis, general design criteria of mitigation works.
12. Non structural flood defenses for increasing territory resilience. The river monitoring and warning system; flood forecast system, false and missed alarms, the ahead warning time and the preventive protection actions; citizen preparedness and civil protection plans.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, senza presentazione/discussione finale
The exam is an oral exam the student will answer on the arguments disscussed during the lesson and the laboratory. Laboratory results made during the course will be discussed. The Laboratory results need to be edit in one report, that have to be delivered before the exam date.
The exam will verify the student capability in discussing the main concepts of flood risk management and the design criteria of river engineering works.
Evaluation of student is made also on the of the student discussion on fluvial process and their interaction with the designed structure.
The laboratory report have to be delivered at least one working week before the exam.

Chow V. T., Open channel hydraulic, Editore: McGrawn Hill, Anno edizione: 1959
Graf, W. H., Fluvial Hydraulics, Editore: Wiley, Anno edizione: 1998, ISBN: 0471977144
Note: In ENGLISH FOR CONSULTATION
Julien P., River Mechanics, Editore: Cambridge University Press, Anno edizione: 2002, ISBN: 0521562848
Note: in English
Przedwojski, ed al, River training techniques, Editore: Balkema, Anno edizione: 1995
Armanini, A, Principi di Idraulica Fluviale, Editore: Bios Cosenza, Anno edizione: 1999, ISBN: 8877402830
Note: In Italian
Becciu G. Paoletti A, Costruzioni Idrauliche, Editore: CEDAM, Anno edizione: 2012
Note: in Italian
Da Deppo, L., Sistemazione di Bacini Idrografici, Editore: Liberia Cortina, Anno edizione: 2006
Ferro V., La Sistemazione dei bacon Idrografici, Editore: McGraw Hill, Anno edizione: 2002
Maione ed al, la sistemazione dei cross d'acqua Montani, Editore: Bios, Anno edizione: 1998
Note: in Italian
Rosso R., Manuale di protezione idraulica del territorio., Editore: CUSL, Anno edizione: 2005, ISBN: 9788881321810

Aim of the course is to provide the elements to address the technical aspects of the management and treatment of municipal solid waste, as well as of some specific waste streams:
Knowledge of the properties and characteristics of waste
Knowledge of EU and Italian legislation on waste
Knowledge of the different options for waste collection
Setting up of integrated waste management schemes and plans
Design of treatment, recovery and disposal plants, such as sorting facilities (MRF), Mechanical-biological treatment plant (MBT), composting and anaerobic digestion plants, energy recovery facilities and landfills
Assessment and control of the environmental impacts of waste treatment plants
Management of selected non-municipal waste streams

Lectures will allow students to:

• know the characteristics of waste and understand a laboratory report (Dublin descriptor: 1)
• understand and apply the proper legislation on waste (Dublin descriptor: 1)
• define an integrated waste management plan (Dublin descriptor: 2)
• understand and control the environmental impacts of waste management and treatment (Dublin descriptor: 1 and 2)
• critically assess different options of waste management (Dublin descriptor: 3)
  The exercises and the projects will allow students to:
• quantitatively define the properties of waste streams (Dublin descriptor: 2)
• preliminarily design a waste treatment plant (Dublin descriptor: 2 and 3)
  The practical activities will allow students to:
• deepen the knowledge of specific waste streams (Dublin descriptor: 1 and 2)
• engage in practical quantitative evaluations related to waste (Dublin descriptor: 4)
• improve their ability to work in group (Dublin descriptor: 4 and 5)

Overall framework: waste production and management in Italy, the EU and in the world
Waste characteristics: waste composition analysis, proximate and elemental analysis, calorific value, biogenic content. Solid Recovered Fuels - SRF
Legislation applicable to waste (in Italy and in the EU)
Waste prevention and re-use: general concepts, decoupling, examples of waste prevention activities
Integrated waste management: general concepts, waste management plans, waste collection strategies and schemes
Material recycling: overall framework, focus on the sorting and recycling of paper, plastic, glass, aluminium
Mechanical-Biological Treatments (MBT): process concepts, mass and energy balances, impacts on the environment
Biological processes (composting, anaerobic digestion): process concepts, mass and energy balances, impacts on the environment
Thermal treatments through combustion in dedicated plants: process concepts, mass and energy balances, impacts on the environment, assessment of biogenic vs. fossil CO2 emissions
Alternative thermal treatments: gasification and pyrolysis; co-combustion in cement kilns and power plants
Landfill disposal: design and operation, leachate and biogas characteristics and management, legislation, aftercare
Assessment and management of selected waste streams: Waste Electric and Electronic Equipment (WEEE), Construction and Demolition waste, End of Live Vehicles, Li-ion batteries, Used Tyres
Introduction to the role of waste management in the circular economy framework
The course includes a series of exercises on the main topics of the teaching program.
A field visit to one or more waste treatment plants is part of the program, together with one or more seminars held by external professionals.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
During the semester
M2C students will have to carry out individually (or in couple) one project related to the preliminary design of a waste treatment plant. The project will be evaluated for its corectness, proper design choices, adequate technical language.
The other students will have to carry out a practical activity in small groups. It will be evaluated based on its comprehensiveness, also during its plenary presentation, which will include a peer-review session.
Both the project and the practical activities cannot be repeated during the year (one-shot)
At the calls
The same rules apply to all students: a written test with exercises and a theoretical question, followed by an oral exam on the whole program. (Rules might change in case of very crowded calls). Both written test and oral exam need to be sufficient (6/10) to achieve the final grade.
The final mark is based on the outcome of the written test, of the oral exam and of the projects or practical activity.

Thomas H. Christensen (Editor), Solid Waste Technology & Management, Volume 1 & 2, Editore: John Wiley & Sons, Anno edizione: 2011, ISBN: 9781405175173
Slides, lecture notes on the key topics. All has to be to be complemented by the students notes. Beep

The objectives are to learn the science and engineering of wastewater treatment technologies and become professionally prepared for the design and technical management of wastewater treatment plants (acronym hereafter as WWTP). Wastewater is the result of using the water supply for a variety of application and it contains pollutants and pathogens.
WWTP are infrastructures that, by removing pollutants and pathogens according to standards, protect the quality of water bodies and of human and ecosystems well-being.
At the same time, the need to be more efficient and sustainable, is pushing wastewater treatment engineering towards the recovery of resources (e.g. biofuels, water, nutrients, sand, carbon,....) while maintaining the primary objectives of safeguarding health.
WWTP are therefore fundamental infrastructures related not just to environment and health protection, but to the development of societies and economics.

Knowledge and understanding
The students will gain the theory and practice to design the treatment processes, represented by:

• composition of wastewater and discherge standards
• mathematical equations and models describing kinetics, stoichiometry and effectiveness of the chemical physical and biolpgica processes applied in WWTEs
• mass balances
• main technical characteristics of the individual process units
• criteria to identify and select the most suitable processes to apply
  Application of knowledge and understanding
  The students will have to apply the knowledge acquired to perform the engineering design of a WWTP.
  Autonomy of judgment
  The students will carry out autonomous choices and interpretations in the design of the WWTP, according to the standards and receovery goals to achieve

Main contentss are:
1. Wastewater characterization
2. Basis of design and standards
2. Mechanical and solid-liquid separation treatments
3. Fundamentals of biological treatments
4. Design of aerobic, anoxic and anaerobic biological processes (suspended, attached biomass, SBR and MBR) to remove bioCOD, nitrogen and phosporus
6. Aeration equipments and gas transfer processes
7. Physico-chemical processes and disinfection
8. Sludge characteristics and tretament processes
9. Energy balances, biofuels from sludge, energy parity
10. Material recovery (P, N, biopolymers)

• The course includes computer laboratory and design activities sessions and one or two technical visits
• The course includes one or two seminars held by professionals of the sector

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The grade is given by the weighted sum of the grades of the written/oral/facultative project parts.
The normalization factor ranges are provided below. The unique value adopted in this academic year will be communicated to studennts at the beginning of the course:
Written: 45-50%
Oral: 30 - 40%
Project: 10 - 25%
In all cases, each single grade depends on:

• degree of understanding and mastery of the knowledge achieved;
• correctness of methods applied and results aobtainedt;
• clarity and effectiveness of verbal and written comuncation, accompanied by the use of appropriate technical terms

Tchobanoglous, Burton, Stensel, Wastewater Engineering: Treatment and Reuse 4th Ed., Editore: McGraw Hill, ISBN: 978-0070418780

Il corso mira a fornire agli studenti la capacità di formulare e risolvere problemi complessi di pianificazione e gestione integrata e partecipata dei sistemi ambientali e delle risorse naturali in condizioni di cambiamento globale, con particolare attenzione al nesso acqua–energia–cibo e al coinvolgimento di molteplici portatori di interesse.
Il corso combina solide basi teoriche e metodologiche con lo sviluppo di progetti applicativi tratti da casi reali, con un duplice obiettivo:
approfondire le nozioni fondamentali di modellistica matematica e dei metodi di supporto alle decisioni e alle politiche per la pianificazione e la gestione dei sistemi ambientali;
consentire agli studenti di applicare in modo critico e coerente tali strumenti alla progettazione e realizzazione di soluzioni realistiche.

Il corso è erogato attraverso lezioni frontali su temi selezionati (DT = 45%), affiancate dallo sviluppo interattivo di progetti (DI = 15%). I laboratori informatici comprendono attività tradizionali di laboratorio (DL = 20%) e sviluppo di progetti (DP = 20%).
I risultati di apprendimento attesi delineano le competenze che gli studenti svilupperanno durante il corso, articolate in termini di conoscenze teoriche, capacità applicative, autonomia di giudizio e abilità comunicative. Precisamente:
Conoscenza e capacità di comprensione Gli studenti acquisiranno le conoscenze essenziali per formulare progetti di pianificazione e gestione dei sistemi ambientali in modo partecipato e inclusivo, considerando il contesto istituzionale, normativo e fisico. Svilupperanno competenze nell’uso di modelli matematici di base a supporto delle decisioni in contesti complessi, caratterizzati da interessi eterogenei e conflittuali.
Capacità di applicare conoscenza e comprensione Attraverso lo sviluppo di progetti basati su casi reali, gli studenti impareranno ad applicare strumenti e tecniche apprese a contesti concreti, traducendo le nozioni teoriche in pratica e affrontando le tipiche sfide di questo processo: scarsità e incertezza dei dati, complessità normativa e istituzionale, limiti e opportunità tecnologiche (ad esempio di tipo computazionale).
Autonomia di giudizio Gli studenti impareranno a distinguere le componenti razionali e oggettive dei processi decisionali in ambito ambientale da quelle soggettive e comportamentali legate alle preferenze degli attori coinvolti, sviluppando la capacità di gestire analiticamente le prime e criticamente le seconde, al fine di supportare efficacemente i processi negoziali.
Abilità comunicative Durante il corso, gli studenti saranno coinvolti in attività progettuali che prevedono la formulazione e la soluzione di problemi reali, nonché la presentazione orale e scritta dei risultati in modo chiaro ed efficace per i decisori.

Il corso è articolato in cinque parti tematiche:
Pianificazione e gestione integrata e partecipata
Introduzione ai sistemi ambientali e alle risorse naturali, con riferimento al nesso acqua–energia–cibo in un contesto di cambiamento globale.
Struttura di un processo di pianificazione integrata e partecipata: fasi, attori, strumenti e criticità.
Dai processi decisionali ai sistemi di supporto alle decisioni: ruolo della modellistica matematica, della ricerca operativa, del controllo ottimo e dell’ingegnere/analista.
Gli elementi di un problema decisionale
Modellizzazione delle decisioni, dei criteri di valutazione e delle preferenze dei portatori di interesse: dalla realtà alla formalizzazione matematica.
Modelli matematici dei processi ambientali: dalle reti causali ai modelli fisicamente basati. Come costruire un modello partecipato e funzionale al problema decisionale in termini di complessità e requisiti.
Modelli multi-componente e modelli integrati.
Decidere in condizioni di razionalità completa
Formulazione dei problemi di pianificazione e gestione e principali elementi di complessità (variabili decisionali, funzioni obiettivo, incertezza).
Introduzione agli algoritmi per risolvere problemi decisionali ambientali: selezione degli algoritmi più appropriati rispetto alla formulazione del problema e adattamento dei problemi agli algoritmi disponibili.
Trattamento dell’avversione al rischio dei decisori e dei portatori di interesse.
Decidere in condizioni di razionalità limitata
Scelta in presenza di obiettivi conflittuali: da una soluzione ottima a molteplici soluzioni efficienti.
Modelli decisionali multi-obiettivo per problemi ambientali: approcci a-priori e a-posteriori.
Tecniche di visualizzazione di spazi obiettivo multidimensionali.
Tecniche di negoziazione: interazione tra ingegnere/analista e decisori politici.
Pianificazione e gestione in condizioni non stazionarie e di cambiamento globale.
Sviluppo di progetti I progetti, variabili di anno in anno, si basano su casi di studio reali, tra cui:
Generazione idroelettrica nel Mar Morto (Israele–Palestina–Giordania).
Controllo della salinizzazione nella valle dell’Amu Darya (Asia Centrale).
Sviluppo del potenziale idroelettrico nel Mekong e rischi per le popolazioni e gli ecosistemi del delta (Sud-est asiatico).
Mitigazione degli impatti dell’espansione idroelettrica sull’agricoltura di recessione e sul pastoralismo nella valle dell’Omo (Etiopia e Kenya).
Gestione di sistemi fluviali transfrontalieri in condizioni di cambiamento climatico e socio-economico: il caso del fiume Zambesi.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
L’esame si compone di due prove: una prova scritta, in cui verrà risolto un caso di studio reale e verranno poste domande di teoria; una prova orale, in cui è richiesta la presentazione del caso di studio svolto in laboratorio e la risoluzione di esercizi in ambiente MATLAB.
La prova scritta ha un peso di 22 punti su 33, mentre la prova orale vale 11 punti su 33.
Per considerarsi superate, entrambe le prove devono riportare un punteggio superiore a 17.5.
La prova scritta ha una durata di tre ore.
Qualora la prova scritta sia superata, è possibile sostenere un’ulteriore prova orale su base volontaria. In tal caso, il voto finale sarà calcolato come media aritmetica tra la prova scritta e la prova orale.

R. Soncini-Sessa, A.Castelletti, and E.Weber, Integrated and participatory water resources management. Theory, Editore: Elsevier, Anno edizione: 2007

The aim of the course is to introduce the students to the topic of air pollution control, from either fundamental and technical point of view.
The course aims to give students the skills and the tools for the comprehension and the critical analysis of the industrial processes.

Lectures will allow students to:

• evaluate the need for treatment of industrial waste emission;
• know and critically discuss about catalytic processes related to emission control systems;
• expose and describe the various aspects of catalytic air pollution control with the appropriate technical language;
• proceed with the evaluation of the operating performance of the catalytic processes.

The course will address the following topics:
Air pollutants: sources, health hazard, environmental impact, regulations.
Fundamentals of catalytic materials for environmental applications.
Catalytic control of emissions from mobile sources:
Gasoline engine emissions control: Three-way converters (TWC) for stoichiometric spark ignition (SI) engines; catalytic technologies for lean-burn gasoline.
Diesel engine emissions control: Diesel oxidation catalysts (DOC), Selective catalytic reduction (SCR) of NOx with ammonia/urea; Ammonia slip catalysts; Lean NOx Traps (LNT); Diesel Particulate Filters (DPF).
Alternative fuels engine emissions control (e.g natural gas engines).
Cold-start emissions control: NOx Adsorbers, HC Traps.
New emerging technics
Catalytic Control of Emissions from stationary sources:
Abatement of volatile organic compounds (catalytic oxidation of VOC).
Removal of Nitrogen Oxides (selective catalytic reduction of NOx from power plants and chemical plants).
Catalytic abatement of N2O emissions.
New emerging technics
In addition to standard class lectures, the course will include laboratory insights on catalytic air pollution control devices and, possibly, seminars on specific topics.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Oral exam aimed at assessing:

• the knowledge and critical analysis of the main catalytic emission control systems.
• the ability to describe the use of industrial technology for air pollution control.

Ronald M. Heck, Robert J. Farrauto, Suresh T. Gulati, Catalytic Air Pollution Control: Commercial Technology, Third Edition, Editore: John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Anno edizione: 2009, ISBN: 9780470275030 DOI:10.1002/9781118397749

The Course is inspired by the following sentence: as chemistry led to the creation of most fundamental polymers for nowadays life and economy, chemistry will give key solutions to address the problem of polymers' environmental impact.
The Course will give to students fundamentals about: (i) the impact of polymers on the environment, over their whole life cycle (ii) the role of chemistry in giving solutions for such impact.
Subjects: Outline of polymer chemistry. The impact on the environment of main polymer families: plastics: vinyl polymers, polyesters, polyurethanes, elastomers. Definitions and main concepts of green, sustainable, circular chemistry and polymers. Green polymerization methods. Classes of sustainable polymers: traditional, new, future. Sustainable polymer composite materials, for applications: packaging, automotive, tires, coating.
Materials for Electrochemical devices for energy production: batteries, fuel cells and supercondensators. Solar Energy: solar radiation, materials for solar heating plant. Photovoltaic devices: inorganic and organic semiconductors, photo- electrochemistry. Materials for thermal insulating: synthesis and production; traditional materials, natural materials and meta-materials. Meso- e nano-porous materials: clays, zeolites, molecular sieve, carbon nanotubes, activated carbons. Properties, synthesis and industrial applications. Liquid and solid fuels: production and storage.

The course aims at guiding the learner on the theme of Circular Economy through a deliberate alternation of practical cases and application examples to a more theoretical view of the phenomenon. The core of the course is the design and evaluation of business models, either of established companies willing to embrace the new paradigm or of start-ups and new ventures born on a Circular Economy idea.
Particular attention will be paid to the pervasiveness of the paradigm, with examples and good practices relating to several business sectors.

Students will learn: (i) the core meaning of Circular Economy in business environment, being able to properly recognize and distinguishing circular business models from "green", "esg" or "sustainable" business models; (ii) the tools and frameworks to design and evaluate a circular business model, in different industries; (iii) the tools and frameworks to analyse the context and the ecosystem around a circular business model, with particular reference to the role of regulations and of digital technologies in enabling circularity.
Morevoer, students will be engaged in lively debates with entrepreneurs and managers in the field of Circular Economy, thus allowing also a deeper understanding of the enablers and barriers to the diffusion of the new paradigm.

The top 12 core topics of the course can be summarized as follows:
1. The Genesis of the Circular Economy concept, the main differences between Circular Economy and Linear Economy. Circular Economy and Sustainability
2. The basic frameworks for understanding Circular Economy: the butterfly model and the RESOLVE model
3. The CE Matrix (Upstream-Downstream-Full Circular) and the classification of Circular Economy business models.
4. Cases of adoption of Circular Economy in established companies and in start-ups
5. The “Circular” Business Model Canvas: designing a successful transition towards Circular Economy
6. Circular Business Models and Circular Supply Chain: Connecting Eco-Systems for Circular Economy
7. Measuring Circular Economy: methods and tools for assessing circularity
8. The enabling role of IT & IoT in the transition towards Circular Economy
9. The "platform" business models in the Circular Economy
10. Financing Circular Economy
11. The role of Policies in Circular Economy
12. Circular Cities: adopting a broader perspective for the diffusion of the Circular Economy paradigm
The course is intented to be based on lively discussions and participated classes. In-course team works will be required.
Teaching material consists in slides (ppt format) and case studies. Further references to complementary material (books, articles extracted from scientific journals, reports by research centers, other readings) will be provided during the classes.
Additional materials can be found at the Ellen Macarthur Foundation Learning Hub ( https://www.ellenmacarthurfoundation.org/explore )

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, senza presentazione/discussione finale
The course will be assessed with: (i) a written exam with open-ended questions and case-based questions, covering all the topics of the course; (ii) an oral exam, evaluating the understanding of the concepts and the ability to sustain a business discussion on Circular Economy.
The written exam will count for 50% of the total grade. It will be assessed on a scale up to 30/30. In order to be ammitted to the oral exam, students will have to pass the written exam with a minimum grade of 18/30.
The oral exam will count for 50% of the total grade. It will be assessed on a scale up to 30/30. It has to be sustained in the same call of the written exam. Students who fail the oral exam (grade below 18/30) or refuse the grade will have to retake the entire exam.
Cum Laude grade is assigned to those students who show a brilliant and well above average ability to sustain a discussion on the core topics of Circular Economy.

Davide Chiaroni, L'Impresa Circolare, Editore: EGEA, Anno edizione: 2022, ISBN: 978-88-238-3763-8

This course aims at achieving the following learning goals:

• LG1: Understand sustainability related context, functions, processes in a business and industrial environment and the impact of those factors on business performance
• LG2: Identify future trends, technologies and key methodologies in the domain of sustainable innovation

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

• LO1.1: Understand the relevance of sustainable innovation for the long-term success of a firm
• LO1.2: Understand the importance to work in a collaborative way with the involvement of a set of key stakeholders to effectivelly implement a sustainable oriented innovation
• LO2.1: Identify the role played by technologies and new approaches for the implementation of a sustainable oriented innovation

The first module aims at presenting the role of collaborative innovation to achieve sustainable impact. This module will cover the following topics:
Understand the need for sustainability-oriented innovation.
Understand the what sustainability-oriented innovoation is.
Understand the need for collaboration to achieve sustainability-oriented innovations.
The second module focuses on sustainable business models and on innovation promotion and impact. This module will cover the following topics
Sustainable business model innovation
Sustainable behaivior and innovation adoption
Assessing the sustainable impact.
The third module aims to apply the concepts of the first two modules to the main sustainable innovation models, including:
Base of Pyramid innovation.
Circular economy and industrial symbiosis.
Certification
Shared models
A project work is integral part of the course. The objective of projects is to help students in applying the approaches and principles we teach in class.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
In this course, two assessment methods will be considered:

• group work assignment: in the group work assignment, students will be asked to exploit the value of collaborations for sustainability for a specific company. The group work will be delivered at the end of the course by means of a report and a final presentation. During the course, there are no intermediate deliveries, but there are moments dedicated to feedback integrated in the course schedule.
• individual exam: in the individual exam, the students will be requested to demonstrate their understanding of the phenomenon of innovation for sustainability.

Rüdiger Hahn, Sustainability Management - Concepts, Instruments, and Stakeholders from a Global Perspective, Editore: Pearson, Anno edizione: 2025, ISBN: 9781292482576
Lüdeke-Freund, F., Breuer, H., & Massa, L., Sustainable Business Model Design - 45 Patterns., Anno edizione: 2022, ISBN: 978-3-9824003-3
Note: https://www.sustainablebusiness.design/

The course introduces the basic data quality concepts, models, and techniques. It aims to provide the tools to assess and improve the quality of data used in different applications and contexts to avoid errors and inefficiencies. It especially focuses on the role of data quality as a fundamental preprocessing activity for cleaning and preparing data to be analyzed with different analytics applications (e.g., descriptive, predictive analysis).
The goal of the course is to enable students to select and use the methods that are necessary to manage poor data quality in the data analysis pipeline to obtain valuable and reliable results.

Dublin descriptors
Expected learning outcomes
1. Knowledge and understanding
The students will learn:
The main concepts related to data quality and data preparation
To Identify the data quality issues in a data source
To design a data preparation pipeline
2. Applying knowledge and understanding
At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
Profile a dataset by gathering its main characteristics and issues
Evaluate the quality level of the dataset
Design a data preparation pipeline to solve data quality issues
Understand the most suitable data preparation actions on the basis of the analysis to perform

Poor data quality is related to data errors, inconsistencies or delays that often negatively affect the output of the processes (from business processes to pure computational process). Such issue is perceived as important in Data Analytics field since an adequate quality level of the input data increases the reliability and value of the obtained results. The course will introduce the techniques and procedures to assess and improve data quality considering different data sources (e.g., traditional databases, data streams, unstructured data sources).
This course includes the following topics:
Basic elements of Data Quality: description of the main dimensions and related metrics in different data sources
Data profiling techniques: methods and tools for analyzing the data source, such as collecting descriptive statistics, identifying data types and recurring patterns, counting null and distinct values, and detecting functional dependencies.
Data quality assessment techniques: description of objective assessment methods and design of data quality controls.
Data Quality improvement techniques: methods and tools for data cleaning (standardization, detection, and imputing of missing values, error localization and correction, outliers detection, duplicate detection) and process-based improvement.
Data Quality issues in data fusion activities: techniques for duplicate detections (probabilistic and empirical techniques) and conflict resolution
Data Quality assessment in the uncertainty analysis; evaluation of the variability of the analytics results due to the poor quality of the input data,
Data Governance and data quality: description of the way in which organizations should assign people roles and responsibilities, define the processes and the technologies for managing data and especially, data quality aspects.
In the course seminars, some of the described techniques will be implemented by using Python.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, senza presentazione/discussione finale
Written exam: Theoretical questions on the course topics
Mandatory project in Python aimed to apply all the concepts presented in the course to a real-world dataset.
Dublin descriptors 1,2,3,5

Carlo Batini, Monica Scannapieco, Data and Information Quality - Dimensions, Principles and Techniques. Data-Centric Systems and Applications, Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2016, ISBN: 978-3-319-24104-3
Arkady Maydanchik, Data Quality Assessment, Editore: Technics Publications, Anno edizione: 2012
Ihab F. Ilyas, Xu Chu, Data Cleaning, Editore: Association for Computing Machinery, New York, NY, United States, Anno edizione: 2019, ISBN: 978-1-4503-7152-0
Ziawasch Abedjan, Lukasz Golab, Felix Naumann, Thorsten Papenbrock, Data Profiling, Editore: Morgan & Claypool, Anno edizione: 2018, ISBN: 978-1681734460
Craig Fisher, Eitel Lauria, Shobha Chengalur-Smith, Introduction to Information Quality, Editore: MIT Press, Anno edizione: 2012

The course fits into the overall program curriculum pursuing some of the defined general learning goals. In particular, the course contributes to the development of the following capabilities:
Understand context, functions, processes in a circular business and industrial environment and the impact of those factors on business and technical performance measures.
Design solutions applying a scientific and engineering approach (Analysis, Learning, Reasoning, and Modeling capability deriving from a solid and rigorous multidisciplinary background) to face problems and opportunities in a circular business case, focusing on demanufacturing and remanufacturing processes for recoverying and reuse functions and materials from high-value, post-use products in multiple sectors.
Develop new ideas and solutions in circular business cases, grounding on the knowledge of the available technological solutions supporting demanufacturing and remanufacturing and evolving in line with the general technological, business and regulatory framework.

Understand: The students will learn the key definitions of circular economy business cases, the underlying motivations, and the boundary conditions affecting the successful industrial transition to this sustainable production-consumption model. Moreover, they will learn the key role of advanced de-and remanufacturing systems in view of the development and implementation of circular economy business models at industrial scale. Several real-life examples will be discussed in order to support the in-depth understanding of business practices.
Design: The students will learn scientific and engineering methods in support of an efficient design and management of advanced demanufacturing and remanufacturing systems.
Develop: The students will learn the most relevant circular economy problems of the future and will be challenged with the analysis of future technology and business innovations to support these emerging needs.

The economical and environmentally sustainable treatment of end-of-life products and industrial waste by de-manufacturing processes is the core topic of this course. De-manufacturing includes the set of technologies, tools and knowledge-based methods to remanufacture and re-use functions and to recover materials from industrial waste and post-consumer high-tech products, under a circular economy perspective. This course provides competences related to mechanical de-manufacturing processes and systems, with the objective to design and operate these technologies in environmental and economical sustainable way, in different industrial settings.
The course will be structured to cover the following topics:

• De-manufacturing paradigm: definition of de-manufacturing systems and examples of industrial applications; De-manufacturing performance measures; Integrated process and system view of the problem; recent trends in de-manufacturing system and the role of the Digital Product Passport.
• De-manufacturing technologies: description of mechanical de-manufacturing processes, including disassembly, re-manufacturing and recycling technologies; mechanical size-reduction and separation processes; the role of hybrid data-driven and physics-based models in the design and operation of de-manufacturing and remanufacturing processes; advanced de-manufacturing technologies based on automated and semi-automated systems.
• De-manufacturing systems: features of de-manufacturing systems; material mixtures and granular flow models; multi-stage de-manufacturing systems modeling; performance evaluation and design of de-manufacturing systems; flexibility in de-manufacturing systems.
  The students will carry out laboratory activities to develop hands-on knowledge on specific processes and process-chains.
  Detailed Lectures Plan (32h)
  Introduction (6h)
  De-manufacturing paradigm: definitions and context.
  Integrated view of disassembly, remanufacturing, recycling, and recovery.
  Overview of de-manufacturing processes and systems.
  Examples:
  Remanufacturing of mechatronic components in the automotive industry: Electronic Control Units (ECUs), starters, alternators, engines.
  Recycling systems for End of Life Vehicles (ELVs): workflow and ASR (Automotive Shredding Residue) problem.
  Recycling systems for WEEE: focus on Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs).
  Recovery of key-metals from Lamps, hard drives, and PCBs.
  Performance Measures: grade/recovery trade-off.
  Integrated process and system view of the problem.
  De-manufacturing processes and technologies (13h)
  Mechanical disassembly and remanufacturing processes. Disassembly graphs and disassembly planning.
  Mechanical recycling processes: size-reduction and separation.
  Mechanical size-reduction processes:
  Overview of the cutting mechanisms and shredding machines;
  Population Based Models for size reduction processes;
  Experimental analysis;
  Application and analysis of the results.
  Mechanical Separation processes:
  Separation principles, physics and mechanisms;
  Overview of technologies: eddy current separation, electrostatic separation, magnetic separation, floatation, sieving, jigging, separation by air, optical sorting technologies (NIR, VIS, SWIR). Comparison of technologies and criteria for the selection of the most suitable process/technology.
  Modeling and simulation of separation processes;
  Analysis of the output and use of the models for process parameters optimization.
  Thermal and chemical processes: characteristics and requirements on the upstream processes (hints).
  De-manufacturing systems (13h):
  De-manufacturing systems architectures and material transportation technologies.
  Modeling material mixtures and granular flows.
  Performance Evaluation of de-manufacturing systems:
  Mass Balance Equations;
  Analytical modeling of de-manufacturing systems dynamics.
  Design of de-manufacturing systems;
  Flexibility and modularity in de-manufacturing systems.
  Detailed Classworks and Labs Plan (21h)
  De-manufacturing process planning (4h):
  Exercise: given a set of electronic and mechatronic products, the student will analyze their structure, their materials, their joints and will decide upon the best possible de-manufacturing process sequence, also through practical sessions.
  Exercises: calculation of performance measures.
  De-manufacturing processes and technologies (9h):
  Exercises: disassembly processes optimization.
  Exercises: disassembly line balancing (both deterministic and stochastic).
  Exercises: use of the size reduction simulation model for process parameters’ selection.
  Visit to the CIRC-eV lab.
  De-manufacturing systems (8h):
  Exercises: analytical modeling of de-manufacturing system.
  Exercise: use of the separation models for the analysis of the recovery and grade in different operating conditions.
  Exercises: reconfiguration of recycling systems; impact of different flow control logics.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The course is based on lectures, integrated with exercise sessions, also using laptops, as well as laboratory sessions with hands-on and experimental activities at lab scale. Moreover, optional industrial visits will be organized. The exam includes a written part, focused on exercises, and an oral part, with questions dealing with the whole program. To access the oral part, the written part has to be approved with a sufficient mark. Both parts have to be approved during the same exam session. Optional seminars and small projects will also be offered to deeply analyze specific topics of the course in small teams along with the course development. The results of these optional project works have to be presented before the end of the semester. The quality of this integrative work will be reflected in the final mark.

L'interazione tra l'uomo e i sistemi ambientali solleva conflitti originati dall'opposizione di prospettive contrastanti. La ricerca di un percorso verso la sostenibilità (concetto complesso e sfaccettato, riassunto dalle Nazioni Unite nei 17 Sustainable Development Goals dell'Agenda 2030) richiede un approccio fortemente interdisciplinare in grado di integrare le diverse dimensioni (economica, sociale, ambientale) del problema. L'approccio non deve celare i conflitti di interesse, ma piuttosto consentire un confronto trasparente tra punti di vista differenti. In quest'ottica, l'insegnamento si propone, da una parte, di fornire allo studente una panoramica delle grandi problematiche ambientali su scala globale, con particolare riguardo agli effetti delle attività umane sui sistemi ecologici. Dall'altra, l'insegnamento affronterà il tema della valutazione ambientale su scala locale, fornendo le conoscenze di base per la valutazione dell'impatto dei progetti e della pianificazione territoriale sulle diverse matrici ambientali e sul sistema socioeconomico. Si analizzeranno infine criticamente i principali strumenti di supporto alle decisioni in contesti caratterizzati dalla presenza di obiettivi multipli.

DdD1 (conoscenza e comprensione)
Lo studente

• conosce le principali problematiche ambientali su scala globale e comprende i principali meccanismi di impatto delle attività umane sulla struttura e il funzionamento dei sistemi ecologici
• conosce i principali metodi multicriteriali, comprendendo le ipotesi di fondo, i vantaggi e i limiti dei diversi metodi e le condizioni necessarie per la loro applicabilità
• conosce i principali approcci alla sostenibilità nelle sue differenti dimensioni (ambientale, sociale, economica)
  DdD2 (capacità di applicare conoscenza e comprensione)
  Lo studente
• è capace di analizzare criticamente un problema ambientale, identificando i principali portatori di interesse e i loro obiettivi, e individuando i potenziali conflitti
• sa identificare gli indicatori più appropriati per caratterizzare lo stato attuale dell'ambiente e le sue variazioni previste, nonché per quantificare il livello di perseguimento degli obiettivi di sostenibilità
• sa rappresentare in modo formale un problema decisionale a molti obiettivi, valutando l'approccio tecnico più adeguato per la ricerca del miglior compromesso
  DdD3 (autonomia di giudizio), DdD4 (abilità comunicative)
  Lo studente
• sa leggere e comprendere la struttura e i contenuti principali di uno studio di impatto ambientale, identificandone i principali punti di forza e di debolezza, nonché approfondire in modo autonomo gli aspetti di contesto politico e socioeconomico, imparando a integrare fonti di informazione complementari
• è in grado di comunicare in modo efficace i risultati del suo lavoro, trovando il giusto equilibrio tra analisi e sintesi, utilizzando forme di comunicazione appropriate per interagire con professionisti di discipline differenti e con un pubblico generico

Introduzione: Sviluppo, ambiente e conflitti sociali. Esempi di problematiche e ricerca di soluzioni condivise.
L'ecologia nell'Antropocene: Biomi naturali e biomi antropogenici. Novel ecosystems, disturbo antropico e dinamica degli ecosistemi.
Strumenti per il processo decisionale pubblico: Analisi Costi-Benefici. Teoria del valore. Metodi di valutazione monetaria. Analisi Costi-Efficacia. Analisi a Molti Obiettivi. Criterio di efficienza di Pareto. Scelta delle alternative. Valutazione di Impatto Ambientale.
Valutazione di impatto ambientale (VIA) e Valutazione ambientale strategica (VAS): Storia e quadro normativo. Aspetti metodologici. Iter procedurale. Strumenti per l'analisi e la stima degli impatti.
Metodi di supporto alle decisioni: Schema processuale. Classificazione dei metodi decisionali. Analisi a molti attributi. Analisi gerarchica. Metodi Electre.
Sviluppo e sostenibilità: Concetti di sostenibilità. Limiti dello sviluppo. Il rapporto Brundtland. Sostenibilità debole e sostenibilità forte. Approccio economico alla sostenibilità. Servizi ecosistemici e loro valutazione monetaria. Limiti dell'approccio monetario. Indicatori di sostenibilità ambientale: impronta ecologica, planetary boundaries. Integrazione delle dimensioni ambientale e sociale: l'economia della ciambella.
Ecologia industriale: Flussi di materia nei sistemi produttivi: l'analisi dei flussi materiali. Il ciclo di vita dei prodotti: Life cycle thinking e Life cycle assessment (LCA). Fasi di un'analisi LCA. Indicatori di impatto. Approccio LCA alla valutazione di piani e programmi
Ecologia del paesaggio: Elementi strutturali del paesaggio: patch, corridoi, matrici. Connettività e frammentazione del paesaggio. Reti ecologiche. Landscape metrics.
Ecologia urbana: Effetti dell'urbanizzazione sull'ambiente fisico. Risposte biotiche all'urbanizzazione. Urbanizzazione e biodiversità.
Nell'ambito del corso verranno svolte attività laboratoriali sui temi dei conflitti e della negoziazione nei processi di progettazione e sull'utilizzo di strumenti informatici per la quantificazione dei servizi ecosistemici. Verranno inoltre proposte uscite didattiche finalizzate ad approfondire i legami tra gestione del verde urbano, biodiversità e servizi ecosistemici.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
L'esame è costituito da una parte individuale e da una di gruppo.
I lavori di gruppo (valutati per un massimo complessivo di 8/30) consistono nell'analisi di casi di studio e nella loro presentazione alla classe. La valutazione tiene conto della capacità di analisi (livello di approfondimento della trattazione), della capacità di sintesi (livello di completezza della trattazione), dell’efficacia comunicativa (compresi gli aspetti grafici e estetici), del rispetto dei tempi assegnati, della qualità dell’interazione tra gruppi.
La parte individuale (valutata per un massimo di 22/30) consiste in un esame scritto che comprende domande multiple, domande aperte e esercizi su tutti gli argomenti affrontati a lezione. La valutazione tiene conto della capacità di esporre i concetti in modo chiaro, conciso e tecnicamente appropriato, di interpretare dati socio-economico-ambientali alla luce dei concetti discussi nel corso, di applicare le conoscenze acquisite alla soluzione di semplici problemi quantitativi e di argomentare in modo completo e convincente i possibili approcci per la soluzione di problemi articolati e complessi.
Il voto finale integra inoltre eventuali punti (o frazioni di punto) aggiuntivi accumulabili attraverso la partecipazione a quiz, la stesura di report sulle attività laboratoriali svolte durante il corso, la condivisione di appunti.

Presentazioni delle lezioni e materiale supplementare https://webeep.polimi.it
Note: Le presentazioni utilizzate in aula saranno condivise dopo ogni lezione sulla piattaforma Webeep. Nello spazio Webeep dell'insegnamento sarà reso disponibile materiale didattico supplementare (articoli scientifici e rapporti tecnici) ad integrazione delle presentazioni.

Il corso affronta le principali questioni teoriche relative all'innovazione socio-tecnica (quali i concetti di base dell'innovazione tecnologica, le dinamiche di diffusione delle innovazioni, i limiti del determinismo tecnologico, l'agency degli oggetti tecnologici, la flessibilità interpretativa della tecnologia, genere e tecnologia) e analizza esempi rilevanti di tecnologie d'avanguardia che hanno un impatto sulla società e sulla vita umana, come l'Internet delle cose, la fabbricazione digitale, la realtà aumentata e l'intelligenza artificiale. Anziché focalizzarsi sul loro funzionamento, le prestazioni e i problemi tecnici, il corso affronterà le questioni etiche che esse sollevano e gli impatti sociali che producono.

The main objective of the course is to study the climate change challenge using quantitative, numerical tools. Specifically, the aim is to learn the basic elements of the global energy and climate problems, evaluate the solutions with a focus on the energy sector, and use optimization and simulation models to evaluate the emission reduction and adaptation strategies.
To do so, a discussion of the fundamentals of the global economy, energy, land and climate systems will be complemented by development and applications of mathematical models integrating these key components. The course will also involve programming languages used in energy-climate planning, such as AMPL and python, among others.
The course uses innovative teaching methods, in particular, it is a flipped classroom course: students will form groups of 4-5 and work on projects to improve one or more numerical models to deal with climate change solutions, either on mitigation or adaptation.
Students based in Leonardo (e.g., Mathematical Engineers) may attend part of the course virtually.

At the end of course, students will be able to:

• Explain the foundations of climate science / climate change and how climate change affects energy and economic systems
• Describe the main historical landmarks of climate- energy policy (IPCC)
• Explain the link between climate change and energy systems
• Discuss advantages and limitations of the different mitigation and adaptation strategies
• Describe the different components of an energy system
• Distinguish between major modeling paradigms (IAMs, bottom-up and top-down energy models, etc.) and choose the appropriate type of model for a given question
• Answer specific questions using optimization models and critically interpret / analyse results
• Translate a real-world problem into an optimization formulation
• Write a mathematical model in a specific programming language
• Identify the main sources of uncertainty and calculate their impact on model outcomes
• Present a project in class, and thus create a presentation and be able to communicate it properly

The specific list of topics is as follows
Topic 1: Introduction to the climate change challenge: physics and causes of climate change, consequences and impacts.
Topic 2: Global energy and climate policies and agreements
Topic 3: The role of technology in climate change mitigation
Topic 4: Fundamentals of continuous and discrete optimization
Topic 5: Mathematical modeling and optimization using AMPL
Topic 6: Fundamentals of climate economics
Topic 7: Introducing the tools of Integrated Assessment Models
Topic 8: The simplest integrated energy-economy-climate model: the DICE model
Topic 9: Introduction to energy systems
Topic 10: Energy models: EnergyScope and PyPSA
Topic 11: Climate risks, adaptation and climate engineering
Topic 12: Accounting for risks and uncertainty: sensitivity and uncertainty analysis methods, stochastic and robust optimization

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Final grade will be based on two main components. A group project which involves model development and presentation during the course lectures. An additional written exam which will be done during the standard exams timeline.
1) Model development and group presentation (2/3): This will be done in class during the course, and we will evaluate both the modeling work as well as the communication skills. In particular, the teacher will assess the relevance of the chosen project, the validity of the software development (also looking at the code) as well as the presentation and oral skills.
2) Written exam (1/3): This will test knowledge of programming and of the theoretical concepts. The theoretical questions will cover the topics examined in class.

Global Energy Assessment - Toward a Sustainable Future, Editore: Cambridge University Press, Anno edizione: 2012 http://www.globalenergyassessment.org/
IPCC 6th assessment report, Anno edizione: 2023 https://www.ipcc.ch/assessment-report/ar6/
DICE 2013 http://www.econ.yale.edu/~nordhaus/homepage/documents/DICE_Manual_100413r1.pdf
The AMPL Book https://ampl.com/resources/books/ampl-book/

The main objective of the course is to study the climate change challenge using quantitative, numerical tools. Specifically, the aim is to learn the basic elements of the global energy and climate problems, evaluate the solutions with a focus on the energy sector, and use optimization and simulation models to evaluate the emission reduction and adaptation strategies.
To do so, a discussion of the fundamentals of the global economy, energy, land and climate systems will be complemented by development and applications of mathematical models integrating these key components. The course will also involve programming languages used in energy-climate planning, such as AMPL and python, among others.
The course uses innovative teaching methods, in particular, it is a flipped classroom course: students will form groups of 4-5 and work on projects to improve one or more numerical models to deal with climate change solutions, either on mitigation or adaptation.
Students based in Leonardo (e.g., Mathematical Engineers) may attend part of the course virtually.

At the end of course, students will be able to:

• Explain the foundations of climate science / climate change and how climate change affects energy and economic systems
• Describe the main historical landmarks of climate- energy policy (IPCC)
• Explain the link between climate change and energy systems
• Discuss advantages and limitations of the different mitigation and adaptation strategies
• Describe the different components of an energy system
• Distinguish between major modeling paradigms (IAMs, bottom-up and top-down energy models, etc.) and choose the appropriate type of model for a given question
• Answer specific questions using optimization models and critically interpret / analyse results
• Translate a real-world problem into an optimization formulation
• Write a mathematical model in a specific programming language
• Identify the main sources of uncertainty and calculate their impact on model outcomes
• Present a project in class, and thus create a presentation and be able to communicate it properly

The specific list of topics is as follows
Topic 1: Introduction to the climate change challenge: physics and causes of climate change, consequences and impacts.
Topic 2: Global energy and climate policies and agreements
Topic 3: The role of technology in climate change mitigation
Topic 4: Fundamentals of continuous and discrete optimization
Topic 5: Mathematical modeling and optimization using AMPL
Topic 6: Fundamentals of climate economics
Topic 7: Introducing the tools of Integrated Assessment Models
Topic 8: The simplest integrated energy-economy-climate model: the DICE model
Topic 9: Introduction to energy systems
Topic 10: Energy models: EnergyScope and PyPSA
Topic 11: Climate risks, adaptation and climate engineering
Topic 12: Accounting for risks and uncertainty: sensitivity and uncertainty analysis methods, stochastic and robust optimization

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Final grade will be based on two main components. A group project which involves model development and presentation during the course lectures. An additional written exam which will be done during the standard exams timeline.
1) Model development and group presentation (2/3): This will be done in class during the course, and we will evaluate both the modeling work as well as the communication skills. In particular, the teacher will assess the relevance of the chosen project, the validity of the software development (also looking at the code) as well as the presentation and oral skills.
2) Written exam (1/3): This will test knowledge of programming and of the theoretical concepts. The theoretical questions will cover the topics examined in class.

Global Energy Assessment - Toward a Sustainable Future, Editore: Cambridge University Press, Anno edizione: 2012 http://www.globalenergyassessment.org/
IPCC 6th assessment report, Anno edizione: 2023 https://www.ipcc.ch/assessment-report/ar6/
DICE 2013 http://www.econ.yale.edu/~nordhaus/homepage/documents/DICE_Manual_100413r1.pdf
The AMPL Book https://ampl.com/resources/books/ampl-book/

The goal of this course is to provide the students with the methodology and the tools to understand and analyze the different alternatives for energy supply in the transport sector, with a focus on their pathways and related emissions from the primary energy source to the final utilization in the vehicle drivetrain. To enable the energy transition in the transport sector, it is mandatory a fair comparison of consumption and emissions related with production, transportation and final use of conventional and advanced fuels (e.g., biofuels, eFuels), as well as of other energy carriers (such as electricity and hydrogen). At the end of the course, the student will be familiar with Well-to-Wheel and LCA methodologies, as well as with the energy conversion technologies in the electricity, hydrogen and advanced fuels supply chains. A specific focus is also dedicated to stationary and on-board energy storage systems (i.e., batteries and hydrogen-based technologies) and to their integration with renewable energy sources. Technical, economic and environmental aspects will be integrated, in order to provide a complete overview of the discussed solutions and to allow the student to properly plan and manage the energy flows required by a complex mobility system. The course is completed with an overview of the current energy scenario and the foreseen evolution in the transportation sector, including the regulation aspects for sustainability and emissions control in terrestrial, maritime and aviation sectors.

Knowledge and understanding
The student is expected to know and understand the basic processes for fuels and energy carriers production, with a particular focus on the ones employed in the transportation system. The knowledge of the energy conversion steps, of their energy efficiency, of the related emissions, and of their technical limits will be acquired, considering the energy carrier production, storage, distribution, and utilization. A basic knowledge of the regulation framework and the policies active for sustainability and emissions control in the transport sector is also part of the stock of knowledge.
Applying knowledge and understanding
The student has to be able to apply the abovementioned concepts:
to estimate the energetic and environmental performances of an energy carrier production and transportation pathway, combined with the final use in a specific vehicle drivetrain.
to evidence the links between energetic and environmental performances of the conversion systems in the transport sector, as well as the differences between distinct kinds of emissions.
to make preliminary sizing and cost estimates of different components and/or complete energy supply chains for transport applications.
Judgement and communication skills
The capacity of discussing the main advantages and drawbacks of the energy solutions for transportation is an expected result, as well as the capacity of judging and comparing different innovative solutions proposed or already present on the market. The student has to be able to present the influence of such technologies on the energy scenarios and on the transportation system.

Introduction: Impact of the transport sector in the energy system: energy and environmental issues. Global concepts on combustion and energy conversion systems. Primary energy/energy carriers. Greenhouse gases. Energy costing methodologies.
Energy supply chains evaluation: “Well-to-Wheels” methodology. Life Cycle Assessment. Externalities and theory of environmental regulation.
Emissions from internal combustion engines: main pollutants from combustion processes, fundamental thermodynamic aspects, formation mechanisms of main pollutants (NOx, particulate, unburned hydrocarbons), pollutants abatement by primary and secondary methods for conventional vehicles.
Hybrid and electric propulsion: Introduction to hybrid and electric vehicle power train configurations. Stationary and on-board electric energy storage: principles, technical characteristics and performance of different types of batteries; state-of-the-art and future technologies. Technologies for centralized and local electricity production: technical, economic and environmental aspects; introduction to electricity costing mechanisms (open markets, PPA, energy communities).
Hydrogen-based solutions: Electrolysis and fuel cells: basic principles with particular reference to PEMs. Technologies for hydrogen storage in gaseous and liquid state, metal hydrides. Basics on the production of hydrogen from renewables and fossil fuels. Compression and liquefaction processes. Hydrogen supply chain and classification. Hydrogen vehicles.
Alternative (non-fossil) fuels: Conventional fuels: production and characteristics. Biofuels and synthetic fuels: production of bio-diesel, bio-ethanol, DME, bio-methane. SNG and eFuels. Overview of economics and other impacts.
Regulation and scenarios: Regulations about fuels and emissions for road transport, maritime and aviation. EURO standard: driving cycles and evaluation of real emissions. ETS, RED and evolution of the European normative (Fit for 55). Expected evolution of the transport energy sector and sector coupling.
Project work: energetic, environmental, and economic analysis of one selected case study, involving the energy supply chain for a specific transport application (e.g., refueling station, public transport depot, harbors, …).

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The course is structured including both theoretical and practical front lessons. The student is expected to apply the theoretical concepts in the practical sessions during the course, as a support for the final examination and the project work development.
The evaluation process comprises two steps:

• a written evaluation including numerical exercises, open-ended and multiple-choice questions on the topics presented during the course. The objective of numerical exercises is to check the capacity to perform simplified sizing, techno-economic evaluation and comparison of the technologies presented. The knowledge of tools and methodologies for efficiency, emissions and costs estimates is required. Open-ended and multiple-choice questions will test the knowledge of the energy scenario, regulation framework and energy processes. The capability of judging and compare pros and cons of different options for energy supply is also required.
• the submission of a brief report and the oral discussion of a project work. The project will focus on a case study related with a specific transport application defined in cooperation with the students and with the supporting companies, when available. The work will be performed by groups of 3-5 people during the semester with the support of the lecturers. In the project, technical, environmental and economic aspects should be addressed, applying the methodologies presented during the course to the specific case study. The students must be able to discuss the calculations performed, the main assumptions and their influence on the results. The objective is to verify the capacity of the student to perform detailed evaluations on real-world applications.
  An optional oral evaluation on theoretical and numerical topics can be considered, only if required to clarify particular situations.

Carlo Villante, Sonia Dell'Aversano, Stefano Ranieri, Transition to Sustainable Energy Technologies - Pathways, Sources, Mobility, Editore: CRC Press, Anno edizione: 2025, ISBN: 9781003631125 https://doi.org/10.1201/9781003631125

The interest of the international community in the multiple interconnections among energy, environment, and society is fully recognised, as is the close link between energy and development. The 2030 Agenda and the 17 Sustainable Development Goals confirm that the world is increasingly interconnected and that social challenges are becoming more and more complex and unpredictable. With regard to energy, Goal 7 identifies energy availability as a necessary precondition for human and social development, as well as a key enabler in the fight against poverty, in line with the broad concept of “development as freedom” defined by Amartya Sen. Nevertheless, access to sufficient, affordable, efficient, reliable, safe, and clean energy is not yet available to everyone. In developing countries, the problem is critical, but increasing challenges have also emerged in emerging countries and, more recently, even in developed countries. Innovative solutions and strategies to match economic growth with the multidimensional targets of sustainability, including environmental preservation and social inclusion, need to be developed. The many geopolitical tensions of recent years have hampered efforts to address the complexity of the energy challenge, putting the concept of justice in the energy transition under threat, particularly with reference to vulnerable groups and regions.
By widening the multidisciplinary vision of students and by evaluating the many implications that sustainable energy may have on development at the global and local levels, the course aims to provide a general overview of the various aspects of cooperation and development, analysed from a project-oriented perspective, with the goal of designing solutions that meet local needs and developing policy recommendations stemming from the engineering planning process. To achieve these multifaceted goals, after recalling the main models of cooperation and development, science diplomacy will also be introduced, with a particular focus on how evidence-based policymaking can be informed.
Project Cycle Management (PCM) will then be introduced as a tool for the appropriate design of cooperation actions, particularly with regard to the logic of cause-and-effect relationships. Given that the energy sector represents the main field of application, after detailing the multidimensional nexus between Energy and Development, a planning methodology to guide engineering design towards meeting local needs and making the best use of local resources will be introduced. The peer-reviewed methodology, Comprehensive Energy Solution Planning (CESP), addresses this challenge by combining a cyclic approach consisting of: (i) a set of traditional engineering-oriented phases (the current standard for energy solution planning), and (ii) complementary social science-based phases that integrate holistic aspects into project planning. Some of the course topics will be delivered through a blended learning approach, making use of MOOCs, web resources, and role-playing simulation debates. The project work is primarily based on the application of the flipped classroom approach.

The learning outcomes may be aggregated into five areas of knowledge
1 The students will learn the foundation and the evolution of the main development models from the Marshal plan to the new paradigm of Sustainable Development; they will learn the trends of the energy situation in emerging countries with special reference to the African continent. The will learn the principles of energy planning and solution design by deepening the main renewable or hybrid technological solutions and will understand the basic principle of Decision support Systems. Students will also understand the main implication among energy and development, energy and human right as well as their policy implication at national and regional scale.
2. The student will be able to apply the Project Cycle Management and the methodological approach to define appropriate energy solutions for rural and off grid areas by defining load curves and selecting technologies. They will be also able to draft business models and to adopt strategy for long term sustainability of the given solution. They will also be able to evaluate the expected impact of the energy solution onto the socio economic asset of the target community.
3. the students will learn how to make choice and provide judgement, given a number of energy strategies for the same problem, they will be autonomous in identifying and defining a set of priority by adopting appropriate Decision support tools and deducting from scientific result, policy recommendation in the form of policy brief
4. t he students will learn how to prepare a project proposal according to standard methods (like PCM) and how to present it, given a certain time and audience, including policy makers
5. the students will learn by doing and will take profit of work group.

Topic 1 — History of Development Cooperation, Development Models, and Science Diplomacy
From conflict to cooperation. The evolution of development cooperation from the 1950s to the present. Colonialism and neo-colonialism. The theoretical foundations of international cooperation and the evolution of development models. The role of scientists in development processes. The growing importance of Science Diplomacy: Diplomacy for Science, Science for Diplomacy, and Science in Diplomacy. Providing scientific advice to policymakers. Decision-making processes: principles, assessment methods, and tools. The policy brief: purpose, structure, and drafting guidelines.
Topic 2 — The Energy–Development Nexus: Affordable and clean Energy for Africa
The global energy landscape: historical trends and projections based on World Bank and International Energy Agency data. OECD countries, emerging economies, and countries facing critical energy challenges. The relationship between energy and development. Energy and human rights: the Energy Justice framework. Africa’s energy landscape and the continent’s main challenges. Africa’s strategic relevance in the global energy transition.
Topic 3 — Project Cycle Management: Planning the Intervention
The European Commission’s Project Cycle Management framework as a tool for development cooperation. The identification and analysis phase: problem analysis, objective analysis, stakeholder analysis, and strategy analysis. The formulation and planning phase: the Logical Framework Approach, Gantt charts, and budgeting. Output, outcome, and impact indicators. SMART indicators and Objectively Verifiable Indicators (OVIs). The relationship between Project Cycle Management and the Theory of Change.
Topic 4 — Comprehensive Energy Solution Planning: Designing the Energy Solution
The Comprehensive Energy Solution Planning methodology will be presented through the six interconnected and interdisciplinary steps embedding counterfactual analysis. Context Analysis: assessment of the regulatory, institutional, socioeconomic, and local energy context. Resource and Demand Assessment: analysis of available energy resources and current and projected energy demand. Technical Solution Design: identification, sizing, and, where possible, optimisation of appropriate technical solutions. A Python-based tool will also be introduced to design hybrid minigrdi for access to energy. Business Model Design: development of a coherent business model to ensure the long-term economic and operational sustainability of the selected energy solution. Complementary Activities: identification of supporting measures required to create an effective enabling environment. Impact Analysis: assessment of the solution’s expected social, economic, environmental, and developmental impacts.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale condizionata (a scelta del docente)
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Lectures are a mix of ex-cathedra, blended/flipped where a participatory approach is envisaged via open discussion. Part of the course is devoted to a methodological project work about: project cycle management, application of the comprehensive energy solution planning. One project work will be carried out in team and it will be about “Rural electrification in Sub-Saharan Africa”. The project work including an executive summary for policy maker as policy brief is highly recommended and will allow the assessment of the following learning outcomes
The student will apply knowledge since the students will apply the CESP methodology to a real case, they will be able to define load curves, select appropriate technologies, propose business models and evaluate the expected impact of the energy solution on the local community.
The students will be able to make judgements since they will select strategies base on a set of given information and using appropriate decision support mathematics.
The students will be able to communicate their achievements since they will work in team and will prepare a written proposal for the solution of the project work and will finally present the achievement via an oral presentation.
The project work provides a rating (0-10) and consist of a team and individual evaluation. It will be added to the evaluation of the written text. The written test (0-23) will assess individually the following learning outcomes
an improved knowledge and understanding of the subject since the students will have to respond to a set of theoretical questions
a further assessment of their capacity to apply knowledge and understanding since the students will have to solve quantitative exercises
The written exam work will assess:
Knowledge and understanding since the students will have to respond to a set of theoretical questions
Applying knowledge and understanding since the students will have to solve some exercises
The oral will be applied for international students (incoming or outgoing) that will attend the exam on line due to their abroad period or in case any use the Professo may wish to check any non authorised used of AI.

Colombo, S. Bologna, D. Masera, Renewable Energy for Unleashing, Sustainable Development,, Editore: Springer International Publishing Switzerland, Anno edizione: 2014
Note: DOI:10.1007/978-3-319-00284-2_1
Monique Kremer, Peter van Lieshout and Robert Went,, Doing Good or Doing Better development policies in a globalizing world,, Editore: Amsterdam University Press, Anno edizione: 2009
Note: Chapter 1,2,3,5
EU commission, Project Cycle Management, Anno edizione: 2004 http://ec.europa.eu/europeaid/multimedia/publications/publications/manuals-tools/t101_en.htm
TRANSFORMING OUR WORLD: THE 2030 AGENDA FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT, Editore: Nazioni Unite, Anno edizione: 2015
Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, Open Innovation, Open Science, Open to the World - a vision for Europe, Editore: European Commission B-1049 Brussels, Anno edizione: 2016 https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/open-innovation-open-science-open-world#:~:text=The%20Three%20Os%20%E2%80%93%20Open%20Innovation%2C%20Open%20Science%2C,science%20and%20innovation%20more%20open%2C%20collaborative%20and%20global.

This teaching course aims at providing insight on the thermal processes involved in the conversion of solar radiation into useful thermal energy in order to characterize the efficiency of solar thermal collectors and assess the performance of solar thermal systems.
The main subjects covered are: estimation of solar radiation availability, optical and thermal characteristics of solar collectors, systems and applications of solar thermal energy, solar thermal systems design and thermo-economic optimization methods.

The student:

• knows the fundamentals of heat transfer and solar radiation, and understands the processes involved in the conversion of solar radiation into useful heat;
• knows the principles of sorption cooling, and is able to describe in both mathematical and graphical terms the operation of sorption cooling cycles;
• knows the hydraulic layout of various solar thermal systems, and understands their operating principles;
• knows the design methods that are used for the thermo-economic optimization of solar thermal systems.
  The student is able to apply the acquired knowledge to:
• develop the thermal efficiency model of different solar thermal collector types;
• define the specifications of the different system components involved in solar thermal plants, including thermal storages, heat exchangers, safety devices, and heating and cooling appliances;
• design solar thermal systems and verify their correct functioning with the help of a computer modelling and simulation tool;
• assess the energy and economic performances of solar thermal systems.
  After passing the exam, the student is able to:
• approach the design of thermal systems complemented by different renewable energy technologies;
• make design decisions independently;
• critically evaluate the impact of design decisions on system performances and costs;
• use technical standards and norms for the energy performance evaluation of solar thermal plants.

FUNDAMENTALS
1. Solar radiation
Characteristics of extra-terrestrial solar radiation and solar radiation at ground level, solar geometry, sky models, instruments and methods for solar radiation measurement. Availability and utilizability of solar radiation.
2. Transmission and absorption of solar radiation
Selected heat transfer topics. Optical properties of covers and mirrors. Transmittance-absorptance product: directional and spectral dependence. Absorbed solar radiation.
3. Flat plate collectors
Energy balance equations for a simple flat-plate collector. Overall heat loss coefficient. Temperature distribution on the collector plate. Fin efficiency, collector efficiency and collector heat removal factors. Liquid and air collectors.
4. Concentrating solar collectors
Energy balance equations for the concentrating collector: concentration ratio. Concentrating systems: fixed, single axis tracking, double axis. Direct normal irradiance (DNI); Intercept factor; Global thermal efficiency; Optical and thermal performances. Characteristics of Sun tracking systems.
5. Performance of solar collectors
Definition of efficiency curve. Test methods for solar collectors: American and European standards.
6. Thermal energy storage
Requirements of thermal energy storage in solar thermal systems. Water storage: thermal stratification. Solid-liquid phase change storage. Seasonal thermal storage. Dimensioning of the storage system: calculation of energy performance and financial aspects. High temperature storages: technologies (molten salts, phase change material, thermocline, concrete), challenges and costs.
SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS
7. Active solar thermal systems
Solar water heaters for sanitary hot water production: small-scale systems and multi-family house systems. Solar combi-systems: space heating and domestic hot water production. Solar thermal systems for space cooling. Large scale applications of solar thermal heat: low-carbon and solar district heating.
8. Solar thermal systems design
The solar loop: low-flow and high-flow systems. Collector fields: hydraulic balancing, orientation, series and parallel connection, shadowing. Modified collector efficiency; piping heat losses. Heating loads calculation. Solar fraction.
9. Financial evaluation of solar thermal projects
Key performance indicators in financial evaluations: boundary conditions and uncertainty. Thermo-economic optimization.
10. Simplified design method: F-Chart
Origin of the F-Chart methods. The F-Chart methods for solar water heaters and combi systems.
11. Modelling and simulation tools
Transient simulation of solar thermal systems for hot water production with MATLAB. Worked-out examples of solar system simulations: dimensioning, control strategy implementation, operation optimization.
12. Solar cooling and refrigeration
Thermally driven cooling technologies: absorption and adsorption chillers, desiccant evaporative cooling systems. Solar driven cooling and refrigeration systems.
13. Medium and High temperature applications
Fundamentals of medium and high temperature solar collectors: design of solar concentrators.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The examination consists of a written exam covering the theoretical aspects, and an oral exam covering the system design aspects.
The written exam consists of two to three problems and aims at verifying: i) the knowledge of the fundamentals of solar radiation, optics and heat transfer mechanisms involved in solar thermal energy conversion; ii) the ability to approach the efficiency model of different solar collector types; iii) the knowledge of the operating principles of sorption cooling processes. Clarity of exposition and precision in mathematical formulations are of key importance.
The oral exam consists in the discussion of a project assignment and aims at verifying: i) the knowledge of the operating principles of solar thermal collectors; ii) the knowledge of the methods used in the dimensioning of solar thermal plants; iii) the ability to make suitable design decisions based on specific system boundary conditions and/or operational requirements; iv) the critical evaluation of the project results.
Students carry out the project assignment in groups of two or three, and submit the project report before the date of the written exam.

John A. Duffie & William A. Beckman, SOLAR ENGINEERING OF THERMAL PROCESSES, Editore: John Wiley & Sons, Anno edizione: 1992, ISBN: 0471510564
Keith E. Herold, Reinhard Radermacher, Sanford A. Klein, ABSORPTION CHILLERS AND HEAT PUMPS, Editore: CRC Press, Anno edizione: 2016, ISBN: 149871434X

L'insegnamento fornisce le basi fisiche e ingegneristiche per comprendere i processi energetici che avvengono nelle macchine: i principi della termodinamica e della trasmissione del calore, le leggi di funzionamento e i criteri di scelta e di utilizzo delle macchine a fluido e degli scambiatori di calore, presentati come componenti di impiego universale nelle applicazioni del settore energetico. L’obiettivo principale dell'insegnamento è fornire allo studente le competenze necessarie per descrivere e analizzare un componente o un impianto termodinamico mediante la formulazione dei relativi bilanci di massa ed energia.

Conoscenza e comprensione
A seguito del superamento dell’esame, lo studente:

• conosce i principi di conservazione e dimostra di aver compreso i nessi logici e matematici tra le grandezze che vi compaiono.
• è in grado di descrivere, sia qualitativamente sia in forma matematica, i principi di funzionamento delle macchine motrici e operatrici e di padroneggiare i criteri di scelta.
• è in grado di descrivere, sia qualitativamente sia in forma matematica, gli aspetti di base della trasmissione del calore e dei componenti per lo scambio termico.
  Capacità di applicare conoscenza e comprensione
  A seguito del superamento dell’esame, lo studente è capace di applicare le conoscenze di base sopra descritte per:
• impostare i di massa ed energia per descrivere i processi termodinamici che hanno luogo in macchine a fluido e scambiatori di calore
• calcolare le proprietà termofisiche di sostanze semplici e di miscele al fine di risolvere quantitativamente i bilanci di energia su semplici impianti idraulici e termici
• valutare la prestazione di macchine a fluido per assegnate condizioni operative ed effettuare la scelta delle macchine che consentono di soddisfare determinate condizioni di esercizio

Fondamenti di termodinamica
Richiami sui principi della termodinamica. Trasformazioni termodinamiche reversibili. Definizione di gas ideale e perfetto. Trasformazioni politropiche per gas perfetti. Relazioni fondamentali della termodinamica.
Calcolo delle proprietà delle sostanze. Sostanze pure: stati di aggregazione e transizioni di fase; punto triplo e punto critico; diagrammi di stato nei piani p-v, T-s, h-s. Titolo di un vapore. Calori specifici. Equazioni di stato: gas ideali, liquidi e solidi incomprimibili, gas reali. Miscele di gas e vapori.
Principi di conservazione in sistemi aperti. Identificazione dei volumi di controllo. Equazioni globali di bilancio di massa, quantità di moto, energia. Principio di conservazione dell'energia in un sistema di riferimento rotante.
Principi generali di funzionamento delle macchine
Introduzione alle macchine a fluido. Equazione di Eulero. Triangoli delle velocità.
Macchine a fluido incomprimibile. Energia idraulica, salto motore, prevalenza. Rendimento idraulico di macchine motrici e operatrici. Curve caratteristiche e accoppiamento macchina-impianto idraulico. Teoria della similitudine fluidodinamica e classificazione delle macchine idrauliche. Pompe centrifughe e assiali, turbine Pelton, Francis e Kaplan. Dimensionamento di impianti idraulici. Regolazione di turbine idrauliche e pompe. Cavitazione.
Macchine a fluido comprimibile. Moto di un fluido comprimibile in un ugello convergente-divergente. Termodinamica delle trasformazioni in compressori ed espansori di gas. Definizione di lavoro tecnico e di rendimento delle trasformazioni reali. Curve caratteristiche di compressori ed espansori. Problematiche del dimensionamento di macchine multistadio.
Trasmissione del calore
Conduzione. Legge di Fourier. Equazione generale della conduzione. Conduzione in regime stazionario. Resistenza termica. Conduzione in regime variabile: approssimazione a parametri concentrati. Numero di Biot.
Convezione. Caratteristiche della convezione e grandezze fisiche caratteristiche. Grandezze adimensionali caratteristiche e correlazioni di scambio per convezione forzata e naturale.
Irraggiamento. Fenomenologia della radiazione termica. Grandezze caratteristiche monocromatiche e totali. Corpo nero: proprietà e leggi caratteristiche. Cenni sulla trasmissione di calore per irraggiamento fra superfici reali.
Scambiatori di calore. Cenni alla trasmissione del calore in superfici alettate. Coefficiente globale di scambio termico. Differenza media logaritmica di temperatura. Cenni sul dimensionamento e sulla verifica degli scambiatori. Tipologie degli scambiatori. Metodo epsilon-NTU per la verifica di scambiatori.
Scambio termico evaporativo. Miscele di gas e vapori. Equilibrio vapore-liquido di specie in miscela. Aria umida: definizioni di umidità. Calcolo dell'entalpia dell'aria umida e diagrammi psicrometrici. Temperatura di bulbo umido. Scambi di massa e calore fra correnti di aria e acqua. Torri evaporative.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Non sono previste prove in itinere, ma solamente prove finali durante le sessioni d'esame ufficiali secondo il numero di appelli fissato dalla Scuola. La verifica della preparazione conseguita è basata su una prova scritta d urante la quale è possibile consultare qualsiasi tipo di materiale cartaceo, ma non utilizzare personal computer. Il superamento dell'esame richiede una votazione superiore o uguale a 18. Non sono previste penalità per lo studente che incorra in una valutazione insufficiente.
La prova scritta della durata di 2 ore richiede:
la risoluzione di 2/3 problemi la cui valutazione è basata sullo svolgimento analitico e numerico proposto dallo studente. Questi problemi mirano a verificare la capacità dello studente di:
impostare ed eseguire bilanci di massa ed energia su impianti idraulici e altri sistemi aperti
calcolare le proprietà dei fluidi lungo i processi termodinamici che hanno luogo in macchine a fluido e scambiatori di calore
valutare la prestazione di macchine a fluido ed effettuare la scelta delle macchine che consentono di soddisfare determinate condizioni di esercizio
valutare aspetti di scambio termico utilizzando i modelli più adatti a descrivere le differenti modalità di trasporto (conduzione, convezione e irraggiamento)
2/3 domande a risposta chiusa su semplici quesiti teorici o pratici
Alcune domande a risposta aperta sulle basi teoriche della materia volte all’accertamento dei principi fondamentali di funzionamento e utilizzo delle macchine a fluido e del grado di comprensione degli altri aspetti notevoli dell’insegnamento.

Dispense del corso a cura del docente caricate sulla piattaforma Webeep
Note: Note: Il materiale caricato copre tutti gli argomenti dell'insegnamento e può essere integrato dai testi sottostanti.
Michael J. Moran, Howard N. Shapiro, Bruce R. Munson, David P. DeWitt, Elementi di Fisica tecnica per l'ingegneria, Editore: McGraw-Hill Companies (Italy) s.r.l., Anno edizione: 2011, ISBN: 978-88-386-9726-5 https://bookshelf.vitalsource.com/
Yunus A. engel, John M. Cimbala, Robert H. Turner, Elementi di fisica tecnica - Termodinamica applicata, meccanica dei fluidi, trasmissione del calore - Prima edizione, Editore: McGraw-Hill Education (Italy) s.r.l., Anno edizione: 2017, ISBN: 978-88-386-9833-0 https://bookshelf.vitalsource.com/
G. Cornetti - F. Millo, Macchine idrauliche, Editore: Il Capitello, Anno edizione: 2015, ISBN: 9788842675136
Dossena V., Ferrari G., Gaetani P.; Montenegro G., Onorati A., Persico G., Macchine a fluido, Editore: CittàStudiEdizioni, Anno edizione: 2015, ISBN: 9788825173970

Il corso si propone di fornire gli strumenti necessari per formalizzare, comprendere e prevedere il comportamento di sistemi ambientali e di reattori chimici e biochimici applicati al disinquinamento di matrici ambientali all’interno dei quali procedono sistemi di reazioni anche complessi. A questo scopo, si studiano e descrivono i due aspetti fondamentali: la reattività (il sistema delle reazioni che procedono nel reattore) e la fluidodinamica (da cui dipende il tempo di permanenza, il grado di miscelazione e di omogeneità delle particelle fluide nel reattore)

Conoscenza e capacità di comprensione (Knowledge and Understanding) Al termine dell'insegnamento, lo studente avrà acquisito le conoscenze teoriche e metodologiche necessarie per comprendere i principi di funzionamento e i criteri di dimensionamento dei reattori impiegati nei processi di disinquinamento ambientale. Sarà inoltre in grado di interpretare le relazioni tra fluidodinamica e trasformazioni basate su processi chimico-fisici (trasferimenti di fase, processi ossidativi e riduttivi) e biochimici (processi biologici) e le prestazioni delle tecnologie di trattamento.
Capacità di applicare conoscenza e comprensione (Applying Knowledge and Understanding) Lo studente sarà in grado di applicare i criteri di analisi e dimensionamento ai principali processi di trattamento di interesse per l'ingegneria sanitaria-ambientale, selezionando e utilizzando gli strumenti progettuali più appropriati. Sarà inoltre in grado di impostare semplici problemi di progetto considerando le prestazioni in condizioni stazionarie e dinamiche.
Capacità di apprendimento (Learning Skills) Lo studente svilupperà un approccio metodologico all'analisi, al dimensionamento e alla gestione dei reattori per il disinquinamento, acquisendo gli strumenti necessari per affrontare in autonomia problematiche progettuali via via più complesse e approfondire gli argomenti trattati nei successivi insegnamenti della laurea magistrale.

1. Principi di termodinamica dei processi chimici, fisici e biochimici
Equilibrio dei trasferimenti interfase e delle reazioni.
Significato, valutazione ed applicazioni delle costanti di equilibrio.
Termodinamica dei processi biochimici
2. Principi di stechiometria e cinetica dei processi chimici e biochimici e reattori in batch
Velocità ordine di reazione. Reazioni di ordine 0, 1, 2. Cinetiche enzimatiche a saturazione, modelli di inibizione. Influenza del pH e della temperatura.
Determinazione sperimentale del modello cinetico mediante esperimenti in batch: metodi integrale e differenziale per determinare l'ordine di una reazione.
Sistemi di reazioni. Reazioni in serie ed in parallelo. Rappresentazione matriciale di sistemi di complessi.
3. Reattori in flusso ideali
Definizione ed esempi.
Bilancio di massa in condizioni stazionarie.
Risposta dinamica per segnali a gradino e ad impulso; combinazione di segnali.
Reattori PFR con dispersione assiale. Confronto tra reattori CSRT in serie e PFR con dispersione assiale.
4. Reattori reali
Distribuzione dei tempi di residenza nei reattori reali.
Prove sperimentali con traccianti.
Dimensionamento nei reattori reali, il metodo della convoluzione.
5. Reattori per il disinquinamento.
Reattori biologici con o senza sistemi di separazione della biomassa.
Reattori per il trasferimento di fase.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
Formato:
Esame scritto (2 ore): 2 esercizi e 2 domande aperte di teoria
Orale integrativo facoltativo (variazione punteggio da -1 a +3 punti)
Criteri di valutazione:
Esercizi (valore totale 20/30):

• Correttezza del procedimento 70%
• Correttezza dei calcoli 15%
• Correttezza formale e chiarezza di esposizione 15%
  Domande teoriche/orale (valore totale 20/30):
• Esaustività del contenuto 70%
• Adeguatezza del linguaggio tecnico 15%
• Correttezza formale e chiarezza di esposizione 15%

Dispense del corso https://beep.metid.polimi.it
O. Levenspiel, E. Sebastiani, Ingegneria delle reazioni chimiche, Editore: J. Wiley & Sons, USA., Anno edizione: 1978, ISBN: 978-8808-08542-9
J. Mihelcic, Fundamentals of environmental engineering, Editore: J. Wiley & Sons, USA., Anno edizione: 1999, ISBN: 978-0471243137

The course aims to provide the students with the theoretical knowledge of physics and engineering to understand, model and design different technologies, ranging from traditional energy conversion systems to electrochemical devices, like batteries and fuel cells, that occupy a growing role in energy conversion and storage sector.
The course fits into the overall program curriculum pursuing some of the defined general learning goals. In particular, the course contributes to the development of the following capabilities:
Understand context, functions, processes in energy technologies and the impact of those factors on energy technologies development
Design solutions applying a scientific and engineering approach (Analysis, Learning, Reasoning, and Modeling capability deriving from a solid and rigorous multidisciplinary background) to face problems and opportunities in energy technologies

The main expected learning outcomes consist in:
Identify the physical processes regulating and limiting the operation of conventional and electrochemical energy technologies
Point out requirements of energy technologies in function of different applications
Identify and understand the main technological issues regarding electrochemical devices and their impact on technology development and costs
Determine performance and efficiency of conventional and electrochemical energy technologies in different operating conditions
Calculate efficiency losses occurring in physical processes of energy technologies and assess room for improvement
Design energy technologies for both stationary and automotive applications, focusing on the trade-off between performance and cost

The course provides the basis of thermodynamics to deal with the design criteria of different energy technologies. Then, after a technological assessment, the features of some traditional and electrochemical conversion and storage systems for automotive and stationary applications are analyzed in depth, focusing on performance, efficiency, technological issues and off-design conditions.
Traditional energy conversion systems
Physics:
Review of the 1 st and 2 nd principle of thermodynamics.
Introduction to exergy and exergy analysis.
Review of heat and mass transfer in heat exchangers.
Technologies:
Joule-Brayton and Rankine cycles for stationary applications: operating principle, efficiency, technological issues and limits, off-design conditions, combined cycle.
Otto and Diesel cycles for automotive applications: operating principle, efficiency, technological issues and limits, off-design conditions, market analysis.
Introduction to renewable energy sources (hydro, solar, windmill) and their effect on worldwide energy consumption, electricity price and electric grid stability, focus on Italian scenario.
Electrochemical conversion and storage systems
Physics:
Working principles of batteries and fuel cells.
Thermodynamics and exergy analysis of electrochemical cells.
Mass transport phenomena and kinetics of electrochemical cells.
Technologies:
Historical overview of electrochemical devices, state of art of electrochemical energy conversion and storage technology for automotive, stationary and portable applications.
Batteries with aqueous and non aqueous electrolyte: general features, efficiency, charging and discharging issues, technological limits, lithium ion battery, flow batteries.
Water electrolyser for energy storage: general features, efficiency, technological issues and limits, off-design conditions.
Polymer electrolyte fuel cell for stationary and automotive applications: general features, efficiency, technological issues and limits, off-design conditions.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The students will be evaluated through:

• a final oral exam about the whole course program;
• an optional project homework regarding the application of studied technologies.

Michael J. Moran, Howard N. Shapiro, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, Editore: Wiley & Sons

The course focuses on developing students' knowledge of geographic data analysis concepts, methods, and tools. The course aims to provide an exhaustive frame of geographic information: from acquisition to validation, processing and web publishing. Authoritative data, as well as geo-crowdsourced data, are both parts of the course. The Geospatial Web and Spatial Data Infrastructures are also taught. An introduction to Digital Twin Earth and Geospatial Artificial Intelligence, including Geospatial Foundation Models, will be provided. Students are asked to learn the most used desktop and web, proprietary and free open-source software packages (QGIS, ArcGIS, PostresSQL, PostGIS, GeoServer, OpenLayers, OSGEOLive).

Students will learn how to:
Design and develop a Geographic Information System, taking into account the different components
Explore geospatial data and create corresponding thematic maps by using GIS software
Manage geospatial data with advanced GIS functionalities
Design and develop a WebGIS
Given specific project cases, students will be able to:
Detail the corresponding requirements
Manage the geospatial data in proprietary and open source GIS applications
Develop the related webGIS for showing the results of their work
Given a relatively complex problem, students will be able to:
Analyze and understand the goals, assumptions, and requirements associated with that problem and model them
Define the data and architecture for fulfilling the problem
Develop partially or totally the GIS solution
Students will learn to:
Write a document with the specifications of their project
Present their work
Publish their result through a webGIS
Students will learn how to develop a realistic project in the GIS domain.

Introduction to GIS;
Reference and coordinate systems; their transformations.
Map projections: distortions; conformal and equal area maps.
Geographic data models and structures.
Fields: exploring data, spatial statistics, geostatistics
Introduction to Geospatial Artificial Intelligence
GIS and the Internet
WebGIS
Meta information, interoperability
Web Geo Services
The Geospatial Web
Spatial Data Infrastructures and the Digital Twin Earth
Participatory web GIS: citizen science, VGI, geo-crowdsourcing
Applications of GIS in various domains, especially connected with SDGs (webinars also involving external experts, like Heads of GIS Centers of different UN Agencies)
Exercise sessions and a project laboratory are integral parts of the course.
A project will be assigned during the Laboratory hours at the end of the practice. It will be developed by students, under the supervision of academic tutors in small teams of 2-3 members. Project artifacts (requirement analysis, design document, test report, code) are expected to be released at the exam. The evaluation of projects will be based on the produced artifacts and a presentation.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Written examination covering the theoretical part of the course. Oral/practical examination covering Desktop and WebGIS parts of the course, along with a discussion of the laboratory project.
During the exam, students will be evaluated on their understanding of theory, practical skills, and the laboratory project. Scores from these three components will be weighted and averaged to calculate the final score. Theory will account for 1/2, practical skills for 1/3 (Desktop and WebGIS), and the laboratory project for 1/6 of total score. Each part of the exam can be taken separately during different exam sessions. A grade of "30 cum laude" will be awarded if the total score is 31 or higher.

Slides of the course https://webeep.polimi.it/
Note: Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
Pandey, Jatin, Energy and Resources Institute Content Provider, and Darshana Pathak, Geographic Information System, Editore: New Delhi, India: The Energy and Resources Institute, Anno edizione: 2014

The integrated course (Mod A + Mod B) deals with geospatial data modeling and analysis by using linear combinations of polynomials, splines, trigonometric polynomials or by exploiting stochastic techniques.
The goal is to make students familiar with the mathematical background needed to correctly apply existing software tools available in current Geographic Information Systems as well as in software suites for image analysis.
Laboratory sessions devoted to the implementation of the studied techniques and their application to simulated and real data aim at making students aware of the kind of approximations introduced by the modeling and to evaluate the impact of the processing choices on the results.

Dublin descriptors
Expected learning outcomes of the integrated course (Mod A) + (Mod B)
Knowledge and understanding
Students will learn the mathematical formulation and some of the numerical issues of proposed geospatial data manipulation tools.
Applying knowledge and understanding
Students will be able to implement the studied techniques at a prototypal level.
Making judgements
Student will learn to evaluate how different choices in the data processing impact the results.
Communication
Students will learn how to report their laboratory activities and to comment their findings in an oral presentation.
Lifelong learning skills
Students will understand what data modeling means and what are the approximations introduced in data manipulation.

Lectures (Mod. B)

• Exact interpolation with Lagrange polynomials and Triangular Irregular Network (TIN).
• Data gridding: nearest neighbor, distance weighted interpolation. Commission and omission error in data interpolation and error evaluation with the leave one out technique.
• Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT).
• Least squares interpolation with splines and Tykonov regularization.
• The stochastic modeling of observations. The concepts of stationary signals and homogeneous and isotropic random fields, empirical variogram and covariance function estimation and the linear prediction with collocation/kriging techniques.
  Laboratory sessions (Mod. B)
  Solutions with matlab scripts of the following problems applied to a real geospatial dataset: exact interpolation; least squares spline interpolation; Discrete Fourier Transform; empirical covariance/variogram function estimation and modeling; collocation/kriging prediction.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, individuale, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The exam (Mod. A and Mod. B) includes both a written and an oral part.
In the written part students must solve numerical exercises. The written examination consists of two parts, corresponding to the topics covered in Module A and Module B, respectively.
The Module A part may be taken either during a midterm assessment, held during the teaching period, or together with the Module B part during the regular examination sessions.
Students who pass the midterm assessment are exempted from the Module A part of the written examination in the subsequent exam sessions and will take only the Module B part. Students who do not pass the midterm will take the complete written examination, including both Module A and Module B.
The final mark of the written examination is based on the overall performance on both parts.
The oral part is done at the end of the course and consists in the presentation of an experimental activity carried out by the student on a simulated or real dataset by using the software developed during the laboratory sessions. During the oral presentation, questions will be asked to better evaluate student’s awareness of the course topics and their general understanding of the data modeling problem. Both the written and the oral part are ranked from 0 to 30. The final mark is then obtained by averaging the two scores.
More details are given during the course.

Athanasios Papoulis, Signal Analysis, Editore: McGraw Hill, Anno edizione: 1977
Hans Wackernagel, Multivariate Geostatistics: An Introduction with Applications, Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2003

This module is made of two integrated courses, namely: Cognitive and organisational aspects of crisis management and Geospatial data processing and mapping for crisis management.
Crisis management is a particularly complex activity, to be carried out under the stress provoked by a natural extreme, in the midst of a chaotic situation, characterised by high levels of demands on decision makers and interveners and lack of relevant information. The course Cognitive and organisational aspects of crisis management will focus on the characteristics of responding organisations and the role of the public as well as on the description of the challenging environment in which decision making in the time of crisis takes place. Case studies, illustration of seismic events that disrupted critical infrastructures are key topics throughout lessons and exercises.
The second course, Geospatial data processing and mapping for crisis management,
will develop advanced skills in the field of GIS and geospatial data management and mapping with the aim of tailoring such activities and their final products to the specific needs and priorities of civil protection agencies and to the vast array of stakeholders intervening in case of a seismic emergency. The students will acquire and apply knowledge on how crisis maps are produced nowadays, including enhanced tools and skills to interpret satellite images, to produce layers of exposed assets and population, comprising the possibility to exploit Volunteered Geographic Information (VGI).

L'obiettivo principale di questo corso è fornire una valutazione quantitativa delle maggiori sfide ambientali e delle loro ripercussioni sul funzionamento dei sistemi economici e umani. Un focus particolare sarà dato a due sfide ambientali globali che rappresentano due tra i maggiori rischi affrontati dalle nostre società: il cambiamento climatico e l'inquinamento atmosferico. Il corso presenta il loro impatto su diverse sfere economico-sociali e individuerà politiche e soluzioni per mitigare la loro influenza, dal punto di vista dei governi, delle aziende private e dei cittadini. Il focus geografico sarà globale, analizzando sia le economie industrializzate che i paesi in via di sviluppo. Il corso mira anche a trasmettere metodologie di econometria e data science per analizzare le relazioni causali tra le sfide ambientali globali e gli esiti socio-economici. Durante il corso, gli studenti impareranno l'applicazione di metodi sperimentali (ovvero studi randomizzati controllati) e non sperimentali (Dif-in-Dif, dati panel, Regression Discontinuity Design) per la valutazione dell'impatto. Si discuterà anche di come i big data provenienti da sensori intelligenti, osservazioni satellitari, ecc. possano aiutare a identificare le cause del cambiamento ambientale globale e mitigare il loro impatto. Ciò avverrà principalmente attraverso la presentazione di articoli accademici e casi di studio e lavori di gruppo applicati.

The course aims to provide advanced knowledge and adequate tools for the analysis of the thermal and energy performance of buildings in the context of a global sustainability. This course will introduce the building sustainability concept, shortly labelled “Green Buildings”, and its standardised assessment procedure. Physical modelling and mathematical formulation for achievement and maintenance of thermo-hygrometric well-being and building envelope and HVAC system energy optimization will be also covered, together with a review of transient heat transfer methods needed to analyse the building envelope behavior and assess the thermal energy balance. In particular, the course will focus on the holistic optimization of both the envelope and the systems from a sustainability point of view, together with the achievement of a significant Indoor Environmental Quality. Finally, the student will be introduced to the concepts of sustainability and energy performance of buildings, treating the main aspects of the current technical regulations and legislation in this regard.
The teaching is organized in lessons and in an application part. The latter consists in the building energy simulation laboratory, where the students will develop and analyse by means of a BES tool the case study of a high performance building.

Knowledge:
Knowledge of basic theory on sustainability and its application to buildings and their energy systems
Knowledge of basic theory and practical principles of buildings operational energy performance assessment
Knowledge of the main strategies and technologies for building energy performance optimisation
Knowledge of current technical regulation and legislation on buildings energy performance, Indoor Environmental Quality, and sustainability
Skills:
Understand and assess buildings sustainability
Assess the building energy performance according to quasi-steady state and dynamic approaches
Basic design of technologies and strategies for building energy performance optimisation
General competence:
Critical analysis of buildings energy performance and sustainability
Understanding the physical base and capability to adopt new theory that will be needed in the future.

A) LESSONS PROGRAM
Introduction: definitions of final energy, primary energy content, Global Warming Potential; energy use and environmental impact of the building sector at global, and European levels; energy uses in buildings; operative phase and life-cycle approaches, embodied versus operational energy and emissions; sustainability dimensions, indicators for sustainability in buildings.
Building physics and building energy analysis:
Outdoor environment: weather and climate, meteorological quantities relevant for building energy analysis, measuring instrumentation; solar radiation: extraterrestrial irradiance, scattering and absorption by the atmosphere, solar spectrum at the earth surface, beam and diffuse radiation, availability, declination, solar time, solar coordinates, solar irradiance on a tilted and oriented surface; sky radiation modelling.
Indoor environment:
thermal comfort: definition, human body energy balance, conditions for thermal comfort in the classical theory of comfort, PMV-PPD, local discomfort, adaptive model, measurement of the mean radiant temperature, prescriptive and performative approaches to comfort in standards;
visual comfort: definition, photometric quantities, daylighting, comfort indicators;
indoor air quality: definition, air contaminants typologies and metrics, contaminant mass balance: perfect mixing hypothesis, contaminant removal effectiveness and extended balance; ventilation efficiency, age of the air, room time constant, air flow distribution methods; IAQ assessment methods: pollutants concentration, Perceived IAQ, IAQ design in standards;
acoustic comfort: definition, physical characteristics and quantities, human ear sensitivity and loudness curves; room acoustics: absorption mechanisms, reverberation and reverberation time; noise: sources, transmission ways, façade and partitions insulation indices, noise protection indices and requirements, noise rating and noise criterion curves;
indoor environmental quality: definition, comfort versus health, dimensions and approaches to combine different dimensions into a unique indicator.
Steady state heat transfer across building components: recap of the concept of thermal transmittance or U-value, solar gain through opaque components, solar gain through semi-transparent component, g-value for multiple glazing.
Methods for one-dimensional transient conduction:
finite difference approach: approximations of the first and second derivatives, explicit and implicit schemes, 3 rd kind boundary condition approximation;
finite volumes approach: conditions for lumped parameters validity, energy balance for an internal volume and for a surface node, the EN 52106 Italian National Annex modelling of the walls;
Conduction Transfer Functions approach: Laplace transform and properties, application to the slab with time-dependent boundary condition on one side, response functions in the transform domain, convolution theorem and inverse transform, discrete inputs and Z-transform, CTF coefficients and example;
differences and similarities, pros and cons of the three methods.
Energy balance of the indoor environment:
indoor moist air volume: energy conservation, dry air mass conservation, water mass conservation, sensible and latent energy balances;
indoor enclosure radiative balance, total sensible energy balance for the indoor environment, coupling with transient heat conduction problems in the building envelope, applications: system sizing, time evolution.
building seasonal heating and cooling needs (net useful thermal needs): dynamic hourly methods e.g. building energy simulation approach, monthly method i.e. quasi-steady state approach.
From primary energy use to net useful thermal needs: the energy supply chain, energy carriers, primary energy sources, renewable and non-renewable sources according to EU, primary energy factors: definition according to different conventions and examples, HVAC system decomposition into sub-components, typologies of generators: converters and transformers, sub-components and overall efficiency.
Sustainable or green buildings:
EU legislation concerning Energy Performance of Buildings (EPBDs) and related technical standards: main requirements, energy and environmental performance indicators, methodological framework; Nearly Zero Energy Building, possible definitions for Zero Energy Building (Non- Renewable Zero, Net Zero), Zero Emission Building; Italian legislation on Energy Performance of Building: reference building concept, indicators, requirements, NZEB;
Green building design: holistic approach and fundamental tiers: site design: site analysis, building shape and orientation; building design: efficient technologies for the opaque and transparent envelope; passive strategies and technologies: ventilation cooling: natural drivers and enhancing devices, evaporative cooling, radiative cooling, earth heating and cooling; efficient HVAC systems: a focus on heat pumps, vapor compression and absorption cycles, performances, comparison with gas boilers, ground source heat pump systems; on site RES: a focus on solar energy systems, PV modules, principle of operation, typologies and efficiency, PV systems and Performance Ratio, Solar Thermal Collectors, principle of operation, typologies and efficiency, Solar Thermal systems configurations for DHW, heating and cooling.
B) LABORATORY PROGRAM:
Building energy simulation of a case study: case study characteristics, weather file input, building envelope modelling, building use modelling, peak loads and energy demand calculation, free-floating simulation, HVAC system modelling, energy consumption calculation

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, senza presentazione/discussione finale
Final written and oral examination on the main course topics. In the written examination the student has to answer to three/four open questions aiming to assess the ability of:
understanding and analysing building energy performance.
proposing solutions for making the buildings as much as possible sustainable in the proposed contest
and his knowledge of:
basic principles building physics;
buildings sustainability;
sustainable buildings energy systems.
Correction and discussion on the written answers constitute part of the oral examination. The students are also asked to provide a report on the building simulation case study developed during the simulation laboratory.
Based on 100 points, the first part (written+oral) allows to reach a maximum of 75 points, while the second part (report on building energy simuation) 25 points.

Clarke J A, Energy Simulation in Building Design, Editore: Butterworth-Heinemann, Anno edizione: 2001, ISBN: 0750650826
L.D. Danny Harvey, A Handbook on Low-Energy Buildings and District-Energy Systems: Fundamentals, Techniques and Examples, Editore: Routledge, Anno edizione: 2006, ISBN: 9781138965508
ASHRAE, ASHRAE Handbook - 2017 Fundamentals, Editore: ASHRAE, Anno edizione: 2017, ISBN: 978-1939200594

Hence the relationship between environmental factors and human health has been known for years, there is now more attention from both the general public and different stakeholders (industry, healthcare professionals, policy makers) in addressing this matter. This fact generates the need to provide multidisciplinary competences, related to both environmental and biomedical engineering, to collect, organize, analyze, and visualize the multisource data available to generate quantitative data and actionable information that could serve as basis for decision makers.
This Lab module aims course is intended to provide the student with competences about how the environment may affect human well-being and health, and to provide the skills needed to access and process available geo-localized multi-source environmental and health data to support public health management decision-making.
Students will also learn the principles and concepts of air quality and dispersion and will be able to implement and perform air dispersion modelling, presenting appropriately the air pollution results and understanding their implications in terms of exposure and potential health effects.
The course is structured in two modules:
Through Module 1, students will acquire the basic knowledge to retrieve and manage open access environmental data, collected both through measuring stations and satellite imagery, allowing to generate scenario analysis to assess the exposure to environmental pollution. Students will also learn how to retrieve geo-localized disease-related data and how to develop descriptive and predictive epidemiological data-driven models to ultimately support decision-making.
Through Module 2, students will learn the principles and concepts of air quality and atmospheric dispersion modelling, presenting appropriately the air pollution results and understanding their implications in terms of exposure and potential health effects.

Module I
Knowledge and understanding
Students will learn how to:
Understand basic principles of data geo-localization, and the usage of Geographic Information Systems
Interpret the theories and principles of the impact of environmental factors on human health
Applying knowledge and understanding
Given specific project cases, students will be able to:
Detail the corresponding requirements
Analyze and comment on specific design choices
Project spatially explicit models for analysis of georeferenced data
Making judgements
Given a relatively complex problem, students will be able to:
Evaluate correctness of proposed solutions
Understand which factors are important and which limitations the proposed solution could have bases on temporal and spatial resolution of the input data
What are the usable tools for care professionals, the role of patient and of the engineer
Communication
Students will learn to:
Build maps for effective visualization of georeferenced information with Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
Present their work in front of their colleagues during project lab
Write a report to describe the design and implementation choice
Lifelong learning skills
Students will learn how to be able to:
Manage the execution of group projects related to coding with the support of informatics tools (GitHub)
Query and pre-process georeferenced data
Implement frameworks for the execution of modelling tasks with python programming language
Module II

• knowledge on air quality issues and human health-related implications (DD1)
• knowledge on air quality data sources and features (DD1)
• basic knowledge on air quality modelling (DD1 & DD2)

Module I covers the following topics:
· Geo-referenced data and Geographic Information Systems (GIS): coordinates reference systems, management of geographic data in vector format through GIS (QGIS), management and conversion of raster files, basics of geo-processing functions
· Most commonly used open-data sources: how to access, download and process geo-referenced data such as Copernicus, OpenStreetMap, ISTAT, regional geo-portal, ARPA, land-use database (DUSAF), Milan topographic database (etc.)
· Health and health-care related data, contextualization with environmental perspective
· Python programming language, PyCharm IDE, QGIS console, QGIS-based programming in Python
· Geo-referenced custom structured databases (focus on data types)
· Data pre-processing and features selection: missing data, outliers, principal component analysis
· Explorative analysis: variables distribution, correlation analysis, logistic regression, geographically weighted regression
· Explanatory/predictive modelling through machine learning techniques (interpretable machine learning)
· Coding projects with GitHub
Module II covers the fundamentals of atmospheric pollution, with particular reference to:

• Air quality: pollutant features, air quality indicators and reference levels, adverse effects on human health
• Air quality phaenomena and related spatial scales: global, regional and local air quality issues • Air quality data: spatial and temporal resolution, averaging time, regulatory limits.
• Atmospheric pollution sources: primary and secondary pollutants.
• Features of air quality models: scope of air quality modelling, local scale models, regional scale models, statistical models.

Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The achievement of the expected learning outcomes of both Module 1 and 2 will be evaluated through the assignment of a project work to be developed and discussed in its conceptual scheme and operational implementation. Along with a final report and presentation, the evaluation process will also take into account the activities held during laboratory hours.

Modulo 2: materiali a cura del docente disponibili sul portale WeBeep www.webeep.polimi.it
Note: I materiali forniti coprono tutti gli argomenti trattati nell'ambito dell'insegnamento. Gli altri testi di seguito elencati possono fornire ulteriori approfondimenti e possono costituire riferimenti utili per l'attività professionale.
C. D. Cooper, F.C. Alley, Air Pollution Control, Editore: Waveland. Press Inc., Anno edizione: 2011, ISBN: 1-57766-678-X
Theodore L., Air pollution control equipment calculations, Editore: Wiley-Interscience, Anno edizione: 2008, ISBN: 0470209674

Scenario modeling in hydrogeological risk involve a multidisciplinary approach in order to analyze, forecast and define the evolution of landslides and flood hazards.
1.st part of the course will focus on the application of geology in engineering practice mainly for landslide evaluation and erosion evaluation. The syllabus of lectures covers the topics within the slope dynamic, including related field of geomorphological analysis, groundwater hydrology and the application of technical geology to the solution of problems in landslide risk. For slope dynamics the main topics are: the geological studies and hazard assessment for localized event and for diffuse processes. A particular focus on hazard analysis will be presented. During the course an emergency plan for hydrogeological hazards will be developed, selecting a mountain area as a test case: the skill of engineering geology, acquired in Scenario modeling in hydrogeological risk, will be applied to solve a real case.
2.nd modulus attendants will become familiar with topics and major issues concerning an emergency plan for hydrogeological risk in mountain regions. A field case is developed throught the modulus.
Topics: Early warning systems. Short-term morphological modelling of mountain rivers. Flood models (2D). Flood damage evaluation.

The course aims at providing theoretical and practical skills to use the information gathered from patents to guide and coordinate Research and Innovation activities.
More in detail, it consists of two complementary parts.
The first covers Intellectual Property fundamentals and patentability criteria; it provides theoretical and practical skills for patent search and patent analysis, both through manual and computer-based tools.
The second part starts with a survey of the main mechanisms characterizing the competition between alternative technologies and the main models describing the dynamics of innovation. This part of the course also addresses the exploitation of patents as a source of technical information for competitive intelligence and information extraction supporting innovation activities.
A special focus will be dedicated to knowledge resources in the field of green technologies and on the potential of AI technologies in supporting patent retrieval and analysis.

By the end of the course, students will learn contents and practices according to what is defined in the learning objectives.
In terms of acquired knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:

• interpret and describe the characteristic features of creativity, inventions, innovation and sustainable development;
• identify the industrial applications of systematic methods and tools supporting innovation development in industry;
• summarize fundamentals of Intellectual Property protection, patentability criteria and patent application process.
  Concerning the ability to apply the acquired knowledge and understanding, students will be able to:
• perform a patent search for priority searches and for identifying opportunities to transfer solutions between different technological domains;
• check whether a technical solution infringes an existing patent and propose alternatives for patent circumvention;
• analyse a technical system in terms of evolutionary potential and identify possible technological developments.
  Eventually, project work activities will allow students to
• develop collaboration abilities through the interaction with the teammates;
• develop communication skills through the interaction with tutors;
• develop learning abilities by autonomously acquiring information and data needed for the development of the project activities.

Intellectual Property: fundamentals, patentability criteria, patent application process (IT, EP, PCT). Structure and features of a patent document.
Patent search: patent databases, functionalities and limitations. Patent classifications: IPC, ECLA, FI, CPC.
Patent analysis: statistical analysis and bibliometrics.
Patent strategies and techniques for patent breaking.
Elements of text mining. Computational linguistics, AI technologies applied to patent mining.
Technological diffusion: from invention to innovation. Competitive product development and Knowledge needs. Competition models: pure competition, pray/predator, symbiotic, parasitic.
Types and Patterns of Innovation: product/process, breakthrough/incremental, competence enhancing/competence destroying.
The UN Sustainable Development Goals as a driver of innovation. Classification of green technologies and available knowledge resources.
Elements of Technology Forecasting.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The course consists of lectures and practice sessions, including a collaborative project driven by an industrial case study proposed by partner companies.
The evaluation is based on:

• an individual written test based on the practical sessions proposed in the semester;
• on a project work developed in team.
  More specifically, the assessment consists of the followings:
• (50%) a written open-book individual test with exercises similar to those proposed within the practice sessions, aimed at checking the acquisition of the knowledge and related application abilities; some exercises require the application of the software tools presented within the semester;
  -(50%) a project work developed in team (3-4 members each): evaluation is based on the review sessions along the semester and on the final presentation. The project work allows to check the achievement of expected results in terms of application abilities, learning and communication skills.

Alan L. Porter, Scott W. Cunningham, Tech Mining: Exploiting New Technologies for Competitive Advantage, Anno edizione: 2004, ISBN: 0-471-47567-X
Melissa A. Schilling, Strategic Management of Technological Innovation, Editore: McGraw-Hill Education, Anno edizione: 2012, ISBN: 978-0078029233
Cantamessa, Marco, Montagna, Francesca, Management of Innovation and Product Development - Integrating Business and Technological Perspectives, Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2015, ISBN: 978-1-4471-6722-8 http://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=nlebk&AN=1056506&site=ehost-live
Adriano Vanzetti, Vincenzo Di Cataldo, Manuale di Diritto Industriale, Editore: Giuffre' Editore
Note: In Italian
David Pressman, Patent It Yourself, Editore: Nolo Press Berkeley

Machine learning deals with the problem of building programs that learn from experience. While artificial intelligence focuses on the representation of knowledge and the algorithms for reasoning about such knowledge, machine learning deals with the problem of extracting knowledge from experience gathered solving problems to be used to solve unseen instances of similar problems.
This course provides the theoretical and methodological foundation of machine learning methods and algorithms that are used in several application areas, including, Data Mining, Robotics, Autonomous Agents, Bioinformatics, Recommender Systems, Social Networks, etc.

Dublin Descriptors
Expected learning outcomes
Knowledge and understanding
Students will learn how to:
Model supervised learning and reinforcement learning problems
Train their models
Select the model complexity
Evaluate the performance of their models
Applying knowledge and understanding
Given specific project cases, students will be able to:
Model the learning problem
Select the most appropriate learning technique
Tune the hyperparameters of the studied techniques
Assess the performance of the learned model.
Making judgements
At the end of this course, students will be able to:
Correctly assess the performance of the proposed solutions
Be aware of fairness issues involved in the training of machine learning methods
Lifelong learning skills
Students will learn the trade-off between bias and variance and hot to manage it by selecting the proper complexity of the learning model
Students will learn to develop algorithms to solve relevant learning problems.

Introduction (1 class)
Basic concepts.
Learning theory. (4 classes)
Bias/variance tradeoff. Union and Chernoff/Hoeffding bounds.
VC dimension. Worst case (online) learning.
Practical advice on how to use learning algorithms.
Supervised learning. (8 classes)
Supervised learning setup. LMS.
Logistic regression. Perceptron. Exponential family.
Kernel methods: Radial Basis Networks, Gaussian Processes, and Support Vector Machines.
Model selection and feature selection.
Ensemble methods: Bagging, boosting.
Evaluating and debugging learning algorithms.
Reinforcement learning and control. (6 classes)
MDPs. Bellman equations.
Value iteration and policy iteration.
TD, SARSA, Q-learning.
Value function approximation.
Policy search. Reinforce. POMDPs.
Multi-Armed Bandit.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale condizionata (a scelta del docente)
The assessment will be based on a written exam at the end of the course, where both theoretical competence and modeling skills will be tested.
Type of assessment
Description
Dublin descriptor
Written test
Solution of numerical problems: exercises on supervised learning and reinforcement learning problems
Solution of modeling problems: exercises where the student needs to properly model the machine learning problem and choosing the most appropriate solution technique
Theoretical questions with open answers.
1,2
1,2,3,5
1,2,5

Christopher M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Editore: Springer-Verlag Berlin, Heidelberg, Anno edizione: 2006, ISBN: 0387310738 https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/research/people/cmbishop/prml-book/
Richard S. Sutton and Andrew G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, Editore: MIT Press, Cambridge, MA, Anno edizione: 2018, ISBN: 0262039249 http://incompleteideas.net/book/the-book-2nd.html
Murphy, K. P., Probabilistic Machine Learning: An introduction, Editore: MIT Press, Anno edizione: 2022 https://probml.github.io/pml-book/book1.html
Deisenroth, A. Aldo Faisal, and Cheng Soon Ong, Mathematics for Machine Learning, Editore: Cambridge University Press, Anno edizione: 2020 https://mml-book.com/

This course is designed to equip students with the concepts and tools of sustainability and impact management in a world increasingly shaped by complex and interdependent challenges. In this evolving context, economic actors are rethinking their strategies, operations, and impact in response to sustainability imperatives that can no longer be addressed through traditional approaches alone. Students will develop radical management mindset and capabilities to engage with the enabling infrastructures, such as regulatory frameworks, measurement systems, technology, and finance mechanisms, that support and guide sustainable transformations. The course provides an updated lens to reinterpret core managerial concepts, including strategy, technology management, finance, and performance measurement, within the context of impact-driven business models and emerging economic paradigms. The course explores evolving market dynamics, corporate models, and entrepreneurial approaches explicitly designed to tackle societal issues while generating positive impact. Through a combination of theoretical insights, case studies, and practical tools, students will learn how strategy, innovation, finance, and impact management systems can be reshaped to serve both social purpose ventures and mainstream organizations committed to sustainability.
By the end of the course, students will be able to interpret the complex and systemic interrelations among societal challenges, technological innovation, market disruptions, and purpose-driven corporate and entrepreneurial models. In particular, the course contributes to the development of the following capabilities:
Understanding the concept of impact and sustainability management and the foundations of purpose-driven corporate and entrepreneurial models. The distinguishing feature of such models is the proactive pursuit of solutions to societal problems along with economic sustainability and profit.
Designing innovative solutions through the application of scientific approaches (Analysis, Learning, Reasoning, and Modeling capability deriving from a solid and rigorous multidisciplinary background) to face societal challenges and seizing related opportunities, developing system-changing ideas, scaling solutions and translating them into long-term oriented, sustainable business models;
Interpreting real-world situations and learning from case studies;
Interacting in a professional, responsible, effective and constructive way in a working environment, also motivating group members.

On completion of the course, students will be able to:
Understand the concept of impact and sustainability management, and how purpose-driven corporate and entrepreneurial models respond to emerging societal challenges and opportunities within the impact economy.
Grasp the foundations and real-world applications of impact and sustainability management as a key driver of systemic transformation.
Reinterpret core managerial notions, such as strategy, technology, performance measurement, and finance, through the lens of purpose, sustainability and impact.
Design innovative, impact-oriented business models for ventures addressing societal challenges, and develop coherent management strategies.
Apply managerial tools and develop competencies to face the specific challenges that characterize organizations committed to tackling societal issues.
Understand the role of technology as an enabler of systemic change and as a strategic asset in sustainability-driven transformation.
Use frameworks and tools to measure and manage organizational performance in relation to societal impacts.
Analyze and compare financial instruments and approaches that aim to generate measurable societal impact alongside financial returns.
Learn how to scale ventures oriented toward societal impact by leveraging ESG criteria, impact finance, and hybrid growth strategies.
Communicate ideas and concepts effectively in both oral and written form, through case study discussions, presentations, and assessments.

I – THE EMERGENCE OF THE IMPACT ECONOMY
Societal challenges and the pursuit of a new form of capitalism
The evolution of management theory and practice through successive waves of capitalism
Emerging infrastructures enabling innovation and management: purpose, sustainability, and impact
Fundamental principles of the impact economy
II – CORPORATE AND ENTREPRENEURIAL APPROACHES TO SUSTAINABILITY AND IMPACT
The role of companies in the transition to an impact economy
Redefining corporate purpose: aligning business with societal value
Legal and organizational frameworks for impact-oriented enterprises
Sustainable and impact-driven business models
Strategies for scaling purpose-driven companies
Technology and innovation as enablers of impact
Impact measurement and management in the corporate context
III – FINANCE FOR SUSTAINABILITY AND IMPACT
The emergence of novel purpose-driven financial approaches
Disintermediation, ethics, and values: alternative finance models
Applying ESG criteria for long-term risk protection: responsible finance
Value-based financial approaches and instruments: sustainable finance
Investing in solutions: microfinance and impact finance
IV – ECOSYSTEMS AND POLICIES FOR SUSTAINABILITY AND IMPACT
The emerging role of the Entrepreneurial State
New forms of Public-Private Partnerships for impact
Social Innovation Ecosystems as enabler of impact

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
Altro
The final test will be:
a MANDATORY written exam for ALL students and it covers the slides, primer, case studies (including testimonials) discussed in class
an OPTIONAL oral exam where students are asked to critically discuss the theoretical concepts and show an original interpretation of the additional readings provided by the Professor.
The assessment is based on the knowledge of the theories and on the student’s ability to prove their understanding of their application in real-world situations.

A Primer in Management for Sustainability and Impact
Note: During the course, a Primer will be provided as well as additional readings and case studies.

Nature Based Solutions or NBS refers to nature-inspired environmental management and intervention solutions. It is a relatively recent concept, used by the European Commission to identify strategies, actions, technologies and interventions, which provide environmental services and socio-economic benefits that can increase environmental resilience. Today there is great attention to these solutions and to the development and enhancement of innovative technological solutions based on the example of natural systems. Examples of NBS are the so-called "green infrastructures" used to control stormwater runoff in urban areas, constructed wetlands and the modern "vertical gardens". In the proposed course, the different types of NBS will be illustrated, the main design parameters will be indicated and the basics to quantify their ability to provide ecosystem services will be provided.
The course is held by two teachers:
Arianna Azzellino, main expertise: ecosystems quality, environmental risk, and impact assessment
Grazia Concilio, main expertise: urbanization challenges and policy making for sustainability transition

After taking the course,
D1. knowledge and understanding: a) the student knows the fundamental principles underlying nature-based solutions; b) knows and understands the environmental issues that NBS may help to solve; c) understands the principles of available NBS technologies; d) knows the data and tools needed to build the assessment scenario for designing NBS
D2. Applying knowledge and understanding: the student is able to apply the knowledge acquired to case studies
D3. Making judgements: a) the student is able to evaluate the feasibility and potential benefits of an NBS intervention in a specific context; b) is able to provide an evaluation of NBS, even if not strictly related to those evaluated in the course;
D4. Communication skills: the student is able to explain what he/she has learnt and the reasons for his/her own evaluations in a clear and convincing way
D5. Learning skills: the student has acquired the skills needed to pursue further study independently.

1. Principles of Nature-Based Solutions for enhancing resilience to climate change.
2. The concept of ecosystem services
3. Human activities interrelations with ecological systems and main tools and approaches for applying Nature-Based Solutions to reducing climate risks.
4. Green infrastructures as aviable complement to grey engineered protection structures for reducing impacts of disaster events.
5. Main design parameters of the different types of NBS and their ability to provide ecosystem services
6. Environmental factors of interest for designing NBS
7. Practical guided examples on how to apply Nature-Based Solutions for reducing risks of natural hazards by investing in restoration and protection. (The students will work in teams and will provide a preliminary evaluation of an NBS application scenario. GIS tools will be used)

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The exam consists of two evaluation parts: the first part is an individual test with open / closed questions to be answered on the topics covered during the course and accounts for 90% of the grade; the second part refers to a Lab proejct group that is not mandatory and accounts for 10% of the final grade.
The final examination aims to evaluate not only the students' knowledge of Nature-based Solutions (NbS), but also their ability to apply the concepts discussed during the course to simple real-world situations.
The assessment is based on the following criteria:
Understanding of the fundamental concepts related to Nature-based Solutions and ecosystem services.
Ability to identify and explain the ecosystem services provided by different Nature-based Solutions.
Capacity to interpret simple scenarios and apply the acquired knowledge to support decision-making.
Critical thinking, including the recognition of multifunctionality, synergies and potential trade-offs among alternative Nature-based Solutions.
Quality and clarity of reasoning, particularly when explaining assumptions and justifying answers.
Appropriate use of scientific terminology and effectiveness of communication.

course slides and handouts

The aim of the course is introducing the students to the geotechnical and geomechanical applications associated to the offshore environment. Standard theories in the field of soil and rock mechanics are applied to offshore developments for oil and gas applications, as well as to renewable energy source, such offshore wind. When necessary, theoretical aspects not covered in classical geotechnical engineering courses are introduced, including soil behaviour under cyclic loading. The main design tools in order to operate in the field of Offshore Geotechnical Engineering will be covered. The teaching activity will benefit from the active collaboration of Rina Consulting SpA, whose engineers -operating in the field- will contribute with lectures, seminars, case studies and practical activities.

Students will acquire the knowledge to deal with some typical problems of Offshore Geotechnical Engineering, including serviceability and ultimate limit states for offshore foundations, assessment of submarine geohazard and geostructures for energy production, borehole stability, sand production, in situ stress state determination, with particular attention on the comprehension of the basic hydro-mechanical interactions between the soil/rock and the structures. The understanding of the aformentioned issues will be based on theoritical fundamentals related the behavior of sedimentary rocks and cyclic behavior of soils.
Student will then be able to:

• Characterize of offshore sediments based on in situ and laboratory test;
• Characterize from the engineering point of view the behaviour of sedimentary rocks;
• Analyse and design offshore foundation systems - both shallow and deep - according standard approaches well established in the offshore industry;
• Perform wellbore stability analysis;
• Determine the in situ stress state in reservoirs;
• Identify typical geohazard in relation to offshore infrasatructures, e.g. pipeline networks.

Fundamentals:

• Laboratory characterization of mechanical and hydraulic behavior of offshore sediments;
• In situ characterization of state and hydromechanical behavior of offshore sediments (geophysical method - logs - and frac tests);
• Geological aspects of oil and gas related geomechanics;
• State of stress and faulting regimes;
  Applications: offshore geotechnics for energy production
• Elements of laboratory and in situ testing;
• Cyclic behaviour of marine soils;
• Geotechnical assessment of offshore foundations and pipelines.
  Applications: Oil and gas related geomechanics
• Stress state determination from laboratory and field data;
• Stresses around boreholes. Borehole failure criteria. Elements of drilling and wellbore stability;
• Stability analysis of wellbore completion systems;
• Geological carbon storage.
  The teaching activity will benefit from the active collaboration of Rina Consulting SpA, whose engineers -operating in the field- will contribute with lectures, seminars, case studies and practical activities.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Assessment will include an oral exam and written take-home assignments. The former will aim to assess fundamental knowledge, whereas the ability to apply theoretical knowledge to practice will be evaluated through the latter.

Erling Fjar R.M. Holt A.M. Raaen R. Risnes P. Horsrud, Petroleum Related Rock Mechanics, Editore: Elsevier, ISBN: 9780444502605
Mark Randolph, Susan Gourvenec, Offshore Geotechnical Engineering, Editore: CRC Press, ISBN: 0415477441

To increase the transdisciplinary basic knowledge and understanding of the key facts regarding the pollution phenomena casused by plastic disposal, mostly in aquatic environments, locally and globally.
Main course contents: disposal/fate/recovery of plastic and bioplastic, standard to define bioplastic biodegradabiity, bacterial production of VFA, PHA and EPS, the environmental problems related to the often incorrect use of plastics, including micro and nanoplastic and possible solutions.

Knowledge and understanding
The student will gain an overall knowledge and understanding of of the fate/disposal and recovery route of plastic and bioplastics in the environment; of the environmental problems/impacts and solution approaches.
Application of knowledge and understanding
The student will have to apply the knowledge acquired to perform multidisciplinary projects/case studies and lab activities on actual and emerging problems. These activities will enhance the cultural level and capability of students to confront with the challenges and opportunities coming from plastic and bioplastic in the environment and in different economical sectors.
Autonomy of judgment
The student will carry out autonomous choices and interpretations with respect to case studies and lab activities supplied, being able to debate and explain the pros/cons/uncertainties of the solutions proposed or results obtained

1. Introduction to macroplastic pollution in aquatic environment, evolution, impacts, modelling, solutions
2. Biodegradation of plastics: fundamentals and standards. Fate of biodegradable plastics in the environment and in wastewater/biosolids tretament plant
3. Methods to recover and produce biopolymers from liquid and solid organic waste.
4. Microplastics: origin, fate, impacts, solutions

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
The written exam is composed by 2 questions and 2 calculation exercises. The candidate shall answer to 1 question and 1 exercise.
The evaluation/mark depends on:
question: breadth and accuracy of the content reported, level of argumentation and understanding of the question as a whole
exercise: correctness of the solution methods applied and the results obtained

One general objective of the course is the introduction of the students to the general topics of sustainability and circular economy, with particular reference to the cases of polymer industry.
Another more specific objective is the study of theoretical and practical aspects related to physical and chemical recycling technologies for end-of-life polymers and polymer-based composites.
A third objective of the course is the description of bioplastics, including their production, chemical microstucture, physical properties and biodegradation behaviour.

After attending the course and after the final examination, the student will:
know and understand the fundamentals of circular economy (DD1)
know the different types of available polymer recycling technologies, including logistical and regulatory implications (DD1)
know and understand the main physico-chemical principles related to polymer compounding (DD1)
know the main types of additives and industrial machinery to be used in polymer mechanical reprocessing, and how to design, select and optimize them on the basis of the desired set of material performances (DD1, DD2)
know the main types of available polymers from renewable sources as well as biodegradable polymers (DD1)
know and calculate Material Circularity Indicators (DD1, DD2)
know and apply the basics of process economics applied to plastic recycling (DD1, DD2)
be able to apply the above described knowledge aimed at the design and selection of optimal components and machinery for the production or recycling of a polymeric compound at industrial scale (DD2)
These learning outcomes are expected to provide the student with the needed knowledge tools necessary for successfully performing their future activities in an industrial environment, with particular reference to polymer recycling and compounding industry, their technological testing, and the evaluation of the associated environmental impacts

The main topics of the course are:
1) Fundamentals of circular economy and overview of the global market of plastics; circular economy metrics; national and EU regulations for end-of-life plastics
2) Polymer waste management: logistics and pretreatments, separation and sorting techniques, physical recycling versus chemical recycling, energy recovery
3) Review of physico-chemical principles applied to polymer technology; solubility thermodynamics for polymer-based binary mixtures; diffusivity, barrier properties in packaging materials, mechanisms of loss of additives; wettability, contact angle, hysteresis, determination of surface tension components, work of adhesion and Young-Duprè equation
4) Mechanical recycling and compounding: shredding, mixing, flow analysis; quality of mixtures, intensity and scale of segregation; liquid-liquid miscible mixing, liquid-liquid immiscible mixing, solid-liquid mixing; analysis of the twin-screw extrusion process, other mechanical mixers, design of mixing elements, examples of industrial compounding cycles
5) Polymer degradation behaviour: thermal degradation, photodegradation, oxidative degradation, hydrolysis; analytical techniques to monitor polymer degradation and durability; accelerated tests; selection of thermal and photochemical stabilizers; re action to fire and polymer combustion; fire retardant additives; testing and regulations.
6) Additives for polymer compounding and reformulation: plasticizers and fillers, nanofillers and nanocomposites, tribology and self-lubricating compounds; pigments, colour mixing and colour matching technologies, Kubelka-Munk equations
7) Other physical recycling technologies, dissolution methods; emerging application to multilayer food packaging films
8) Chemical recycling of thermoplastics and thermosets, pyrolysis and solvolysis processes, reactors, microwave heating. Chemical and thermochemical recycling of composites and rubbers. Vitrimers and reversible chemistries for polymer repair and easy recycling
9) Basics of process economics; capex and opex evaluation, profitability analysis, support to decisions
10) Biodegradation and bioplastics; polymeric materials from renewable resources, enzymatic degradation; biodegradation testing and regulations; specific cases of biopolyesters and polysaccharides (starch-based blends)

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), individuale, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The examination will be an oral discussion about one or more of the course topics, chosen by the examiner. The student can also propose to elaborate on a specific topic of the course, and to show the results of this study in form of a PPT presentation. The student must be also able to clearly describe and critically discuss the proposed topics, highlighting the hypotheses, assumptions, critical points, the physical meaning and its consequences, including the mathematical approach where needed. The student should also be able to apply the theoretical knowledge to solving specific problems or troubleshooting some situations typically met in a real industrial environment.

Lecture's notes
L. Mascia, The role of additives in plastics, Editore: Arnold, Anno edizione: 1974, ISBN: 0713133287
C. Rauwendaal, Polymer Mixing, Editore: Hanser, Anno edizione: 1998, ISBN: 1-56990-223-2
S.A. Ashter, Introduction to Bioplastics Engineering, Editore: Elsevier, Anno edizione: 2016

This course is dedicated to students with a thorough knowledge of energy issues and it aims at explaining the various technologies available for the production of electricity from renewable sources. The course deals with a topic of great interest and relevance, from the technical and engineering point of view: producing electricity from renewable sources is becoming increasingly important in a short-medium term scenario, characterized by the need to drastically reduce greenhouse gases and dependence on fossil fuels. The approach to topics is primarily theoretical, in order to understand the physical principles that are at the basis of operation of the different technologies. It also discusses some technological aspects more closely linked to the industrial manufacturing processes, together with the associated economic, strategic and environmental impact. The course will provide the students with the technical skills to operate in the field of power plants fed by renewable sources: from decision-making skills required in the design phase, to the technical knowledge related to the operation and maintenance of plants.

Knowledge and understanding:
The student is able to understand the physical working principle and main industrial manufacturing processes of a renewable technology.
The student is able to assess the potential energy production and costs of a renewable source.
The student is able to understand the energy and environmental balance of power plant plant based on a renewable source, taking into account its environmental impact and avoided emissions and energy saving in a LCA perspective.
The student is able to understand the part load operation of a renewable plant, and to evaluate the main performance indexes related to an annual operation.
Applying knowledge and understanding:
The student is able to make a preliminary design of a power plant based on a renewable source, assessing both its economic feasibility and environmental benefits, in terms of avoided emmissions and energy saving.
The student is able to correctly operate a renewable plant in terms of optimized schedule and forecasting, dispatching electricity and maintenance operations.
Making judgements:
The student is able to autonomously manage the design choices concerning the construction and operation of renewable source plants.
Communication skills:
The student is able to communicate the results of his / her activity in a clear and effective way.

Introduction and perspectives. The potential of renewable energy. Classification of sources and typical problems related to their exploitation for the production of electricity on an industrial scale. Adopted incentive schemes. Current situation and forecast scenarios.
Wind energy. Betz theory and laws of operation, types of machines, applications. Sizing criteria, plant regulation and characteristic curves. Coupling with the generator, power electronics for rotor speed control. Characterization of the wind resource of a site, analysis and profitability of a wind farm. Environmental impact of wind power installations. Off-shore wind farms. Small and micro-wind.
Geothermal energy. Classification of geothermal sources: liquid and vapor-dominated hydrothermal source, hot dry rocks. Exploration techniques and drilling. Adoptable power plants: direct steam cycle, plant with flash and separation of steam, binary ORC cycles. Cogeneration plants. Design aspects, issues related to geothermal fluids and environmental impact.
Energy from biomass. Classification of biomass and future potential. Conversion systems with grate boilers: water steam cycles and ORC. Flue gas treatment systems. Anaerobic digestion for biogas production. LCA analysis applied to the cycle of biomass.
Solar energy. Solar radiation: characteristic angles and the solar spectrum. Instruments for measuring radiation.
Photovoltaic solar energy: the photoelectric effect, processes for silicon production and photovoltaic cell manufacturing, electrical characteristic of the cell and circuit connection, inverter and power conditioning systems. Design criteria for off-grid and grid-connected plants. Thin-film and multi-junction cells, recent technological developments. Concentrating photovoltaic.
Concentrating solar power: classification of concentrating systems. Parabolic-trough collectors, parabolic dish systems, Fresnel collectors, central receiver systems (i.e solar tower). Thermal performance of a collector, selective coatings. Heat transfer fluids and thermal storage tanks. Sizing of a solar power plant. Operating strategy of a plant and estimation of the yearly production.
Energy from small-hydro plants. Classification of plants and hydraulic machines. Future potential of the resource. Design criteria of a run-of-river hydroelectric plant, regulation. Environmental impact.
Energy from the sea. Exploitation of thermal gradient of oceans (OTEC). Hints on energy from currents, wave, tidal
For the 5-CFU course, "Geothermal energy", "Energy from small-hydro-plants", "Energy from the sea" and "Energy from biomass" modules are excluded from the covered topics.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
The course is organized in lectures and tutorials. Design of plants are also proposed on different technologies. The exercises are functional to the understanding of topics and to the preparation of the exam (the ability to solve the proposed exercises is a necessary but not sufficient condition for passing the exam).
The exam consists of two tests: a written test (duration 90 minutes) that is a practical test based on two numerical problems and a theoretical written test based on open-ended questions and mulitple choice questions (duration 60 minutes). The final mark will result as a weighted average between the practical (60%) and theoretical part (40%). The two tests can be carried out on two separates dates within the same Academic Year. To proceed to the theoretical exam an evaluation equal/above 16/30 for practical test is mandatory.
The two tests aims to ascertain the degree of understanding of the fundamental aspects of the course, from the theoretical working principle of the various renewable technologies, to the operating strategy of a plant in off-design conditions, the forecast of its annual energy output, the evaluation of the environmental balance and the economic assessment of an investment. In particular the written test will aim at evaluating student's ability in the calculation and preliminary design of renewable power plants, assessing the electricity production, economic feasibility and environmental benefits, in terms of avoided emissions and energy saving. The theoretical test will aim at evaluating the understanding of the physical concepts underlying design and operation characteristics specific to different technologies.
For the 5-CFU course, the exam has the same structure and the only difference resides in questions that will be limited to the topics covered.

G. Boyle, Renewable Energy, Editore: Oxford, Anno edizione: 2014
A. Da Rosa, Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Processes, Editore: Elsevier, Anno edizione: 2012, ISBN: 978-0-12-397219-4 http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/book/9780123972194
John F.Walker, Nicholas Jenkins, Wind energy technology, Editore: John Wiley & Sons
A. Luque, S. Hegedus, Handbook of Photovoltaic Science and Engineering, 2nd edition, Editore: Wiley
John A. Duffie, William A. Beckman, Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes, 4th Edition, ISBN: 978-0-470-87366-3
Ronald DiPippo, Geothermal Power Plants: principles, applications and case studies, Editore: Elsevier
Lorenzo Battisti, Gli impianti motori Eolici, Editore: Green place energies
Daniele Cocco, Chiara Palomba, Pierpaolo Puddu, Tecnologie delle energie rinnovabili
Andrea Bartolazzi, Le Energie Rinnovabili, Editore: Biblioteca tecnica Hoepli

The course is offered in a 10-CFU version (PROBABILISTIC SAFETY ANALYSIS (PSA): SYSTEM ANALYSIS METHODS, COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ALGORITHMS), a two 5-CFU courses version (PROBABILISTIC SAFETY ANALYSIS (PSA): SYSTEM ANALYSIS METHODS, COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES and PROBABILISTIC SAFETY ANALYSIS (PSA): ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ALGORITHMS), and a 8-CFU version (PROBABILISTIC SAFETY ANALYSIS (PSA): SYSTEM ANALYSIS METHODS, COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES AND ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ALGORITHMS B). The following detailed program defines goals, learning outcomes and topics for each 5-CFU course.
PROBABILISTIC SAFETY ANALYSIS (PSA): SYSTEM ANALYSIS METHODS, COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES
The objective of the course is to provide students with an understanding of the Deterministic (D) and Probabilistic (P) Safety Analysis (SA), and the system analysis methods and computational techniques needed for their assessment. These will be presented with respect to practical cases of nuclear systems.
PROBABILISTIC SAFETY ANALYSIS (PSA): ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ALGORITHMS
The goal of this course is to provide students with the knowledge on Artificial Intelligence (AI) and advanced simulation methods used for Computational Risk Assessment (CRA).

PROBABILISTIC SAFETY ANALYSIS (PSA): SYSTEM ANALYSIS METHODS, COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES
The Expected Learning Outcomes (ELO) are as follows.
The student knows:
ELO PSA1 - the potential scenarios of nuclear accidents and the methods for their deterministic (DSA) and probabilistic analysis (PSA)
ELO PSA2 - the methodological tools at the basis of the probabilistic risk analysis
The student understands:
ELO PSA3 - strengths and weaknesses of DSA and PSA, and the potential and challenges of Computational Risk Analysis (CRA)
The student is able to:
ELO PSA4 - apply the methods and tools for the probabilistic risk analysis of nuclear and energy equipment and systems.
PROBABILISTIC SAFETY ANALYSIS (PSA): ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ALGORITHMS
The Expected Learning Outcomes (ELO) are as follows.
The student knows:
ELO CRA1 - the methods for uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of nuclear accidents models and codes used for Computational Risk Analysis (CRA)
ELO CRA2 - how to implement AI algorithms for CRA
The student is able to:
ELO CRA3 - apply AI algorithms for CRA
The student can communicate:
ELO CRA4 - the results of the application of AI algorithms for CRA of nuclear and energy equipment and systems

PROBABILISTIC SAFETY ANALYSIS (PSA): SYSTEM ANALYSIS METHODS, COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES
Part 1A Deterministic Safety Analysis (DSA)
DSA safety concepts (defense-in-depth, multiple barriers, Design Basis Accidents (DBAs) and Beyond DBAs (BDBAs)) and the technological implications on the nuclear power plants design
Strengths and weaknesses of DSA
Part 2A Probabilistic Safety Analysis (PSA)
Level 1,2,3 PSA: methods and tools for modeling of nuclear accidents
Identification and quantification of accident sequences (Failure Mode and Criticality Analysis, Hazard Operability Analysis, Fault and Event Tree Analyses, Bow-tie, and Bayesian Belief Networks); Importance Measures; Dependent Failures; Risk curves and matrices; Risk analysis as a tool in support of regulatory licensing and operating requirements
Strengths and weaknesses of PSA
PROBABILISTIC SAFETY ANALYSIS (PSA): ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE ALGORITHMS
Part 1B Computational Risk Analysis (CRA)
Dynamic accidental scenarios generation:
Multi-Valued Logic (MVL) for modeling the accidental scenarios
Continuous Event Tree (CET) and Continuous Cell-to-Cell Mapping Technique (CCCMT)
Dynamic Event Tree (DET) and Monte Carlo Dynamic Event Tree (MCDET)
Dynamic accidental scenarios simulation:
Uncertainty and sensitivity analysis of Thermal-Hydraulics codes (Code Scaling, Applicability, and Uncertainty (CSAU), Automated Statistical Treatment of Uncertainty Method (ASTRUM)), global variance-based and distribution-based measures (flipped))
Risk-informed safety margin quantification (Order Statistics (OS))
Artificial Intelligence methods (Artificial Neural Networks (ANNs)) for accidental scenarios simulation
Dynamic accidental scenarios post-processing:
Artificial Intelligence methods (clustering algorithms) for system failure domain identification
Artificial Intelligence methods (evolutionary algorithms and clustering algorithms) for prime implicants and near misses scenarios identification

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
Valutazione continua facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
The evaluation consists of a final written exam (covering Part 1A and 2A) and an oral exam (covering Part 1A, 2A and 1B), and of hands-on exercises continuosly evaluated during the course.
The oral exam (50% of the final grade) is aimed at verifying the student:
ability to expose and discuss the mathematical formalism of the AI and advanced simulation methods presented during the course (ELO CRA1-2)
understanding of the need (and opportunity) tackled (and offered) by AI and advanced simulation method for the safety and maintenance of industrial plants and energy systems (ELO CRA3)
ability to communicate knowledge clearly and unambiguously (ELO CRA4)

Enrico Zio, Computational methods for reliability and risk analysis, Editore: World Scientific, Anno edizione: 2009
Enrico Zio, Piero Baraldi, Francesco Cadini, Basics of Reliability and Risk Analysis: Worked Out Problems and Solutions, Editore: World Scientific
Enrico Zio, An Introduction to the Basics of Reliability and Risk Analysis, Editore: World Scientific
IAEA-TECDOC-1200, Applications of probabilistic safety assessment (PSA) for nuclear power plants, Anno edizione: 2001
NUREG/CR-6901, Current State of Reliability Modeling Methodologies for Digital Systems and Their Acceptance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plant Assessments, Anno edizione: 2006
Francesco Di Maio, Enrico Zio, Curtis Smith, Valentin Rychkov, Integrated Deterministic and Probabilistic Safety Analysis for Safety Assessment of Nuclear Power Plants, Editore: Science and Technology of Nuclear Installations (special issue), Anno edizione: 2015
Enrico Zio, Integrated deterministic and probabilistic safety assessment: Concepts, challenges, research directions, Editore: Nuclear Engineering and Design, Anno edizione: 2014, Fascicolo: 280
Mohammad Modarres, Inn Seock Kim, Deterministic and Probabilistic Safety Analysis - Handbook of Nuclear Engineering, Editore: Springer, Anno edizione: 2010

Sustainable development is all about adopting economic and social models that allow us to meet the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet theirs. It's a balance between growth and responsibility, ensuring that today's actions don't lead to tomorrow's problems.
When it comes to chemical activity, innovations that promote sustainable development focus on reducing or eliminating the use of non-renewable resources, minimizing the environmental impact of production processes, and ensuring that the substances produced are eco-friendly.
The course is designed to explore the development of materials, applications, and processes derived from renewable resources, guided by the principles of circular economy and circular chemistry. The goal is to instill in students the importance of evaluating sustainability as a crucial factor when selecting materials and developing processes.
Explore Renewable Raw Materials: We'll present both plant-based and animal-based materials available on the market.
Learn about Bulk and Fine Chemicals: Understand how these renewable resources are used to produce various chemicals and materials.
Focus on Energy Efficiency: We'll cover production methods that aim to reduce solvent use and energy consumption.
Embrace Circular Practices: Familiarize yourself with practices that promote recycling and reuse to minimize waste.

Expected learing outcomes for the students:

• knowledge about the main sources of renewable materials and their nature
• knowledge about the structure and reactivity of renewable resources and how to obtain them
• knowledge about the developement of functional materials from renewable resources and their applications
• ability to use new chemical methodologies from renewable resources
• ability to developement of key products from renewable resources and the related industrial processes
• ability to comunicate the knowledge learned in the field of renewable resources

Short recall of the basic concepts of chemistry and organic chemistry
Bio-based and biodegradable materials (resources, production, processes and applications): Cellulose; Starch; Chitin/Chitosan; Lignin; Lactic acid and PLA; Alginates; PHA
Use and valorization of food waste for the production of biofuels or chemical intermediates: Bioethanol and Bioalcohols
"Bio-based" processes for the production of chemical intermediates
CO 2 as feedstock in chemical synthesis
Solvents from renewable resources and ionic liquids
Biosurfactants
“Bio-based” materials for food and food packaging
Green hydrogen from renewable resources

Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, individuale, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
Valutazione continua facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
Throughout the year, you'll participate in intermediate evaluations (optional) based on group projects that cover various course topics. This collaborative approach helps deepen your understanding and encourages teamwork. Towards the end of the course, you'll create a project (individually or in groups of two people) in the form of a PowerPoint presentation. This project will require you to choose a course-related topic and analyze it identifying potential challenges, and propose solutions. During the oral exam, you'll present your project and respond to questions about your chosen topic and other course material. This tests your comprehension and ability to articulate your insights.

WeBeep
Note: Slides, reviews and papers

Il corso strutturato Protezione Idraulica del Territorio ha come obiettivo generale la valutazione del rischio idrologico-idraulico e la progettazione degli interventi strutturali e non strutturali per la sua mitigazione. Il corso consiste di due moduli strettamente integrati:
Il modulo 1 (5 CFU) ha lo scopo di introdurre le basi per la valutazione della portata, volume ed idrogramma di progetto e la valutazione del rischio.
Il modulo 2 (5 CFU) ha lo scopo di introdurre le basi per la progettazione degli interventi per la riduzione del rischio con interventi strutturali.

A seguito della frequenza di lezioni e laboratori dell’insegnamento e del superamento dell’esame, lo studente apprenderà come (Conoscenza e comprensione):

• valutare la portata di piena per prefissati tempi di ritorno con metodi diretti ed indiretti
• valutare la pericolosità idraulica di un territorio
• progettare sistemi strutturali per la riduzione del rischio di esondazione: casse di espansione, diversivi, scolmatori e argini
  A seguito della frequenza dei laboratori dell’insegnamento e del superamento dell’esame, lo studente acquisirà le seguenti capacità di tipo pratico (Capacità di applicare conoscenza e comprensione):
• usare un sistema informativo geografico per analisi idrologiche di base
• usare un modello idrologico a parametri spazialmente distribuiti
• usare un software per il tracciamento dei profili di moto permanente in alvei complessi

Modulo 1
Definizione di rischio idrologico-idraulico
percezione, previsione, prevenzione e preannuncio del rischio idrogeologico;
identificazione del rischio idrologico e idraulico;
pericolosità, esposizione, vulnerabilità;
Valutazione delle piene
metodi probabilistici di valutazione del rischio e dell'affidabilità;
metodo della portata indice;
stima regionalizzata della curva di crescita;
Metodi indiretti basati su modelli idrologici distribuiti
valutazione dei volumi di piena;
valutazione degli idrogrammi di piena con assegnato periodo di ritorno
metodi multivariati per la modellazione portata-volume
Sicurezza Idrologiche delle dighe
Normative;
metodi di valutaazione della sicurezza idrologica;
i problema dei sedimenti.
Modulo 2
Correnti fluviali
Grandezze caratteristiche delle correnti fluviali
Moto permanente delle correnti a superficie libera
Moto vario delle correnti a superficie libera
Mappatura delle aree di esondazione
Metodi speditivi (topografici, topologici, volumetrici)
Metodi per aree fortemente urbanizzate
Interventi strutturali per la mitigazione del rischio
Casse di espansione in linea ed in derivazione
Argini
Diversivi e scolmatori
Cambiamenti climatici ed impatti sulla protezione idraulica del territorio
Cambiamenti climatici ed IPCC
Effetti del cambio climatico su variabili idrologiche. Esempio del calcolo del quantile di portata in scenario futuro

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
La valutazione finale consiste in un esame orale a cui si accede previa consegna dell'elaborato relativo ai laboratori informatici svolti durante l'anno. La modalità di consegna verrà comunicata durante il corso.
Durante l’esame, lo studente dovrà rispondere a domande aperte anche facendo riferimento al lavoro svolto nei laboratori informatici e presentati nell’elaborato dimostrando di conoscere e di aver compreso gli elementi teorici essenziali dell’insegnamento e di saperli applicare a dei casi reali.

Renzo Rosso, Manuale di protezione idraulica del Territorio, Anno edizione: 2002 https://www.amazon.it/Manuale-Protezione-Idraulica-del-Territorio-ebook/dp/B01M594D2Y/ref=sr_1_4?s=digital-text&ie=UTF8&qid=1480349687&sr=1-4
Note: https://www.amazon.it/Manuale-Protezione-Idraulica-del-Territorio-ebook/dp/B01M594D2Y/ref=sr_1_4?s=digital-text&ie=UTF8&qid=1480349687&sr=1-4

La Radioprotezione è una disciplina che trova applicazione in ogni pratica in cui viene fatto uso delle radiazioni ionizzanti: dall’impianto nucleare, al reparto ospedaliero di medicina nucleare.
L’obiettivo l'insegnamento si propone è quello di fornire i fondamenti della Radioprotezione. Gli studenti devono acquisire familiarità con nuove grandezze fisiche non incontrate in altri insegnamenti e deve crescere in loro la sensibilità verso le problematiche associate alle misure ed alle valutazioni radioprotezionistiche. Per questi motivi agli studenti verranno illustrati i principi di funzionamento degli strumenti più diffusi nell'ambito della radioprotezione con particolare enfasi alle corrette modalità d’impiego. Le considerazioni e valutazioni dosimetriche saranno infine confrontate con i limiti ed i vincoli imposti dalla normativa nazionale. Nell'ambito dell'iniziativa "Green Ambassador", nelle lezioni verrà illustrato l'impatto radiologico legato alla dispersione nell'ambiente di contaminanti radioattivi rilasciati da un impianto nucleare in normale operatività o in situazione incidentale. Analoghe considerazioni verranno estese a gravi incidenti radiologici.
L'insegnamento viene offerto sia a studenti dei corsi di laurea triennale, generalmente come propedeutico per la successiva laurea magistrale in Ingegneria Nucleare, sia a quelli delle lauree magistrali, per particolari corsi di laurea, quali Ingegneria Biomedica, Ingegneria della Prevenzione e della Sicurezza nell'industria di processo, Ingegneria Elettrica, ecc.

lo studente:
conosce le nozioni teoriche fondamentali della radioprotezione.
ha proprietà di linguaggio, conosce il lessico specialistico utilizzato e non confonde tra loro le numerose grandezze fisiche utilizzate in radioprotezione.
è in grado di analizzare un problema reale e di impostarne la soluzione utilizzando gli strumenti teorici acquisiti nelle lezioni e gli esempi illustrati.
è in grado di valutare correttamente il rischio in caso di presenza di campi di radiazioni ionizzanti o di contaminanti radioattivi nell'ambiente.

Le radiazioni ionizzanti e grandezze fisiche correlate. Le prime ore di lezione costituiscono una sorta di introduzione agli argomenti trattati nel corso. Verranno descritte le principali sorgenti di radiazioni: radionuclidi naturali ed artificiali, le macchine radiogene. Saranno illustrate le grandezze fisiche fondamentali per la caratterizzazione di dette sorgenti.
Interazioni della radiazione con la materia. Verranno illustrati i principali fenomeni di interazione della radiazione ionizzante con la materia finalizzati alla descrizione del danno biologico.
Grandezze radiometriche e dosimetriche. In questa parte del corso verranno presentate le grandezze fisiche fondamentali per la dosimetria e le relazioni che intercorrono tra esse.
Strumentazione per la rivelazione delle radiazioni ionizzanti. Verranno presi in rassegna i principali strumenti utilizzati per la rivelazione delle radiazioni ionizzanti e i dosimetri maggiormente impiegati per la valutazione delle dosi individuali.
Tecniche di protezione dalle radiazioni. Saranno illustrate le tecniche di protezione dalle radiazioni ionizzanti che devono essere impiegate per limitare l’esposizione dei lavoratori e della popolazione.
Calcolo delle schermature. Verrà fatto un breve cenno alle tecniche utilizzate per la progettazione delle schermature richieste nell’impiego di macchine radiogene e sorgenti radioattive di varia natura.

Prova orale obbligatoria
La prova finale consiste in un esame orale articolato generalmente su domande relative agli aspetti teorici o a casi realistici per i quali si chiede di descrivere il corretto approccio dal punto di vista radioprotezionistico. Durante l'esame viene valutata la capacità di esposizione e l'uso appropriato del linguaggio tecnico. In tal caso potrebbe essere richiesta qualche semplice valutazione numerica, finalizzata all'accertamento della padronanza delle tecniche illustrate a lezione.L'esame inizia sempre con l'esposizione da parte del candidato di un argomento a sua scelta tra quelli trattati nel corso delle lezioni.

Campi F., dispense del docente
Note: scaricabili in WeBeep
Polvani Carlo, Elementi di radioprotezione, Editore: ENEA, Anno edizione: 1993 https://www.pubblicazioni.enea.it/component/jdownloads/?task=download.send&id=403&catid=3&m=0&Itemid=101
Note: scaricabile in internet
Pelliccioni Maurizio, Fondamenti fisici della Radioprotezione, Editore: Pitagora
Knoll G. F., Radiation Detection and Measurement, Editore: John Wiley & Sons

Modern complex industrial systems require a systematic approach to design and operation, with specified safety and reliability constraints/objectives (safety-based and reliability-based design and operation).
The goal of this course is to provide the students with the adequate competences on methods and computational tools for the evaluation, the analysis and the control of the risk associated to the operation of industrial equipment and systems. These competences, typical of safety and reliability analysts and managers, are necessary in all modern engineering for the design and operation of safe and reliable systems.

PART A
The student knows:

• ELO A.1 - the basics of probability theory, system analysis and simulation methods for reliability and availability assessments;
• ELO A.2 - the basics of maintenance engineering.
  The student is able to:
• ELO A.3 - estimate reliability and availability indicators of industrial equipment and systems;
• ELO A.4 - develop stochastic simulation methods for estimating system reliability and availability indicators;
• ELO A.5 - apply methods of maintenance engineering to industrial equipment and systems.
  PART B
  ELO B.1 - the student understands the concept of risk and the probabilistic framework for its assessment;
  ELO B.2 - the student is able to apply the methods and tools for the probabilistic risk assessment of industrial equipment and systems;
  ELO B.3 - The student knows the methodological tools to treat the uncertainty in the reliability and risk assessments and can make judgments on the confidence in the results obtained, for robust decision-making.

PART A
Basics of probability theoryfor applications to reliability analysis and risk assessment (ELO A.1);
Estimationof reliability parameters from field data(ELO A.3);
Reliability of simple systems:series, parallel, redundancies, standby (ELO A.3);
Reliability and availability of complex systemssubject to realistic procedures of inspection, maintenance, repair, renewal (ELO A.3);
Monte Carlo simulation methods for reliability and availability analysis:stochastic simulation framework; random sampling; definite integrals estimation; variance reduction techniques to increase simulation efficiency,estimation of reliability and availability of complex systems (ELO A.4);
Maintenance engineering (ELOs A.2 and A.5).
PART II
Risk:qualitative and quantitative definitions (ELO B.1);
Probabilistic risk assessment framework:identification and quantification of accident sequences (Failure Mode and Criticality Analysis, Hazard Operability Analysis, Fault and Event Tree Analyses, and Bayesian Belief Networks); risk curves and matrices; risk analysis as a tool in support of regulatory licensing and operating requirements (ELOs B.2 and B.3);
Dependent failures (ELO B.2);
Importance measures (ELOs B.2 and B.3);
Uncertainty and Sensitivity Analysis (ELOs B.2 and B.3)
Seminars on advanced topics (e.g. digitalization in Industry 4.0, integrated deterministic and probabilistic safety assessment, Prognostics and Health Management);
Case studies taken from real industrial systems and plants will be illustrated, and quantitative exercise classes will be carried out in support to the comprehension of the material covered in class.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Modalità di valutazione
The evaluation consists in a written exam consisting of numerical exercises theory questions.
The numerical exercises will evaluate the student abilities in applying the techniques for quantifying the reliability and availability and control the risk of industrial equipment and systems (ELOs A.3 and B.2).
The theory questions aimsat verifying the student understanding of the risk concept, the probabilistic framework for its assessment, the basics of probability theory and stochastic methods for reliability, availability and risk analysis, dependent failures, importance measures, the maintenance engineering approaches (ELOs -A.5 and B.1, B.2). Furthermore, it verifies the student ability of making judgments on the confidence in the results obtained, for robust decision-making (ELO B.3).

The course aims to illustrate the technologies available for the production of electrical and/or thermal energy from Renewable Energy Sources (RES) and to discuss the present and future role of RES in the worldwide scenario. The course deals with the production of electricity and/or heat/cold from RES by providing the theoretical basis, the principles of operation, the technological solutions, the environmental impact and the application contexts of these power plants. The course covers non-programmable technologies (photovoltaic, wind, hydro) as well as programmable ones (CSP, biomass, biowaste, storage hydro) and base load technologies (geothermal). The course provides the students with the skills to operate in the field of power plants from RES: from decision-making skills required in the design phase, including the evaluation of economical competitiveness, to the technical and operational skills required during the operation phase.

Upon fulfillment of the course, the students will be able to:

• understand the laws of physics which rule the behavior of the various technologies applied in the renewable energy field (DdD1)
• understand the theoretical potential of renewable energy sources for lowering the carbon footprint related to world energy needs (DdD1)
• become familiar with the state-of-the-art of main renewable technologies (DdD2)
• justify the typical performances of renewable energy plants (DdD2,3)
• fulfill preliminary design of renewable energy plants and select the design parameters of main components (DdD3,4)
• learn how to calculate yearly energy balances of renewable energy plants based on source availability (DdD3,4)
• become familiar with economic parameters related to renewable energy plants operation (DdD2)

Introduction and perspectives. The potential of renewable energy sources: present role, near term and long term future. Types of sources and issues related to their use for the production of electrical and thermal energy. Incentives for RES development. Current situation and forecast scenarios. Hybrid solutions, integration with fossil fuels and storage systems. Stand alone and grid connected solutions.
Wind energy. Betz theory and operational laws, types of machines, applications. Sizing criteria, regulation and characteristics. Coupling with the electrical generator and power electronic converters. Characterization of wind site and profitability analysis for a wind turbine field. Environmental impact of wind farms. Off-shore wind farms. Mini-wind turbines.
Geothermal energy. Types of geothermal sources: vapour-dominated or liquid-dominated, hot dry rocks. Drilling and exploration techniques. Plants for the production of electrical energy: direct steam, flash, binary plants. ORC plants. Cogeneration, with district heating/cooling and other low temperature heat users.
Energy from biomass and biowaste. Types of biomass and potential. Conversion systems with grate boilers: steam cycles and ORC. Gasifiers and internal combustion engines. Flue gas treatment plants. Anaerobic digestion systems for the production of biogas.
Solar energy. Solar radiation: potential, solar spectrum, angles. Prediction of available energy on horizontal and tilted surfaces.
Photovoltaic plant: photoelectric effect, silicon photovoltaic cells, electrical characteristic of the cell and manufacturing of solar cells and photovoltaic arrays, inverter and power conditioning systems. First, second and third generation. Design criteria of grid connected plant and stand-alone plant. Thin-film solar photovoltaic cells and multi-junction cells, recent technological developments.
CSP (Concentrated Solar Power) plants: classification of concentrating systems. Cylindrical-parabolic collectors, parabolic dish systems, Fresnel systems, central receiver systems. Working fluids, thermodynamic cycles and thermal storage tanks.
Solar thermal for hot water production.
Hydroelectric energy: types of hydroelectric power plants (Storage, Pumped-storage, Run-of-river). Types of plants and hydraulic machines (Pelton, Francis, Kaplan turbines and Archimedean screw generators). Small-hydro. Potential assessment of hydro resource. Sizing criteria and management. Environmental impact.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, individuale, senza revisioni periodiche, senza presentazione/discussione finale
Written test at the end of the course on the entire program.
The test includes open questions related to theoretical topics as well as simple problems inspired to numerical applications discussed during tutorials.
Before examination it is mandatory for students handing in written reports describing the adopted solution and the commented results of the numerical applications.
The examination assesses the student capability of:

• describe the principle of operation and the state-of-the-art of main renewable technologies (DdD1,2,4)
• justify the typical performance of various plants based on renewable energy sources on design as well as on off-design conditions (DdD2,3)
• comment the economic competitiveness of various solutions (DdD3,4)
• draw simplified plant schemes (DdD3,4)

The goal of the course is to provide students with a clear understanding of technical, economic and policy aspects related to power system decarbonization and renewable energy sources (RES) diffusion.
Since Kyoto protocol, global and European institutions have designed decarbonization policies in which a low-carbon power generation has a fundamental role. However, non-programmable RES diffusion has several impacts on both power networks and electricity markets operations, because of many reasons, among which: their variability and unpredictability, the spatial distribution of their primary source and their financing structure. In addition, power system is separated into a fully liberalized part (i.e., power generation and retailing) and a regulated part under monopoly (i.e., power transmission and distribution).
In this context, the course allows to understand the impact of RES diffusion along the whole value chain of the power system (networks and markets) and to evaluate the available options to finance a RES power plant, also considering its societal externalities.

The student will be able to:
explain the role of diverse actors/institutions at global, European and Italian level in defining decarbonization targets, and examine the subsequent policies and their impact on the future energy system;
explain how electricity markets are organized and critically evaluate the different options available for their correct operations, with particular emphasis on RES-dominated power systems;
evaluate the impact of NP-RES on specific sections of the power grid (TN and DN) and propose solutions to solve resulting issues;
classify the different approaches adopted for monopolies’ regulation in the electricity sector and calculate the corresponding remuneration for monopolistic firms according to specific situations;
select the best option to finance a RES power plant in specific contexts and evaluate societal externalities of low-carbon projects.

TOPIC 1: Policies for climate change
At first, the course will provide an overview of actors and institutions involved in the policy-making process and will describe structure and content of the most important decarbonization plans and legislative actions put in place at global, European and Italian level.
TOPIC 2: Electricity markets
The role of electricity markets will be analysed from different points of view. First, market pools will be presented, connecting them to day-ahead and intra-day electricity trading, and leading to the concept of market coupling and zonal pricing. Second, power system adequacy issues coming from energy-only markets will be discussed, and capacity remuneration mechanisms will be assessed as a possible solution. Third, dispatching resources gathered through balancing markets and mechanisms for imbalance settlement will be treated to understand how they are exploited to continuously grant power system security.
TOPIC 3: Impact of RES on networks and markets
Impacts of RES power plants diffusion on power system will be assessed on three different levels. First, transmission networks problems linked to power frequency, congestions and voltage regulation will be discussed. Second, the diffusion of distributed energy resources (DERs) will be treated, providing solutions to hosting capacity issues concerning power distribution networks. Third, the influence of RES diffusion on electricity markets will be assessed on different levels, from day-ahead to real-time electricity trading.
TOPIC 4: Monopoly regulation
The analysis of regulation of natural monopolies in the power sector (i.e., power transmission and distribution) will be carried out looking at the remuneration process for transmission and distribution system operators (TSO and DSO). From the redaction of a business plan, which mainly deals with power grids expansion, the focus will move on remuneration schemes used to calculate the amount of money recognised to TSO and DSO for their network investments and operating costs (i.e., cost-plus and price cap approaches). Finally, output-based regulation will be discussed, which grants rewards or penalties to system operators based on their performances. Treated arguments will allow to properly understand the structure of electricity bills and the origin of its different components.
TOPIC 5: Financing of RES power plants
The possible schemes to finance the installation and operation of a RES power plant will be analysed. First, incentivization schemes (feed-in-tariffs, feed-in-premium and quota obligations) will be discussed, describing how they have been used in the past to develop RES-based technologies. Second, self-consumption schemes addressing small-scale RES applications will be presented, moving from traditional net-metering to the recent concept of citizens and renewable energy communities. Third, long-term contracts such as power purchase agreements (PPA) will be studied.
TOPIC 6: Economic assessment of decarbonization projects
The role of cost-benefit and multi-criteria analysis will be discussed with reference to decarbonization projects linked to the power sector. This will pertain the evaluation of both power grid infrastructures (e.g., large HVDC and HVAC interconnections) and power plants, and will look at methodologies used from institutions and governments to evaluate the overall impact on society of decarbonization projects. As a result, students will have the possibility to compare financial (from private investors) and economic (from public entities) projects’ assessments.
Within the course, contents will be provided through traditional classroom lectures, which could be followed also from remote, supported by exercise lessons. Lectures and exercises will be coordinated with:
a so-called serious game activity (i.e., the electricity market game), where students are called to act as generation companies in a market pool (this is provided in collaboration with TU Delft and consists in synchronous and asynchronous activities lasting for the whole semester),
project works where students (in groups) will develop some analysis on their own.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale condizionata (a scelta del docente)
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i facoltativo (a scelta dello studente), di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The evaluation process is based on both mandatory and optional activities.
MANDATORY
Every student should take a final exam (after the end of the course) based on a written test (2 hours) with two exercises and three open-answer questions. Exam is passed if the student obtains a grade higher than 18/30. Exam does not foresee the possibility to consult notes and/or books (no open books).
The written final exam is the only mandatory activity. Hence, students have the possibility to prepare the exam on their own just studying the provided material, including notes and recordings from lectures, which will be uploaded on WeBeep platform. However, this is not recommended, since the course foresees many interactive lectures, ensuring a deeper and overarching understanding of addressed arguments.
OPTIONAL
Each student can participate to optional activities, all of which possibly ensure some points which adds to the grade obtained after the final mandatory examination (the grade should be in any case higher than 18/30).
The electricity market game, provided in collaboration with TU Delft, where students will act as power generation companies, and will have to choose their investment and bidding strategies in order to gain money. Final evaluation is based on both the final ranking of generation companies and the commitment demonstrated by each team during the game.
Project works, that will be conducted as group activities, dealing with arguments treated during the course. The specific subject of possible project works will be announced each and every year at the beginning of the course.
During project works, students will elaborate a well-defined content (e.g., business evaluation, policy analysis, technical design) that will be presented to the classroom. Final evaluation is based on both teacher judgement and a peer-review of projects among students’ groups.
The final exam grade, possibly integrated by optional activities, can be eventually modified attending an oral exam. The oral exam can be requested only if the student demonstrated a proper knowledge of contents treated in the course (i.e., if the final grade is higher than 24/30). Also, the oral exam is mandatory to obtain a final registered grade higher than 27/30.
The oral exam can alternatively consist of:
two questions followed by a critical discussion on the treated argument,
a specific argument that the student can choose to deepen (possible arguments and starting reference material will be provided by the teacher), preparing a presentation, presenting and discussing it during the oral exam with the teacher.
The oral exam can increase or decrease the previous final grade.

Hafner, M.; Luciani, G., The Palgrave Handbook of International Energy Economics., Editore: Palgrave Macmillan Cham, Anno edizione: 2022, ISBN: 978-3-030-86883-3 https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-030-86884-0

Il corso affronta le principali questioni teoriche sulle dimensioni sociali dell'ambiente (i limiti dello sviluppo e la modernizzazione ecologica, il conservazionismo, l'ecologia politica, la transizione ecologica e la giustizia ambientale) mostrando come cambia la definizione di natura in rapporto alle visioni, i valori e gli interessi di società e attori sociali diversi. Analizza come le definizioni della questione ambientale e del rapporto uomo-natura si sono manifestate 'in azione' con l'emergere di controversie ecologiche (il nucleare, gli organismi geneticamente modificati, la crisi climatica). Affronterà anche il legame che le questioni ambientali hanno in rapporto con il mutato ruolo sociale della scienza e della tecnologia.

The subsitution of fossil energy sources with renewable materials represents one of today's biggest engineering challenges for the improvement of the quality of our environment. For this reason, the knowledge of the technical and economical aspects related to the exploitment of such materials is of great importance for the chemical engineers of today, who will more and more have to face problems related to energy and environment in their working lives.
This course aims to give the students the basic knowledge to understand the technical and environmental aspects related to the exploitment and the conversion of renewable raw materials, thereby providing them with the elements and instruments for a quantitative analysis of the related problems.
This course explains the chemical and chemical engineering aspects of processes for the exploitation of biomasses and of other renewable raw materials.
The chemistry at the basis of the conversion processes will be introduced, then the processes and plants for the profuction of energy, fuels or chemical products from renewable raw materials will be discussed in depth. Due to the growing interest towards the substiution of primary biomasses with secondary biomasses, a part of the course will be dedicated to the waste-to-energy market, and to the emerging technologies that can be used to convert waste materials into valuable products. A focus on the economical and environmental sustainability issues related to the different sources will be discussed.
This introductive end explanatory part of the course will be prpaedeutic to the second part of the course, in which the students will have to work in groups by chosing a specific topic reated to the content of the course, study it in-depth and then present it in class in a flipped-classroom mode. The deepening of the chosen topic shall include the development of a quantitative exercise to prove the understanding of the engineering aspects of the problem and the capability to analyse the environmental and economical issues related to the exploitment of renewable raw materials.

The lectures and the group projects wil allow the students to:

• know and discuss about data regarding energy markets from fossil and renewable fuels
• know the principles of chemistry and chemical engineering related to the exploitement of renewable raw materials
• evaluate the environmental and economical issues related to the exploitment of renewable raw materials
• analyse problems related to the exploitment and conversion of renewable raw materials from a quantitative point of view
• prepare, present, and discuss a presentation on a topic related to renewable raw materials

The arguments of the course follow the typical scheme of a course of chemical industry, thus illustrating the product relevance, and then investigating the processes and plants for the exploitment of the different energy resources.
More in detail, the course will include the following topics:
1. Overview of the energy market and energy resources. Illustration of the global energy market and comparison between the exploitment of fossil and renewable energies. Introduction on the u se of green sources for the production of chemicals and fuels. Forecasts for the evolution of the renewable energy market for different possible scenarios. Regulatory framework in the energy sector and its consequences on the market.
2. Principles of organic chemistry related to biomass exploitation as energy source. Introduction about chemical properties and reactions that are at the basis of the exploitment of biomasses as energy sources. Oleochemistry related to the production of biodiesel from vegetal or animal oils (esterification and trans-esterification), chemistry of carbohydrates related to the production of bioethanol (fermentation), and other chemical reactions related to the production of biogas or bio-oil.
3. Biomass. This topic represents the central and principal part of the course. Definition of biomass and distinction beetween primary and secondary biomasses. Photosynthesis and chemistry of biomasses. Overview of biomass conversion processes. Thermochemical processes: combustion, gassification, pirolysis. Biochemical processes: transesterification, fermentation, digestion. Description of processes and plants. Economic and environemntal sustainability. Innovative technologies and future perspectives. Biorfeineries: description and classification. Practical examples.
4. Waste-to-energy. Use of organic wastes as biomasses. Description of traditional and new technologies for the waste treatment and its conversion into energy or biofuels. Waste treatment plant design in consideration of economic and environmental issues. Practical examples.
5. Biomass derivates, biopolymers and paper. Description of biomass derivate materials (e.g., cellulose) applied to different industrial sectors, such as pharma, food, etc. Bionass conversion into biopolymers. PLA, PHB as major product obtained by chemical and fermentative processes.

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, con revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
The exam will be represented by the group project and its presentation in class. The topic of the project will have to be pre-authorized by the teacher.
During the classroom presentation, the students will have to prove to have gone in depth into the problem. The evaluation of the group project and of the presentation will be based on the capability of the student to demonstrate the acquisition of the topics explained during the course, to carry out a numerical evaluation related to the topic exposed, and to expose the presentation in a clear and effective manner.
The grade will be individual, and it will be based on the oral expsition as well as on the capability to answer specific questions related to the topic presented.

null Beep
Note: The bibliography of the course is dispensed at each lesson. It includes scientific papers, books chapters, and technical sheets.

The objective of the course is to address the problems, solutions, methods, and technologies for big data storage and management, with special emphasis on scalability and persistency. The course is structured in three main parts. The first part covers the main principles and approaches of big data management, spanning issues like scalability, transactionality, and distribution of data. The second part covers the different approaches to unstructured data management, describing data models, query languages, and architectural solutions for non-relational data storage, also known as NoSQL solutions, spanning graph, columnar, documental, key-value, and IR-based databases. The third part discusses the design methodologies for the specification of NoSQL data models.

Students will learn the basic concepts of modern database approaches. They will become able to design, program, and use the different database methods, and they will learn how to select and adopt the best option depending on the business and technical requirements.
Dublin Descriptors
Expected learning outcomes
Knowledge and understanding
Students will learn how to:
Identify problems that can be addressed with big data storage and processing techniques
apply the basic nosql technologies for real-world problems
Applying knowledge and understanding
Given specific project cases, students will be able to:
Define and implement a big data solution for the problem
Apply it on real datasets
Making judgements
Given specific project cases, students will be able to:
Learn how to decide which data storage and processing solution to apply and how to evaluate this decision
Communication
Students will learn to:
Write a report on a project describing and motivating the decisions taken and the results obtained
Present their work in front of their colleagues and teachers
Lifelong learning skills
Students will learn how to learn and become proficient in new data management solutions

The course content is organized in three main chapters:
1. Approaches to Big Data management
Big Data problems and dimensions
Data engineering and data science pipeline
Enterprise-scale data management
Scalability and persistency vs. volatility issues
Cross-source data integration problems and architectures
CAP theorem and implications. Non-relational distribution architectures
Evolution of transactional properties: from ACID to BASE. Modern transactional architectures
Data sharding and replication
Cloud-based, scalable data processing and computing
2. Systems and Models for Big and Unstructured Data
Graph databases
Semantic databases
Columnar databases
Document-oriented databases
Key-value databases
IR-based databases
Each category of systems is covered along 5 dimensions: (1) data model (2) (declarative vs. imperative) query languages; (3) data distribution (4) non-functional aspects (5) architectural solutions.
3. Methods for the Design of Applications
Modeling languages and methods for building unstructured data applications
Design methodology within the data engineering pipeline
Schema-less, implicit-schema, and schema-on-read approaches

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale condizionata (a scelta del docente)
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, senza presentazione/discussione finale
Valutazione continua facoltativa (a scelta dello studente)
The exam consists of a practical project part (project work) and a written part (written exam, with possible oral discussion if deemed necessary by the instructor). Further contributions to the mark may come from continuous evaluations throughout the course, including in-presence quizzes during lessons and other interactive modalities in class.
The project work consists of solving a realistic big data engineering problem, based on real or realistic dataset publicly accessible via Web API, datasets available online, or provided by the instructors. The project work will be developed in groups throughout the semester.
The written exam is composed of a mix of theoretical questions regarding any of the course subjects, and exercises regarding the technical content and how to apply it in practice (including programming aspects). The theoretical part consists of a mix of questions with open and closed answers. The whole exam is a closed-book evaluation. A minimum score on each part is required. Oral exam may be requested by the instructor in specific cases.
Type of assessment
Description
Dublin descriptor
Written test
Theoretical questions
Exercises focusing on big data storage and processing aspects
1,4
1, 2, 3
Assessment of project artefacts
Assessment of the design and experimental work developed by students in groups
2, 3, 5
Oral presentation
Assessment of the presentation of the work developed by students in groups
Possible oral exam on the topics of the courses, upon request of the teachers
2, 3, 4, 5

Sadalage, Fowler, NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot Persistence, Editore: Addison-Wesley, Anno edizione: 2012
Marting Kleppmann, Designing Data-Intensive Applications: The Big Ideas Behind Reliable, Scalable, and Maintainable Systems, Editore: O'Reilly, Anno edizione: 2017, ISBN: 978-1449373320
Marco Brambilla, Emanuele Della Valle, Andrea Tocchetti, et al., Course Notes, Anno edizione: 2021

TRASPORTO DI CONTAMINANTI RADIOATTIVI
Obiettivi: Apprendimento dei principi e dei metodi per l'analisi e la modellazione del trasporto di contaminanti radioattivi nei mezzi porosi artificiali, nel suolo, nelle acque sotterranee e nell'atmosfera.
Contenuti: Processi di fuoriuscita di radionuclidi da depositi superficiali e sotterranei. Principali processi di trasporto di radionuclidi in soluzione acquosa nei mezzi porosi e fratturati. Equazione di Advezione Dispersione. Modelli deterministici e stocastici. Utilizzo di codici. Esperimenti in laboratorio. Modelli di trasporto di radionuclidi in atmosfera.

Oggetto di questo corso è la produzione di acqua potabile e di acqua primaria per l'industria.
Il corso ha l’obiettivo di fornire le conoscenze di base e sviluppare la capacità di analisi del problema necessarie alla formulazione di una soluzione di trattamento (definizione della filiera e relativo dimensionamento di massima, oppure verifica per adeguamento o potenziamento di filiere esistenti), che costituisce parte degli studi di fattibilità, propedeutici ai vari livelli della progettazione.
A tal fine, il corso si propone di fornire i fondamenti teorici e le conoscenze necessarie a: (i) definire i cicli di trattamento per la produzione di acqua con caratteristiche compatibili con quelle richieste dall’utenza (usi potabili, acque primarie per l’industria), (ii) impostare e svolgere le procedure di dimensionamento di massima delle unità di trattamento che compongono la filiera individuata, (iii) impostare e svolgere le procedure di verifica di filiere di trattamento esistenti.
Costituiscono obiettivi formativi specifici di questo insegnamento:

• conoscenza dei principi di processo per ciascuna delle unità di trattamento esaminate,
• conoscenza ed applicazione dei criteri generali di impostazione dei cicli di trattamento,
• conoscenza ed applicazione delle procedure di dimensionamento (nuovi impianti) o di verifica (impianti esistenti),
• capacità di analisi, sapendo innanzitutto individuare quali sono le informazioni significative, di problemi di trattamento delle acque per: (i) la definizione e il dimensionamento di filiere in grado di modificare la qualità dell’acqua in base alle richieste di una specifica utenza, oppure (ii) la verifica dell’efficacia di una filiera esistente, per evidenziare eventuali criticità e proporre possibili interventi migliorativi,
• capacità di esporre i risultati ottenuti nelle attività ai punti precedenti secondo una struttura logica e utilizzando la terminologia tecnica appropriata.
  Il percorso di apprendimento offerto dal corso si compone di lezioni, esercitazioni e visite tecniche. In dettaglio, sono previste due visite tecniche a impianti di potabilizzazione. Sono inoltre previste alcune esercitazioni e una lezione (lezione transdisciplinare) in cui è prevista la partecipazione diretta degli studenti.
  Nel corso delle lezioni sono fornite le conoscenze di base e gli strumenti e le metodologie di analisi, che trovano esempi applicativi nelle esercitazioni, in cui sono sviluppati dimensionamenti di massima delle unità di trattamento e sono svolti esempi guidati di definizione di filiere di trattamento per specifici casi di contaminazione e richieste dell’utenza. Le visite tecniche servono a contestualizzare alcuni degli argomenti trattati, offrendo la possibilità di confrontarsi direttamente con tecnici del settore.
  Nelle esercitazioni/lezioni in cui è prevista la partecipazione diretta degli studenti, è chiesto agli studenti di:
• Applicare le conoscenze di chimica di base alla soluzione di esercizi di dimensionamento di una unità operativa funzionale alla produzione di acqua demineralizzata per l'industria, in copresenza con il docente titolare del corso di Chimica; il lavoro si svolgerà singolarmente e in gruppi.
• Analizzare uno o più casi di studio, appositamente proposti, presentando al docente e alla classe la filiera di trattamento individuata e motivando le scelte compiute, secondo le metodologie e i criteri visti a lezione; il lavoro di analisi si svolgerà in gruppo e collegialmente sfruttando la lavagna (fisica e/o virtuale) per la rappresentazione e la comparazione delle filere possibili.
• Svolgere esercizi di dimensionamento di massima e/o verifica di unità operative già dimensionate, secondo quanto approfondito nelle esercitazioni, presentando e commentando al docente e alla classe gli specifici svolgimenti.
  Compatibilmente con le risorse disponbili e l'orario degli insegnamenti, è proposto un laboratorio pratico facoltativo, presso EnvLAB, per sperimentare alcuni dei processi di trattamento affrontati in aula. Il laboratorio prevede anche l'elaborazione guidata dei dati raccolti.

Al termine del processo di apprendimento lo studente conoscerà, comprenderà e sarà in grado di applicare le conoscenze acquisite per:

• formalizzare un problema di trattamento dell’acqua che risponda alle esigenze di una specifica utenza (uso potabile, acqua primaria per l’industria), identificando quali informazioni è necessario reperire e quali sono le metodologie di analisi delle stesse, quali sono i requisiti da soddisfare, quali sono le caratteristiche delle acque individuate per l’approvvigionamento, quali sono gli elementi di eventuale criticità da tenere in considerazione nelle scelte,
• definire le possibili filiere di trattamento per la rimozione dei contaminanti target e identificare la più idonea sulla base delle molteplici condizioni al contorno evidenziate nella fase di formalizzazione del problema di trattamento,
• procedere al dimensionamento di massima delle unità di trattamento che compongono la filiera identificata come più idonea, fornendo gli ingombri volumetrici e areali, oltre che i dettagli realizzativi fondamentali ai fini del corretto svolgimento del processo di trattamento,
• analizzare il funzionamento di un impianto esistente per valutarne l’effettiva efficacia in relazione ai requisiti specifici dell’utenza, identificando i parametri oggetto di verifica, gli interventi potenzialmente necessari e procedendo al dimensionamento di massima di questi ultimi,
• articolare, verbalmente o per iscritto, la procedura logica seguita per la formalizzazione, la definizione, il dimensionamento e l’analisi del problema di trattamento, come precedentemente articolato.
  Nello specifico i risultati attesi, in riferimento ai descrittori di Dublino (DdD), a seguito di: i) lezioni ed esercitazioni svolte dal docente, ii) esercitazioni guidate svolte dagli studenti in aula, iii) lezione transdisciplinare partecipata dagli studenti in aula, iv) partecipazione alle visite tecniche, v) superamento dell’esame, sono i seguenti:
  DdD 1: conoscenza e comprensione
  Lo studente:
• conosce la terminologia specifica del settore e ne comprende il significato,
• conosce i principi di processo delle unità di trattamento e ne comprende lo specifico campo di applicazione,
• conosce i criteri generali di impostazione dei cicli di trattamento e ne comprende il nesso di causa/effetto,
• conosce le procedure di dimensionamento e verifica.
  DdD 2: capacità di applicare conoscenza e comprensione
  Lo studente:
• utilizza la terminologia tecnica in modo appropriato,
• identifica le unità di trattamento più adeguate per uno specifico campo di applicazione, cioè definiti: la tipologia di contaminante da rimuovere, l’obiettivo di rimozione, la fonte di approvvigionamento e le condizioni al contorno per l’applicabilità di ciascuna unità derivanti dai relativi principi di processo,
• svolge le procedure di dimensionamento e verifica, eseguendo i calcoli necessari.
  DdD 3 (autonomia di giudizio)
  Lo studente:
• pone nella corretta sequenza le unità di trattamento necessarie a soddisfare un determinato requisito d’uso dell’acqua, sceglie i reattivi chimici più idonei e ne identifica il punto appropriato di dosaggio, individua i flussi residui (fanghi, eluati, …), e rappresenta il tutto attraverso il tracciamento di uno schema di flusso,
• attribuisce un valore corretto ai parametri operativi tipici di ciascuna unità di trattamento da utilizzare per il dimensionamento di massima,
• identifica i parametri operativi da utilizzare nella procedura di verifica, ne effettua il calcolo e correla il risultato ad una valutazione del funzionamento del processo oggetto di verifica.
  DdD 4 (abilità comunicative)
  Lo studente:
• è in grado di articolare, verbalmente o per iscritto, senza ambiguità, in modo chiaro e con la terminologia appropriata, la procedura logica seguita per la formalizzazione, la definizione, il dimensionamento e/o verifica di un problema di trattamento, tracciando gli schemi di flusso di riferimento ed evidenziando i nessi di causa/effetto, supportando le ipotesi fatte ed esplicitando i pro e i contro.

1. Fonti di approvvigionamento idrico (convenzionali e non) e loro principali caratteristiche. Caratteri fisici, chimici, e microbiologici. Caratteri organolettici per uso potabile. Richiami agli aspetti analitici. Requisiti delle acque e relativi fabbisogni per uso potabile, industriale ed agricolo. Cenni alla normativa di riferimento.
2. Generalità sugli impianti di trattamento e criteri di definizione dei cicli di trattamento in funzione della qualità dell’acqua approvvigionata (acque superficiali, sotterranee) e degli obiettivi di trattamento (consumo umano, acque primarie per l’industria). Criteri di progettazione, di realizzazione e di gestione. Caratteristiche e opzioni di trattamento dei residui (fanghi, acque di lavaggio, eluati di rigenerazione e salamoie concentrate). Unità di processo: classificazione per principio di funzionamento e obiettivi di trattamento.
3. Unità operative (principi e fenomenologia di processo, contaminanti target, campi applicativi). Cenni ai trattamenti preliminari (accumulo iniziale, grigliatura, stacciatura, pre-ossidazione). Destabilizzazione di sospensioni colloidali (teoria DLVO): coagulazione e flocculazione. Sedimentazione tradizionale (tipo I/II) e su strutture preformate (pacchi lamellari/tubolari). Chiariflocculazione tradizionale, in sistemi a bacino unico e combinato. Filtrazione rapida su supporto discreto (caratteristiche dei supporti, ciclo di filtrazione: curva di perforazione e perdite di carico, controlavaggio), filtrazione per contatto e filtrazione diretta. Cenni alla biofiltrazione (filtrazione lenta). Processi di aerazione e strippaggio (tipologia di reattori, diagrammi di operatività). Precipitazione. Adsorbimento su carbone attivo (caratteristiche degli adsorbenti, isoterme di adsorbimento, curva di breakthrough, GAC/PAC/BAC). Scambio ionico (caratteristiche delle resine, ciclo di operatività e rigenerazione: curva di eluizione, modalità di rigenerazione). Processi a membrana (microfiltrazione, ultrafiltrazione, nanofiltrazione, osmosi inversa, cenni a elettrodialisi). Cenni ai processi di ossidazione avanzata AOPs (produzione di radicali, cinetiche di reazione). Cenni ai processi biologici per la rimozione dei composti azotati.
4. Sicurezza igienica dell'acqua. Richiami alla sicurezza igienica (organismi indice ed indicatori, microrganismi patogeni, modelli di disinfezione). Disinfezione chimica e fisica (cloro-derivati; biossido di cloro; ozono; radiazione UV; peracidi: cenni). Formazione di sottoprodotti di disinfezione (DBPs) e relative tecniche e strategie di controllo.
5. Operazioni accessorie. Miscelazione (idraulica, meccanica, pneumatica) e sue applicazioni.
6. Esempi di trattamenti e filiere per la rimozione di specifici inquinanti: ferro, manganese, arsenico, idrogeno solforato, composti dell'azoto (nitrato, ammonio), microinquinanti organici (VOC, pesticidi, contaminanti emergenti, PFAS), durezza, salinità.

Prova scritta obbligatoria, senza prove in itinere
Prova orale obbligatoria
L’esame consta di una prova scritta obbligatoria e di una prova orale obbligatoria, alla quale si può accedere solo se si è raggiunta la sufficienza nella prova scritta. Le prove possono essere sostenute in differenti appelli.
La prova scritta comprende sia domande di teoria che esercizi numerici, per valutare le conoscenze di base acquisite durante il corso, la loro applicazione a problemi semplificati di trattamento, la capacità di analisi di problemi semplificati di trattamento.
La prova orale verte prevalentemente su domande che permettano di valutare la capacità di giudizio e di analisi autonoma degli studenti rispetto a problemi a maggior complessità rispetto a quelli proposti nella prova scritta. Ad esempio, è richiesto allo studente di argomentare la soluzione a un problema di trattamento individuando:

• la tipologia di dati e informazioni necessarie, anche quando questi dati e informazioni non sono già definite a priori, ma possono essere dedotte dal contesto,
• le possibili soluzioni, comparandole, per selezionare la più idonea, considerando i vincoli propri dello specifico contesto in relazione ai principi di processo.
  In entrambe le prove viene valutata la capacità e la chiarezza espositiva, e l’utilizzo della terminologia tecnica appropriata.
  Indicazioni di dettaglio si trovano su WeBeeP.

Antonelli M., Nurizzo C., Dispense e materiale a supporto (WeBeeP)
Crittenden J.C., Trussell R.R., Hand D.W., Howe K.J., Tchobanoglous G., MWH's Water Treatment: Principles and Design (3rd Edition), Editore: J. Wiley & Sons Inc., Hoboken (New Jersey), Anno edizione: 2012
American Water Works Association (AWWA), Water quality and treatment: a handbook of community water supplies, Editore: McGraw-Hill, Anno edizione: 1999, ISBN: 0070016593
Sawyer C.N., McCarty P.L., Parkin G.F., Chemistry for Environmental Engineering and Science (5th Edition), Editore: The McGraw-Hill Series in Civil and Environmental Engineering. McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, NY, Anno edizione: 2003

The aim of the course is to provide the elements for the design of hydropower plants as well as of Drainage and irrigation plants. This looking at a sustainable and efficient management of water resources, in view of the new challenges of hydroelectric power and the protection and management of water for irrigation use. The part related to hydroelectric plants aims to deepen the knowledge of hydraulics and hydraulic constructions and an overview of the main issues concerning the design of a hydroelectric plant. The part related to irrigation systems aims to provide the knowledge on the sustainable and efficient management of water resources in agriculture, the characteristics of collective and farmer irrigation, the methods for assessing irrigation water needs and irrigation techniques, as well as the design criteria of irrigation systems considering also precision irrigation technologies.

Knowledge and understanding of the topics covered in the course connected to irrigation systems and hydropower plants
Capacity in the design of irrigation systems considering the water availability and the crop water requirements, as well as the technical characteristics of each irrigation system
Knowledge in the management of crop irrigation water from field to irrigation district scales
Capacity in the design of a hydropower plants in all its constituent parts, from water uptake to the turbines for energy generation, and the knowledge in the water management part
Ability to present theoretical and practical aspects in both written and oral form in a clear way.

The main topics covered in the course are described in the following.
Hydroelectric plants. The energy problem - the consumption of electricity - water resources for the production of electricity: hydrological surveys, duration curves - basin utilization plan: hydrodynamic and hydrodynamic value curves, hydrological characteristic of a use - type of plants hydroelectric plants - constituent parts of the plants - particular technological aspects of hydroelectric plants: penstocks, power plants - turbines: construction elements of a turbine, outline of design problems, speed triangle, efficiency, specific speed and characteristic number of revolutions, classification and types of turbines, choice of the turbine, adjustment of the turbines, escape velocity of the groups.
Problems of various motion in hydroelectric plants.
Irrigation systems -Full remediation. Legal-administrative and territorial planning aspects connected with the use of water, integral reclamation (the new tasks of reclamation and territorial planning) - hints of hydraulic reclamation: pluviometric surveys, udometric coefficient, hydraulic calculation of reclamation networks - drainage of the soil - hydraulic reclamation for draining and filling, land reclamation, hydraulic reclamation with perennial natural drainage, mechanical drainage, mixed type, construction and operation problems of the networks, main artifacts, dewatering systems.
Irrigation: Irrigation systems (intake works; supply and distribution network; irrigation methods; drainage network; irrigation service) - hydrological balance of agricultural land, water in the soil and problems of deficit and excess water in the soil agriculture, irrigation water needs, equipment, watering volumes - delivery in turn and on demand, optimization of distribution irrigation networks

Prova orale obbligatoria
Progetto/i - Elaborato/i obbligatorio, di gruppo, senza revisioni periodiche, con presentazione/discussione finale
To be admitted to the oral exam, the student should provide a written report on the laboratories carried out in small groups during the course, within one week before the oral exam.
During the oral exam, the student will discuss the achievements of the laboratories plus questions related to the entire program developed during the lessons.
The final exam will allow the student to demonstrate that he has achieved the knowledges related to the estimation of irrigation needs and the design of irrigation systems with traditional and innovative techniques, as well as the design of water infrastructures of hydropower plants and their management. During the oral exam, the student will have to demonstrate its ability in clearly explaining the topics.

G. Evangelisti, Impianti idroelettrici, Editore: Voll. I e II, Editore: Patron, Bologna, Anno edizione: 1964
C. Penche, Guida all'idroelettrico minore http://www.microhydropower.net/download/guida2.pdf, Anno edizione: 1998
Note: A cura del Directorate General for Energy, European Commision
A. Bianchi, U. Sanfilippo, Pompe e impianti di sollevamento - Manuale di progettazione e realizzazione, Editore: U. Hoepli, Milano, Anno edizione: 2001
R. G. Allen, L. S. Pereira, D. Raes, M. Smith, Crop evapotranspiration - Guidelines for computing crop water requirements http://www.fao.org/docrep/X0490E/X0490E00.htm, Editore: FAO Irrigation and drainage, paper 56, Roma, Anno edizione: 1998
Adrian Laycock, Irrigation Systems, Editore: Cabi Publications, Anno edizione: 2007
Dean E. Eisenhauer, Derrel L. Martin etc., Irrigation Systems Management, Editore: American Society of Agricultural and Biological Engineers (ASABE), Anno edizione: 2021